FM 100-5iFM 100-5

Field Manual
100-5

Headquarters
Department of the Army
Washington, DC, 14 June 1993

OPERATIONSTABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

PREFACE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
CHAPTER 1 CHALLENGES FOR THE US ARMY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
THE ROLE OF DOCTRINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
THE AMERICAN VIEW OF WAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
THE STRATEGIC CONTEXT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
THE TRAINING AND READINESS CHALLENGE . . . . . 1-5
CHAPTER 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF ARMY OPERATIONS . . . . . . . 2-0
THE RANGE OF MILITARY OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . 2-0
JOINT, COMBINED, AND INTERAGENCYOPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
INTEGRATION OF ARMY CAPABILITIES . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
DISCIPLINED OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
THE FOUNDATION OF ARMY OPERATION . . . . . . . . . 2-4
COMBAT POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
CHAPTER 3 FORCE PROJECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
FORCE-PROJECTION CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
FORCE-PROJECTION OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
CHAPTER 4 JOINT OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
JOINT RELATIONSHIPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
THEATER STRUCTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
CHAPTER 5 COMBINED OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
PLANNING AND CONDUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
CHAPTER 6 PLANNING AND EXECUTING OPERATIONS . . . . . . .6-0
THE STRATEGIC LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-0
PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
THE BATTLEFIELD FRAMEWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
OFFENSE AND DEFENSE AT THE TACTICAL AND
OPERATIONAL LEVELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
CONFLICT TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
*This publication supersedes FM 100-5, May 1986.

i

OPERATIONSPage
CHAPTER 7 FUNDAMENTALS OF THE OFFENSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-0
PURPOSES OF THE OFFENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-0
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE OFFENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
FORMS OF THE TACTICAL OFFENSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
FORMS OF MANEUVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
OPERATIONS IN DEPTH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
CHAPTER 8 PLANNING AND CONDUCTING THE OFFENSE . . . .8-1
PLANNING THE OFFENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
PREPARING FOR ATTACKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
CONDUCTING ATTACKS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-4
CHAPTER 9 FUNDAMENTALS OF THE DEFENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-0
THE PURPOSES OF THE DEFENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-0
CHARACTERISTICS OF DEFENSIVE OPERATIONS . . 9-1
DEFENSIVE PATTERNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
OPERATIONS IN DEPTH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
CHAPTER 10 PLANNING AND CONDUCTING THE DEFENSE. . . 10-1
PLANNING THE DEFENSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
PREPARING THE DEFENSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
CONDUCTING THE DEFENSE . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
TERMINATING THE DEFENSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
CHAPTER 11 RETROGRADE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
PURPOSE OF RETROGRADE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . .11-1
TYPES OF RETROGRADE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . .11-1
CHAPTER 12 LOGISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
THE UNDERPINNINGS OF LOGISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2
LOGISTICS CHARACTERISTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
LOGISTICS PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . 12-5
LOGISTICS OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7
TACTICAL LOGISTICS FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11

ii

FM 100-5

Page
CHAPTER 13 OPERATIONS OTHER THAN WAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-0
THE ENVIRONMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-0
PRINCIPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 13-3
ACTIVITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 13-5
CHAPTER 14 THE ENVIRONMENT OF COMBAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
THE HUMAN DIMENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1
THE PHYSICAL DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-3
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary-1
REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References-1
INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1iii

OPERATIONSPREFACEThe mission of the United States Army is to protect and defend the Constitution of the UnitedStates of America. The Army does this by deterring war and, when deterrence fails, by achieving
quick, decisive victory on and off the battlefield anywhere in the world and under virtually any
conditions as part of a joint team. How the Army thinks about accomplishing its mission is the subjectof this manual.
The US Army is doctrine-based doctrinally capable of handling large campaigns as well as combat
in a variety of scenarios. FM 100-5 is the Army’s keystone warfighting doctrine. It is a guide forArmy commanders. It describes how to think about the conduct of campaigns, major operations,battles, engagements, and operations other than war. It addresses fundamentals of a force-projection
army with forward-deployed forces. It applies to the Total Army, active and reserve components aswell as Army civilians. Finally, FM 100-5 furnishes the authoritative foundation for subordinate
doctrine, force design, materiel acquisition, professional education, and individual and unit training.
Army operations doctrine builds on the collective knowledge and wisdom gained through recent
conduct of operations combat as well as operations other than war numerous exercises, and thedeliberate process of informed reasoning throughout the Army. It is rooted in time-tested principles
and fundamentals, while accommodating new technologies and diverse threats to national security.
This keystone manual links Army roles and missions to the National Military Strategy, of whichpower projection is a fundamental principle. Thus, force projection the military’s ability to respondquickly and decisively to global requirements is fundamental to Army operations doctrine. The Armyrecognizes that it will normally operate in combination with air, naval, and space assets to achieve theoverall strategic aim of decisive land combat. It also recognizes that operations outside the UnitedStates will usually be in conjunction with allies.
The proponent of this manual is HQ TRADOC. Send comments and recommendations on DA
Form 2028 directly to Commander, US Army Training and Doctrine Command, ATTN: ATDO-A,
Fort Monroe, VA 23651-5000.

Unless this publication states otherwise, masculine nouns or pronouns do not refer exclusively to
men.

iv

FM 100-5

INTRODUCTION
The Army’s doctrine lies at the heart of its professional competence. It is the authoritative guide to how
Army forces fight wars and conduct operations other than war. As the Army’s keystone doctrine, FM 100-5
describes how the Army thinks about the conduct of operations. FM 100-5 undergirds all of the Army’s
doctrine, organization, training, materiel, leader development, and soldier concerns.
Never static, always dynamic, the Army’s doctrine is firmly rooted in the realities of current capabilities.
At the same time, it reaches out with a measure of confidence to the future. Doctrine captures the lessons ofpast wars, reflects the nature of war and conflict in its own time, and anticipates the intellectual and technological developments that will bring victory now and in the future.
Winning wars is the primary purpose of the doctrine in this manual. Since wars are fought for strategic
purposes, the doctrine addresses the strategic context of the application of force. Since battle is translated
into strategic objectives by operational art, a major portion of the manual addresses the operational level ofwar. And, since all operations must be based on sound tactics, a major portion of the text covers tactics.
The manual also addresses the related fields of joint and combined operations, logistics, the environment of
combat, and operations other than war. But, its primary focus is warfighting and how commanders put all
the elements together to achieve victory at least cost to American soldiers.
Doctrine derives from a variety of sources that profoundly affect its development: strategy, history,
technology, the nature of the threats the nation and its armed forces face, interservice relationships, andpolitical decisions that allocate resources and designate roles and missions. The advent of Active Defense in
1976 was preceded by the emergence of a new order of weapon lethality that was dramatically revealed in
the Arab-Israeli War of 1973. The doctrine of that era also reflected a decreased role for the US Army in the
evolving national strategy that followed the country’s decade-long experience in Southeast Asia. The 1976
doctrine set as its priority the defense of NATO Europe against a quantitatively superior Warsaw Pact. It
accepted force ratios as a primary determinant of battle outcomes and argued the virtues of armored warfare
and the combined arms team.
By 1982, rising defense budgets and a stronger recognition of the possibility of worldwide commitmentof Army forces combined with a sharpened appreciation of operational depth and maneuver to formulate amore fluid doctrine. The notion of stronger interservice integration, introduced as “air-land battle” in 1976,
solidified to AirLand Battle doctrine in the 1982 version of FM 100-5. The ability to see deep translated
into recognition of the need to fight deep a reality fully achieved after the publication of the Army’s revised
AirLand Battle doctrine in 1986, which emphasized operational art.

v

OPERATIONSThe Army’s ideas about warfighting were evolving in a number of key areas: from service independence (an unequivocal
claim in the 1954 FM 100-5) to service interdependence; from defense to offense and then to a more proper balance between
the two; from battlefield linearity to greater fluidity; from set-piece battle to simultaneous operations throughout the depthof the battlefield. Throughout, doctrine reflects the adaptation of technology to new weapons systems and capabilities,
organizations, missions, training, leader development, and soldier support. In this way, doctrine continues to be the Army’s
engine of change.
The 1993 doctrine reflects Army thinking in a new, strategic era. This doctrine recognizes that the Cold War has ended
and the nature of the threat, hence the strategy of the United States as well, has changed. This doctrine reflects the shift tostronger joint operations, prompted by the Goldwater-Nichols Act of 1986. This doctrine considers the high quality ofArmy leaders and soldiers. It causes AirLand Battle to evolve into a variety of choices for a battlefield framework and awider interservice arena, allows for the increasing incidence of combined operations, recognizes that Army forces operate
across the range of military operations. It is truly doctrine for the full dimensions of the battlefield in a force-projection
environment.
This doctrine retains the best of all the doctrine that has gone before and expands upon it as appropriate. The battlefield
framework has been revised to allow practitioners of Army operations a wider range of options in which to organize theirforces on the terrain. It also recognizes that the Army is the only national contingency force capable of achieving land
dominance.
This manual offers a doctrine for full-dimension operations. And, despite the removal of the Army’s tactical nuclear
weapons from its inventories, this doctrine recognizes that the primary purpose of the Army is deterrence; but, should
deterrence fail, the Army’s purpose is to win the nation’s wars by fighting as part of a joint force of the United States. The
doctrine provides for a force-projection army that can build and sustain substantial combat power in remote regions of the
globe.
As with all previous Army keystone doctrine, this doctrine provides direction for the Army and reflects its progress
through the years. Baron von Steuben’s 1779 Regulations for the Order and Discipline of the Troops of the United States(the antecedent of our modern-day FM 100-5) was not penned in a setting of well-ordered formations and well-disciplined
troops; but it allowed for their creation and led to a highly professional Army that generations later stands foremost in theworld. It reflects the collective wisdom of our Army against the background of history. It reflects the lessons learned fromrecent experiences and the setting of today’s strategic and technological realities. It considers the nature of today’s threats.
It is a doctrine for the entire Army, one that seeks nothing less than victory for the United States—now and in the future.
vi CHAPTER 1
CHALLENGES FOR THE US ARMY
The United States Army exists to support and defend the Constitution of the United States. It does that by deterring war
and, if deterrence fails, by providing Army forces capable of achieving decisive victory as part of a joint team on thebattlefield—anywhere
in
the
world
and
under
virtually
any
conditions.
_______________________________________________________________

vi

OPERATIONSThe Army’s ideas about warfighting were evolving in a number of key areas: from service
independence (an unequivocal claim in the 1954 FM 100-5) to service interdependence; fromdefense to offense and then to a more proper balance between the two; from battlefield linearity togreater fluidity; from set-piece battle to simultaneous operations throughout the depth of the battlefield. Throughout, doctrine reflects the adaptation of technology to new weapons systems andcapabilities, organizations, missions, training, leader development, and soldier support. In thisway, doctrine continues to be the Army’s engine of change.
The 1993 doctrine reflects Army thinking in a new, strategic era. This doctrine recognizes that
the Cold War has ended and the nature of the threat, hence the strategy of the United States as well,
has changed. This doctrine reflects the shift to stronger joint operations, prompted by the GoldwaterNichols Act of 1986. This doctrine considers the high quality of Army leaders and soldiers. It
causes AirLand Battle to evolve into a variety of choices for a battlefield framework and a wider
interservice arena, allows for the increasing incidence of combined operations, recognizes that
Army forces operate across the range of military operations. It is truly doctrine for the full dimensions of the battlefield in a force-projection environment.
This doctrine retains the best of all the doctrine that has gone before and expands upon it asappropriate. The battlefield framework has been revised to allow practitioners of Army operations
a wider range of options in which to organize their forces on the terrain. It also recognizes that the
Army is the only national contingency force capable of achieving land dominance.
This manual offers a doctrine for full-dimension operations. And, despite the removal of the
Army’s tactical nuclear weapons from its inventories, this doctrine recognizes that the primary
purpose of the Army is deterrence; but, should deterrence fail, the Army’s purpose is to win thenation’s wars by fighting as part of a joint force of the United States. The doctrine provides for a
force-projection army that can build and sustain substantial combat power in remote regions of the
globe.
As with all previous Army keystone doctrine, this doctrine provides direction for the Army andreflects its progress through the years. Baron von Steuben’s 1779 Regulations for the Order andDiscipline of the Troops of the United States (the antecedent of our modern-day FM 100-5) was
not penned in a setting of well-ordered formations and well-disciplined troops; but it allowed fortheir creation and led to a highly professional Army that generations later stands foremost in theworld. It reflects the collective wisdom of our Army against the background of history. It reflects
the lessons learned from recent experiences and the setting of today’s strategic and technologicalrealities. It considers the nature of today’s threats. It is a doctrine for the entire Army, one thatseeks nothing less than victory for the United States—now and in the future.

ii

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 1

CHALLENGES FOR THE US ARMY

The United States Army exists to
support and defend the Constitution of
the United States. It does that bydeterring war and, if deterrnece fails, byproviding Army forces capable ofachieving decisive victory as part of a
joint team on the battlefield--anywhere in
the world and under virtually any
conditions.

THE ROLE OF DOCTRINE
Doctrine is the statement of how America’s Army,as part of a joint team, intends to conduct war andoperations other than war. It is the condensed expression of the Army’s fundamental approach to fighting,influencing events in operations other than war, anddeterring actions detrimental to national interests. Asan authoritative statement, doctrine must be definitive
enough to guide specific operations, yet remain adaptable enough to address diverse and varied situations
worldwide.
Doctrine touches all aspects of the Army. It facilitates communications between Army personnel nomatter where they serve, establishes a shared professional culture and approach to operations, and serves
as the basis for curriculum in the Army school system. Doctrine permeates the entire organizational structure of the Army and sets the direction for modernization and the standard for leadership development andsoldier training.
Conditions or events that would cause forces tobe employed will challenge Army forces. Such conditions include drug trafficking, natural or man-madedisasters, regional conflicts, civil wars, insurgencies,
and intimidation by irrational and often ruthless extremists who have available for their use all mannerof weapons and systems, including weapons of mass
destruction.

Regional challenges will confront Army forces
with an adversary whose system of beliefs interprets
differently such fundamental ideas as right and wrong,
the value of human life, and the concepts of victoryand defeat. What appears to be fanatical to Army forces
may be completely rational to their opponent. Understanding cultural differences is important if friendly
forces are to establish the military conditions necessary to achieve strategic goals. Unlike the Cold War
era when threats were measurable and, to some degree, predictable Army forces today are likely to encounter conditions of greater ambiguity and uncertainty. Doctrine must be able to accommodate thiswider variety of threats. In so doing, the Army is prepared to respond to these worldwide strategic challenges across the full range of possible operations aspart of a joint and combined team.
Given the global range of US national strategy,
Army forces may be committed on short noticeto action anywhere in the world to confront andovercome a variety of difficult challenges.
Doctrine describes how these forces think
about applying the basic principles of war
and operations other than war and the conditions,circumstances, and influences in which they may

CONTENTS
THE ROLE OF DOCTRINE ........................... 1-1
THE AMERICAN VIEW OF WAR .................. 1-2
THE STRATEGIC CONTEXT ........................ 1-3
The Levels of War ................................. 1-3
National Security Strategy and Policies1-3
Mational Military Strategy .................... 1-3
Strategic Goals and the Use of Force . 1-4
The Strategic End State ....................... 1-4
The Strategic Army ............................... 1-4
Theater Strategy ................................... 1-5
THE TRAINING ANDREADINESS CHALLANGE ................... 1-5

1-1

OPERATIONS

be called upon to operate. The global realities of today are in a period of significant change. Army forces
may find themselves called upon to fight under conditions of rapid force projection that can build to major
sustained operations in war and peace or that can terminate quickly only to lead to other commitments elsewhere. Doctrine must be relevant to these conditions
to be effective. It must be solid enough to weather thewinds of turmoil and, at the same time, sufficiently
dynamic to capture the relevant aspects of change.
Doctrine should reflect new technology and its
potential for the future, as well as its effects on Army
operations. The US has a major strength in technology. When fielded and incorporated into doctrine,
technology affords a significant advantage to soldiers
one that enables the employment of overwhelming anddecisive combat power while minimizing risk to theforce. Doctrine seeks to be sufficiently broad and forward looking so that it rapidly accommodates major
technological opportunities to give soldiers a battlefield advantage. It sets the conditions to exploit technologies that afford a significant increase in lethality,
offers major improvement for protection of forces,
exploits key vulnerabilities of potential adversaries,
and offers a capability that presents an adversary withmultiple threats simultaneously. Advances in technology are continually changing the way warfare is conducted at a pace now greater than ever before.
Microprocessing, miniaturization, communications,and space technologies have combined to permit almost real-time intelligence and information sharing,
distributed decision making, and rapid execution oforders from a wide variety of forces and systems forconcentrated effect. At the same time, however, warfare remains a test of the soldier’s will, courage, endurance, and skill. Freezing rain, muddied foxholes,
blistering heat, physical exertion, and imminent danger will remain the domain of the soldier.
Resources and force dispositions—themselves reflective of national strategy—contribute to the development of doctrine. Decreases in forward-deployed
Army forces necessitate an Army that is prepared to
deploy forces anywhere in the world on short noticefrom the continental United States (CONUS) and fromforward-deployed locations. The Army is likely at
any time to be involved in contingency operations athome and abroad. Force projection replaces forward
defense as a more likely employment of Army elements. Doctrine has to accommodate that reality.

1-2

Army forces will have to deploy rapidly to operational
areas. Doctrine cannot assume that Army forces arein place when the conflict begins. Doctrine must provide an understanding of and prepare Army forces forthe difficulty of getting to the region of conflict withthe appropriate force to accomplish the mission.
Doctrine seeks to meet the challenges facing the
Army by providing the guidance to deal with the rangeof threats to which its elements may be exposed. It
reflects the strategic context in which Army forces will
operate, sets a marker for the incorporation of developing technologies, and optimizes the use of all available resources. It also incorporates the lessons of warfare and the wisdom of the Army’s collective leadership in establishing a guide to action in war and operations other than war.

THE AMERICAN VIEW OF WAR
The Army reflects the highest ideals of the nation
it represents—a nation built on a unique set of values
and aspirations expressed in the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. These enduring values influence virtually every facet of American society, its laws, domestic programs, and foreign relations. A special relationship exists within any nation
among the government, the people, and the military;national values address this relationship.
The Constitution of the United States establishes
the fundamental parameters of the national defense
structure, while national attitudes affect the nature andemployment of US armed forces. Members of the
Army swear to support and defend the Constitution
against all enemies, foreign and domestic. The Army
serves as a repository of its national values and embeds them into its professional ethos. Proper subordination to political authority, loyalty, duty, selfless service, courage, integrity, respect for human dignity, anda sense of justice are all part of the Army’s identity.
These values directly influence the Army’s behavior
in peace and war.
The criteria for deciding to employ military forces
exemplify the dynamic link among the people, the government, and the military. The people of the UnitedStates do not take the commitment of their armed forces
lightly. They charge the government to commit forces
only after due consideration of the range ofoptions and likely outcomes. Moreover, the people

FM 100-5

expect the military to accomplish its missions in compliance with national values. The American people
expect decisive victory and abhor unnecessary casualties. They prefer quick resolution of conflicts andreserve the right to reconsider their support should anyof these conditions not be met. They demand timely
and accurate information on the conduct of military
operations.
The responsibility for the conduct and use of military forces is derived from the people and the government. The Army commits forces only after appropriate direction from the National Command Authorities(NCA). In the end, the people will pass judgment on
the appropriateness of the conduct and use of military
operations. Their values and expectations must be met.
In an age of instant communication, capabilities
available to the media have had increasingly important impacts on military operations. They serve as aconduit of information not only to the American public but also to the rest of the world. Dramatic visualpresentations can rapidly influence public—and therefore political—opinion so that the political underpinnings of and operations other than war may suddenly
change with no prior to the commander in the field.
The higher the echelon of command, the more likely
the impact of media coverage. Strategic direction and,
therefore, the range of operations and their duration,
may be dramatically affected.

THE STRATEGIC CONTEXT
The detailed formulation of national strategic direction is beyond the scope of this manual. Nevertheless, national military strategy, derived from national
security policy, provides the basis for all operations.

are worldwide and long-range. Strategy is concernedwith national or, in specific cases, alliance or coalition objectives. The operational level provides the vitallink between strategic objectives and tactical employment of forces. At the operational level, military forces
attain strategic objectives through the design, organization, and conduct of campaigns and major operations. Tactical battles and engagements are fought toachieve operational results.
The tactical level of war is concerned with the execution of battles and engagements. On the battlefield, the primary focus of the tactical commander iswinning battles and engagements in which he executesmaneuvers and fires to achieve a specific objective.
Tactical-level commanders are moved in and out of
battles and engagements by higher commanders. Successes and failures at the tactical level, as viewed by
the operational-level commander, set the conditions
for operational maneuver. The interrelationships of thedifferent levels of war are discussed in greater detailin Chapter 6.
NATIONAL SECURITY
STRATEGY AND POLICIESThe United States approaches its global commitments with a national security strategy founded on deterrence and the capability to project power to safeguard its national security interests and objectives.
Successful military operations may not, by themselves,achieve the desired strategic goals, but their failure
will ensure eventual defeat. Operations across the fullrange of military activities must complement the otherelements of national power directed to accomplish
political aims. National security policies establish thestrategic goals and objectives for specific situations.

THE LEVELS OF WAR
Fundamental to the Army’s doctrine is an appreciation of the levels of war tactical, operational, andstrategic—that define the entire range of military operations and the links between tactical actions and strategic objectives. The levels of war are defined moreby the consequences of their outcome than they are by
the echelon of involvement, although, as a general rule,the higher the echelon, the higher the level of war.

NATIONAL MILITARY STRATEGY
The foundations of the national military strategy derive from the national security strategy. The US military fulfills four fundamental demands of the national
security strategy:

The levels of war apply not only to war but also tooperations other than war. The strategic perspectives

The Army has a role in each of these requirements.

- Ensuring strategic deterrence and defense.
- Exercising forward presence in vital areas.
- Responding effectively to crises.
- Retaining the national capacity to reconstitute forces.

1-3

OPERATIONSThe national military strategy provides the following strategic principles to guide the employment ofmilitary forces:- Readiness.
- Collective security.
- Arms control.
- Maritime and aerospace superiority.
- Strategic agility.
- Power projection.
- Technological superiority.
- Decisive force.

These principles reflect America’s strengths and exploit the weaknesses of its opponents.
STRATEGIC GOALS AND THE USE OF
FORCE
The military component of the national security
strategy focuses on the use of military force in demonstration or operation as an element of national power.
Its combination with other elements of national power
seeks to preserve, to protect, and to advance the vitalinterests of the United States. Military operations in
war or operations other than war influence, and are
influenced by, other elements of policy. The objective of the military in war is victory over the opposing
military force at the least cost to American soldiers.
How that victory contributes to the overall policy objectives is determined before the war is joined. War
makes the most manifest use of military force. However, successful military operations in any form require that military commanders have a clear sense of
strategic policy goals and objectives, how the use of
military force fits into the overall national security
strategy, and the desired military end state.
THE STRATEGIC END STATE
Military force is only one component of national
security strategy. When applied either to deter aggression or prosecute military operations, military force
seeks to end conflict on terms favorable to US interests. The objective of military forces in war is victory
over the opposing military forces at the least cost to
US forces. Integrating that victory with other (economic, political, diplomatic) policy components is an
important consideration for policymakers before thewar is joined.
While military commanders focus on military victory, they must be aware of the broader concerns ofstrategy. Tactical and operational execution are de-1-4

signed to support a strategic end state that ensures alasting victory. Military forces must be prepared tosupport strategic objectives after the termination of
hostilities. In both war and operations other than war,
military and specifically Army—units must integrate
their efforts to support the overall policy scheme.
THE STRATEGIC ARMY
In peace or in war, the Army is the nation’s historically proven decisive military force. A key member of the joint team, the Army serves alongside the
Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps to protect thenation’s vital security interests. The Army’s primary
mission is to organize, train, and equip forces to conduct prompt and sustained land combat operations. It
is the Army’s ability to react promptly and to conductsustained land operations that make it decisive. The
Army is competent in many areas, such as nation assistance, counterdrug operations, security assistance,
deterrence, and stability operations, that can combinewith other elements of national power to achieve strategic effects favorable to US interests around the world.
The Army’s capabilities provide the nation a diverse,
deployable, and sustainable set of options that include
strategic and operational logistics and communications
capabilities. Most of all, the Army represents thenation’s only military force capable of prolonged landcombat. Simply stated, the Army has strategic staying power.
The Army must be capable of full-dimensional
operations. This means employing all means available to accomplish any given mission decisively andat the least cost—across the full range of possible operations in war and in operations other than war.
The Army must train to fight as part of a joint, combined, United Nations, or interagency force. Combatant commanders seek the power inherent in joint
operations by synchronizing the complementary
warfighting capabilities of all the services and supporting commands into a unified effort. Participationin joint training exercises and joint doctrine development is a prerequisite to joint capability. The Armydevelops and trains leaders to operate as part of joint
and multinational staffs. Forward-presence forces support collective security arrangements and operate aspart of multinational formations. Additionally, theArmy enhances relationships with regional partners
throughFM 100-5

combined exercises, continual contacts, and nation
assistance.
Army forces must be deployable. Commanders tailor force packages to accommodate land combat requirements of theater commanders in a variety of strategic contingency plans. Deployability is a product ofstrategic lift coupled with Army force readiness. To
ease the burden on strategic lift, the Army pre-positions equipment on land and sea, improves militaryrelated infrastructures in less stable regions, designs
forces and equipment that are easily transportable, andtrains forces to deploy quickly.
The Army must be expansible. The Army generates forces to respond rapidly to crises with a mix oftrained and ready, active and reserve component forces
representing the Total Army. How rapidly those forces
can be generated depends on a number of variables,
since time and training resources needed to hone afighting edge and prepare combat teams for war are
severely limited. Timely mobilization of reserve forces
provides the means for sustaining conflict. Deployed
forces require reserve component participation for
combat arms, combat support (CS) and combat service support (CSS) across Army activities ranging fromnation assistance to global war.
The Army must be capable of achieving decisive
victory. The Army must maintain the capability to put

overwhelming combat power on the battlefield to defeat all enemies through a total force effort. It produces forces of the highest quality, able to deploy rapidly, to fight, to sustain themselves, and to win quickly
with minimum casualties. That is decisive victory.
THEATER STRATEGY
Theater commanders translate national, alliance,or coalition direction into theater strategies based onplanning requirements for war or operations other thanwar. Theater strategies are reinforced as required by
supporting combatant commanders. Theater strategies provide the basis for all operations plans(OPLANs) and are designed to achieve strategic end
states.

THE TRAINING ANDREADINESS CHALLENGE
On the day of battle, soldiers and units will fight aswell or as poorly as they are trained. Training to highstandards is essential in both peace and war; never can
Army forces afford not to train and maintain the highest levels of readiness. Every commander, every soldier, every unit in a force-projection army must be
trained and ready to deploy. Leaders have the responsibility to train subordinates. This may be their mostsolemn responsibility.

The Army faces a unique set of challenges as it adapts to a worldthat has changed more broadly and fundamentally than at any othertime since the end of World War II. The Army must continue to adapt
to ensure success in a rapidly changing strategic environment. Now,
more than ever before, it serves as a strategic Army, a land force that
the United States and its allies rely on to meet global challenges.

1-5

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 2

FUNDAMENTALS OF ARMY OPERATIONSThe US Army’s warfighting doctrine reflects thenature of modern warfare. It applies the principles of
war and combat power dynamics to contemporary andanticipated future battlefields within the strategic
policy direction of our government. It is inherently ajoint doctrine that recognizes the teamwork requiredof all the services and the extension of the battlefieldin time, space, and purpose through all available resources and campaign design. US Army doctrine iscompatible with joint doctrine. It recognizes that a joint
force commander (JFC) has a variety of ground, sea,
air, special operations, and space options available toaccomplish strategic objectives. Nonethe-less, actions
by ground-force units, in coordination with membersof the joint team, will be the decisive means to thestrategic ends.
While the conditions of warfare change with timeand circumstance, the qualities of skill, tenacity, boldness, and courage have always marked successfularmies and commanders and will continue to do so.
Army doctrine exploits those qualities, together withtechnology, self-reliance, and the spirit of the offensethat characterizes the American soldier. While reflecting the increased complexity and lethality of the modern battlefield, Army doctrine recognizes that advanced
weapons and technologies are no better than the skill
with which leaders and soldiers employ them against
the enemy.

THE RANGE OFMILITARY OPERATIONS

Often the Army will operate in
all three environments at once.
Whenever operations in these environments
occur simultaneously, the Army integrates
andcoordinates
theireffectsso they mutually support the attainmentofstrategic
objectives.
OPERATIONS OTHER THAN WAR
Nations use all the resources at their disposal topursue national objectives. The US promotes the selfdevelopment of nations through the measured use ofnational resources and assistance. The prime focus of
the Army is warfighting, yet the Army’s frequent rolein operations other than war is critical. Use of Army
forces in peacetime helps keep the day-to-day tensions
between nations below the threshold of conflict. Typi-

CONTENTS
THE RANGE OFMILITARY OPERATIONS ....................... 2-0
Operations Other Than War ................ .2-0
War ......................................................... 2-1
JOINT, COMBINED, AND INTERAGENCYOPERATIONS ........................................ 2-2
INTEGRATION OF ARMYCAPABILITIES ....................................... 2-2
The Total Force ..................................... 2-2
Types of Forces .................................... 2-2
Balance .................................................. 2-2
Combined Arms .................................... 2-3
Technology ............................................ 2-3
DISCIPLINED OPERATIONS ........................ 2-3

The US seeks to achieve its strategic objectives inthree diverse environments, using all elements of national power. The Army classifies its activities during
peacetime and conflict as operations other than war.
During peacetime, the US attempts to influence world
events through those actions that routinely occur between nations. Conflict is characterized by hostilities
to secure strategic objectives. The last environmentthat of war involves the use of force in combat operations against an armed enemy.

THE FOUNDATIONS OF
ARMY OPERATIONS ............................. 2-4
The Principles of War ........................... 2-4
The Tenets of Army Operations .......... 2-6
COMBAT POWER ......................................... 2-9
The Dynamics of Combat Power ....... 2-10
Combat Functions .............................. 2-12
Joint Capabilities ................................ 2-15
Tactical Units ....................................... 2-21

2-0

FM 100-5

assistance, counterdrug operations, arms control, treaty
verification, support to domestic civil authorities, andpeacekeeping.
Americans prefer peace. Hostile forces, however,may seek to provoke a crisis or otherwise defeat our
purpose by creating a conflict. At the point where
diplomatic influence alone fails to resolve the conflict,persuasion may be required. However, at the point
the military may be used to resolve the conflict, theUS could enter a more intense environment in which
it uses the military to pursue its aims.
US forces are used to deter enemy action. Their
physical presence, coupled with their potential use, canserve as a deterrent and facilitate the achievement ofstrategic objectives. Should this deterrence fail, theUS can use force to compel compliance. Regardlessof the specific type of operation, a return to the environment of peacetime is part of the desired strategic
goal.

WAR
Congress and the NCA may decide to protect our
national interests with force or the threat of force. War
may be of a limited or general nature. Limited war is
armed conflict short of general war as was conductedduring Operation Just Cause in December 1989. General war, such as World Wars I and II, involves armed
conflict among major powers in which the total resources of the belligerents are employed and survival
is at stake. In either instance, the Army, as part of a
joint team, applies decisive force to fight and win withminimum casualties.
In concert with the other services, and at times
with our allies, fighting and winning our nation’s wars
is the traditional role of the Army the one on which it
principally focuses and trains. Even in war, the desired strategic goal remains directed at concluding
hostilities on terms favorable to the US and its allies
and returning to peacetime as quickly as possible.

Figure 2-1. Range of Military Operations in the Theater Strategic Environment2-1

OPERATIONS

2-1 JOINT, COMBINED, AND
INTERAGENCY OPERATIONSThe Army will not operate alone. The Army contributes a full range of unique capabilities for combat,
CS, and CSS functions for sustained land combat operations as part of a joint, combined, or interagency
team. This poses a dilemma for the enemy. As he
attempts to avoid the efforts of one service, he opens
himself to attack by another. Also, the nature of conflict in regional crises may involve coalitions that could
be different from familiar, longstanding alliance structures. Cooperation with allies is the norm. This implies a need for interoperability, accommodation ofallied objectives and capabilities, and some policy limitations.
In an environment of joint and combined operations,
the Army will also operate with other agencies of the
US Government. This is true not only when the military is the prime strategic option -- as it is in war -- butwhen other agencies are the preferred option and themilitary provides forces. Army forces must be prepared to conduct a number of operations that integrate
warfighting and operations other than war with a variety of government and nongovernment agencies, otherservices, forces from other nations, and international
agencies. Robust liaison will facilitate understanding,coordination, and mission accomplishment. Chapters
4 and 5 discuss joint and combined operations in detail.

INTEGRATION OF
ARMY CAPABILITIESThe capabilities of the US Army are best realized
through the integration of its many components working in concert with joint and combined forces.
THE TOTAL FORCE
To meet future missions with a smaller force, theUS Army conducts operations as a total force of theactive component, reserve components, and civilians
acting in concert with other services and allies. The
total force policy engenders public support in any operation requiring force projection from operations otherthan war, through war, to postconflict activities.
TYPES OF FORCESThe Army recognizes three general types of combat forces armored forces, light forces, and special operations forces (SOF). With their appropriate CS andCSS units, these forces provide a balanced and versatile force mix, increasing the options available to the

2-2

field commander. Each type of force is unique andpossesses varying degrees of deployability,
sustainability, lethality, and survivability. A mix ofthese forces can provide the overwhelming combat
power necessary to meet the unique strategic, operational, and tactical requirements of any contingency.
For example, airborne and air assault forces may beinserted to force a lodgment, which will support thelater deployment of armored and sustainment elements.
To protect the lodgment in depth, SOF provide surveillance and target acquisition until armored forces
are available. Each type of Army force complements
the others as it contributes to the joint force.
BALANCEThe components of battle can be joined in a limitlessarray of complex combinations. Often, elements of adefense are within every offense; within every defense,
an offense. Army forces maneuver to bring firepoweron the enemy, and bring firepower on the enemy inorder to maneuver. Army forces tend to focus on theenemy, but will use terrain for positional advantages
when warranted. The commander, determined to defeat enemy forces on one day, may find himself responsible for feeding them the next. Unconventionaland conventional warfare can exist side by side, theone flowing to the other and back again. Balance anda rich choice of options are key to success.
Army forces seek to increase their options while
limiting those of their opponents. Successful commanders do not run out of options; they limit theenemy’s options instead. Risks and gambles are partof option decisions. Field Marshal Erwin Rommel
defined a risk as a chance you take; if it fails, you canrecover. A gamble is a chance taken; if it fails, recovery is impossible. Only with the capability to parryand strike in any direction with sudden and overwhelming combat power can Army forces attain the ideal ofquick, decisive victory.
While maintaining his balance, the commander
does everything in his power to throw the enemy offbalance, to strike the enemy with powerful blows from
unexpected directions or dimensions, and to press thefight to the end. Deception, special operations, manipulation of the electromagnetic spectrum, firepower,
and maneuver all converge to confuse, demoralize, anddestroy the opponent. Denial of the enemy’s reconnaissance, intelligence surveillance, and target acquisition activities is essential to protect friendly forces.
High-tempo operations set the conditions for battle andFM 100-5

allow the commander to strike the enemy while prepared to adjust as conditions change. The commander
strives never to be without options.
COMBINED ARMS
Army forces prefer to fight as a combined arms
team. Combined arms warfare is the simultaneous application of combat, CS, and CSS toward a common
goal. These arms and services are integrated horizontally at each command echelon, normally battalion
through corps, and vertically between these commandechelons. Combined arms warfare produces effects
that are greater than the sum of the individual parts.
The combined arms team strives to conduct fully integrated operations in the dimensions of time, space,
purpose, and resources. Combined arms forces operate over increasingly large areas of the battlefield withless force density than in the past.
Modern combined arms warfare puts added stresson maintaining dispersed and noncontiguous formations. Army forces overwhelm the enemy’s ability toreact by synchronizing indirect and direct fires fromground and air-based platforms; assaulting with armor,
mechanized, air assault, and dismounted units; jamming the enemy’s communications; concealing
friendly operations with obscurants; and attacking fromseveral directions at once. The goal is to confuse, demoralize, and destroy the enemy with the coordinatedimpact of combat power. The enemy cannot comprehend what is happening; the enemy commander cannot communicate his intent nor can he coordinate his
actions. The sudden and devastating impact of combined arms paralyzes the enemy’s response, leaving
him ripe for defeat.
The application of combined arms in this manner iscomplex and demanding. It requires detailed planning and violent execution by highly trained soldiersand units who have been thoroughly rehearsed.
TECHNOLOGY
The strength of the US is manifested in part by thebreadth and diversity of its technology base. Advancesin electronics, communications, automation, reconnaissance and surveillance, contamination avoidance, andprecision-guided smart weapons and the exploitationof space-based capabilities have increased the lethality, range, accuracy, and reliability of our weaponry.
The Army can best use technology in future conflicts
only if it is integrated with doctrine. Understanding
the relationship between doctrine and technology be-

gins with the premise that doctrine must be the engine
that drives the exploitation of technology.
The Army recognizes how warfare changes withthe emergence of newer, advanced, and more sophisticated technologies. This affects its soldiers and thedoctrine that governs how it fights. The Army also
maximizes its combat power through the horizontal
integration of new weapons or components, especiallywhen they can be applied across a family of systems.

DISCIPLINED OPERATIONS
War is tough, uncompromising, and unforgiving.
For soldiers, the rigors of battle demand mental andphysical toughness and close-knit teamwork. Between
the anxiety of battle, soldiers spend long hours doingroutine but necessary tasks in the cold, wet weather
and mud, moving from position to position, often without hot meals, clean clothes, or sleep. In war, the potential for breakdown in discipline is always present.
The Army operates with applicable rules of engagement (ROE), conducting warfare in compliance withinternational laws and within the conditions specified
by the higher commander. Army forces apply the combat power necessary to ensure victory through appropriate and disciplined use of force.
Discipline begins with trained leaders whose personal example, standard of conduct, concern for soldiers, and loyalty to subordinates create well-disciplined units and proper conduct of operations on thebattlefield. The Army develops disciplined noncommissioned and officer leaders who teach their soldiers
to do the right thing even during the absence of theirleaders.
Exercising discipline in operations includes limiting collateral damage -- the inadvertent or secondary
damage occurring as a result of actions by friendly or
enemy forces. FM 27-10 provides guidance on special categories of objects that international law and
the Geneva and Hague Conventions protect. It also
governs appropriate soldier conduct in war. FM 41-10
provides guidance on control and treatment of displaced civilians.
A nation state that disregards the human rights ofindividuals makes warfare unnecessarily harsh, increases the resolve of its enemy, and changes the nature of the conflict. How the Army fights is a mark ofwhat it is and what it stands for. Laws of war are only

2-3

OPERATIONS

effective in reducing casualties and enhancing fairtreatment of combatants and noncombatants alike solong as trained leaders ensure those laws are obeyed.
The commander ensures the proper treatment of prisoners, noncombatants, and civilians by building goodtraining programs that reinforce the practice of respecting those laws and ROE.
Commanders build good training programs thatforce the practice of law-of-land warfare and ROE.
ROE specify the circumstances and limitations inwhich forces may engage the enemy. Many factors
influence ROE, including national command policy,
mission, operational environment, commander’s intent,
and law-of-land warfare. ROE always recognize thesoldier’s right of self-defense. Properly written ROE
are clear and tailored to the situation. ROE may changeover the duration of a campaign. A force-projection
army tends to face a wide array of ROE. For example,
ROE during Operations Just Cause, Desert Shield,
Desert Storm, and Provide Comfort were widely diverse; within each operation, the ROE were different
and changed over time.
The commander’s understanding of his mission
and his higher com-mander’s intent will help protect
the force and decrease the chance of unnecessary casualties. Every soldier is responsible for preventing
violations of the law-of-land warfare. Success resultsfrom leadership, discipline, esprit, and professional
training.

THE FOUNDATIONSOF ARMY OPERATIONS
Fundamental to operating successfully across thefull range of military operations is an understandingof the Army’s doctrinal foundations—the principles
of war and the tenets of Army operations.
THE PRINCIPLES OF WAR
The nine principles of war provide general guidance for the conduct of war at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels. They are the enduring bedrock of Army doctrine. The US Army published its
first discussion of the principles of war in a 1921 Armytraining regulation. The original principles adopted by
the Army, although slightly revised, have withstood
the test of time. Today’s force-projection Army recognizes the following nine principles of war.

2-4

Objective
Direct every military operation toward a clearly
defined, decisive, and attainable objective.
The ultimate military purpose of war is the destruction of the enemy’s armed forces and will to fight.
The ultimate objectives of operations other than war
might be more difficult to define; nonetheless, they
too must be clear from the beginning. The linkage,therefore, between objectives at all levels of war is
crucial; each operation must contribute to the ultimate
strategic aim.
The attainment of intermediate objectives must directly, quickly, and economically contribute to the operation. Using the analytical framework of mission,
enemy, troops, terrain, and time available (METT-T),
commanders designate physical objectives such as anenemy force, decisive or dominating terrain, a juncture of lines of communication (LOCs), or other vitalareas essential to accomplishing the mission. These
become the basis for all subordinate plans. Actions
that do not contribute to achieving the objective must
be avoided.
Offensive
Seize, retain, and exploit the initiative.
Offensive action is the most effective and decisive way to attain a clearly defined common objective. Offensive operations are the means by which a
military force seizes and holds the initiative while
maintaining freedom of action and achieving decisive
results. This is fundamentally true across all levels ofwar.
Commanders adopt the defensive only as a temporary expedient and must seek every opportunity to
seize the initiative. An offensive spirit must therefore
be inherent in the conduct of all defensive operations.
The side that retains the initiative through offensive
action forces the enemy to react rather than act.
Mass
Mass the effects of overwhelming combat powerat the decisive place and time.
Synchronizing all the elements of combat power
where they will have decisive effect on an enemy force
in a short period of time is to achieve mass. To mass
is to hit the enemy with a closed fist, not poke at him
with fingers of an open hand. Mass must also be sustained so the effects have staying power. Thus, mass
seeks to smash the enemy, not sting him. This resultsfrom the proper combination of combat power withthe proper application of other principles of war.

FM 100-5

Massing effects, rather than concentrating forces, canenable numerically inferior forces to achieve decisive
results, while limiting exposure to enemy fire.
Economy of Force
Employ all combat power available in the mosteffective way possible; allocate minimum essential
combat power to secondary efforts.
Economy of force is the judicious employment anddistribution of forces. No part of the force should everbe left without purpose. When the time comes foraction, all parts must act. The allocation of available
combat power to such tasks as limited attacks, defense,
delays, deception, or even retrograde operations ismeasured in order to achieve mass elsewhere at thedecisive point and time on the battlefield.
ManeuverPlace the enemy in a position of disadvantage
through the flexible application of combat power.
Maneuver is the movement of forces in relation to
the enemy to gain positional advantage. Effective maneuver keeps the enemy off balance and protects theforce. It is used to exploit successes, to preserve freedom of action, and to reduce vulnerability. It continually poses new problems for the enemy by rendering
his actions ineffective, eventually leading to defeat.
At all levels of war, successful application of maneuver requires agility of thought, plans, operations,and organizations. It requires designating and thenshifting points of main effort and the considered application of the principles of mass and economy offorce. At the operational level, maneuver is the meansby which the commander determines where and whento fight by setting the terms of battle, declining battle,
or acting to take advantage of tactical actions. Maneuver is dynamic warfare that rejects predictable
patterns of operations.
Unity of Command
For every objective, seek unity of command andunity of effort.
At all levels of war, employment of military forces
in a manner that masses combat power toward a common objective requires unity of command and unityof effort. Unity of command means that all the forces
are under one responsible commander. It requires asingle commander with the requisite authority to direct all forces in pursuit of a unified purpose.

Unity of effort, on the other hand, requires coordination and cooperation among all forces even though
they may not necessarily be part of the same command structure toward a commonly recognized objective. Collateral and main force operations might go on
simultaneously, united by intent and purpose, if notcommand. The means to achieve unity of purpose is anested concept whereby each succeeding echelon’s
concept is nested in the other. In combined and interagency operations, unity of command may not be possible, but the requirement for unity of effort becomesparamount. Unity of effort coordination through cooperation and common interests is an essential complement to unity of command.
Security
Never permit the enemy to acquire unexpected advantage.
Security enhances freedom of action by reducing
vulnerability to hostile acts, influence, or surprise. Security results from the measures taken by a commander
to protect his forces. Knowledge and understandingof enemy strategy, tactics, doctrine, and staff planning
improve the detailed planning of adequate security
measures. Risk is inherent in war; however, commanders must not be overly cautious. To be successful,commanders must take necessary, calculated risks topreserve the force and defeat the enemy. Protecting
the force increases friendly combat power.
Surprise
Strike the enemy at a time or place or in a manner
for which he is unprepared.
Surprise can decisively shift the balance of combat power. By seeking surprise, forces can achieve
success well out of proportion to the effort expended.
Rapid advances in surveillance technology and masscommunication make it increasingly difficult to mask
or cloak large-scale marshaling or movement of personnel and equipment. The enemy need not be takencompletely by surprise but only become aware too late
to react effectively. Factors contributing to surprise
include speed, effective intelligence, deception, application of unexpected combat power, operations security (OPSEC), and variations in tactics and methodsof operation. Surprise can be in tempo, size of force,
direction or location of main effort, and timing. Deception can aid the probability of achieving surprise.

2-5

OPERATIONS

Simplicity
Prepare clear, uncomplicated plans and concise
orders to ensure thorough understanding.
Everything in war is very simple, but the simple
thing is difficult. To the uninitiated, military operations are not difficult. Simplicity contributes to successful operations. Simple plans and clear, concise
orders minimize misunderstanding and confusion.
Other factors being equal, the simplest plan is preferable. Simplicity is especially valuable when soldiersand leaders are tired. Simplicity in plans allows better
understanding and troop leading at all echelons andpermits branches and sequels to be more easily understood and executed.
THE TENETS OF ARMY OPERATIONSWhenever Army forces are called upon to fight,
they fight to win. Army forces in combat seek to impose their will on the enemy; in operations other thanwar, they seek to alter conditions to achieve their purpose. Victory is the objective, no matter the mission.
Nothing short of victory is acceptable. The Army’s
doctrine describes its approach to generating and applying forces and force at the strategic, operational,
and tactical levels.
The Army’s success on and off the battlefield depends on its ability to operate in accordance with fivebasic tenets: initiative, agility, depth, synchronization,and versatility. A tenet is a basic truth held by an organization. The fundamental tenets of Army operations doctrine describe the characteristics of successful operations. All training and leadership doctrine
and all combat, combat support, and combat service
support doctrine derive directly from, and must support, the fundamental tenets. The US Army believes
that its five basic tenets are essential to victory. In andof themselves they do not guarantee victory, but theirabsence makes it difficult and costly to achieve.
Initiative
Initiative sets or changes the terms of battle byaction and implies an offensive spirit in the conduct of
all operations. Applied to the force as a whole, initiative requires a constant effort to force the enemy toconform to commanders’ operational purposes andtempos, while retaining freedom of action. It means
depleting the enemy’s options, while still having options of their own. This requires leaders to anticipate
events on the battlefield so that they and their units

2-6

can act and react faster than the enemy. Applied toindividual soldiers and leaders, initiative requires awillingness and ability to act independently within theframework of the higher commander’s intent.
In the attack, initiative implies never allowing theenemy to recover from the initial shock of the attack.
Attacking commanders gain and maintain the initiative by surprise in their selection of the time and placeof attack and the violence with which they execute it.
They concentrate forces and execute with speed, audacity, and violence, continually seeking soft spots andshifting their main effort when required. They areprompt in transitioning from the attack to exploitation
and back, if necessary. Commanders press the fighttenaciously and aggressively, accepting risks and pushing soldiers and systems to the limits of their endurance for as long as necessary. The goal is to create a
fluid situation where the enemy loses the coherenceof the defense. Retaining the initiative over time requires thinking ahead, planning beyond the initial operation, and anticipating key events on the battlefield
hours, days, and weeks in advance.
In the defense, initiative implies quickly turning
the tables on the attacker. Defending commanders act
rapidly to negate the attacker’s initial advantages. They
gather intelligence to gain advance warning and anticipate likely enemy courses of action. They set thetempo and restrict, as much as possible, enemy options. Once the attacker commits to a particular courseof action, defenders frustrate it and then preempt any
adjustments by the attacker, thereupon seizing the initiative.
In battle, initiative requires the decentralization ofdecision authority to the lowest practical level. At thesame time, decentralization risks some loss of synchronization. Commanders constantly balance these competing risks, recognizing that loss of immediate control is preferable to inaction. Decentralization demands
well-trained subordinates and superiors who are willing to take risks.
In operations other than war, initiative implies controlling the environment rather than letting the environment control events. In responding to a natural
disaster, commanders direct their forces to the criticalpoints or facilities where prompt action is needed tostabilize the environment. The objective is to allow
local governments to assume control at an appropriate
time while the community regains control of basic
services. Commanders direct their military activitiesinFM 100-5

combination with other elements of national and coalition power to restore stability.
Agility
Agility is the ability of friendly forces to react
faster than the enemy and is a prerequisite for seizing
and holding the initiative. It is as much a mental as aphysical quality. Greater quickness permits the rapid
concentration of friendly strength against enemy vulnerabilities. Forces may need to concentrate repeatedly so that by the time the enemy reacts to one action, another has taken its place, disrupting the enemy’splans and leading to late, uncoordinated, and piecemeal responses. This process of successive concentration against locally weaker or unprepared enemy
forces enables smaller forces to disorient, fragment,
and eventually defeat much larger opposing formations. To achieve such a defeat, leaders and units must
be agile.
Friction is the accumulation of chance errors, unexpected difficulties, and confusion of battle that impede both sides. It can never be completely eliminated, but left unchecked, it can have a devastating
effect on unit agility. To reduce friction, leaders must
continually read the battlefield, know when to decide,
and act without hesitation.
In operations other than war, as commanders perceive changes to their environment, they devise imaginative methods of applying their resources to thosechanges and act quickly to gain or maintain control ofthe environ-ment. For example, Army forces in disaster relief operations can use tactical vehicles andcommunication systems to reach isolated locations, todirect efforts, and to restore services to supplement
the efforts of local governments whose normal resources are overwhelmed.
In peacekeeping operations, Army forces might
defuse conditions that would otherwise lead to a resumption of fighting by recognizing the inherent dangers and by resolving grievances before they ignite
into open combat. A situational awareness that perceives and anticipates changes in the environment,
combined with the ability to act quickly within theintent of higher commanders, leads to an agility inoperations other than war that is vital to successful
outcomes.
Depth
Depth is the extension of operations in time, space,resources, and purpose. These factors vary by echelon and by constraints given to commanders. Whatis most important, however, is the fact that in any operation the Army must have the ability to gain information and influence operations throughout the depthof the battlefield. This ability highlights the joint nature of deep operations, which means participation by
the other services.
To think in depth is to forecast and to anticipate sothat the enemy can be attacked simultaneously throughout the depth of the battlefield. Commanders consider
the effects of distance on operations. They determine
how far operations must extend and how long their
LOCs and those of the enemy will be. They consider
the effect of depth on force densities throughout thelength and breadth of their area of operations (AO).
They calculate the effective range of supporting functions such as intelligence, fire support, logistics, airdefense, and aviation.
Depth allows commanders to sustain momentum
and take advantage of all available resources to press
the fight, attacking enemy forces and capabilities simultaneously throughout the battlefield. Momentum
in the attack and elasticity in defense derive from depth.
Successful commanders are always concerned with theoutcome of current operations and the anticipation of
future operations; they think in depth, understandingthat war is the province of uncertainty and chance.
They look beyond the requirements of the moment andforecast the actions needed in the future.
In pursuit of operational objectives, commanders
employ joint assets with Army forces to extend theirability to attack the enemy throughout the battlefield.
Key are multiple modes of attacks on different targets
in some reasonable sequence to achieve a common
objective. By extending the depth of the fight, commanders force the enemy to fight on their terms. With
joint resources, commanders observe enemy movements and activities and protect their forces throughout the theater. In conjunction with air and naval operations, they employ maneuver, fires, space assets,
and SOF to attack the enemy.
In offensive and defensive tactical actions, commanders fight the enemy throughout the depth of his
disposition with fires and with attacks on his flanks
and rear. They attack committed and uncommitted
forces and synchronize the attack of enemy artillery
in depth with close operations. Such in-depth operations degrade the enemy’s freedom of action, reduce
his flexibility and endurance, and upset his plans and2-7

OPERATIONS

coordination. Most importantly, these operations prevent the enemy from impacting on friendly actions.
Commanders retain reserves and adjust their main efforts to exploit tactical opportunities and carry the fightinto the depths of the enemy’s formations or defenses.
At the same time, commanders guard their own freedom of action by protecting their forces and the meansneeded to sustain combat operations.
In operations other than war, depth extends activities in time, space, resources, and purpose to affectthe environment and the conditions that are to be resolved. Seldom are short-term situations conclusive.
Commanders envision simultaneous activities and sequential stages that lead to a long-term outcome. For
example, to solve the problem of feeding the local
population, commanders may set up kitchens and distribute food in the first stage, assist in the reestablishment of commercial food distribution points in thesecond stage, and finally assist in improving road networks as the local government regains the ability toprovide a steady supply of food. Similarly, peacekeeping operations may begin with an initial objective ofobserving a cease-fire, then move to support of an economic recovery program, and finally conclude in support of an international agency program that results incultural assimilation and the resolution of the underlying conflict. Just as in war, commanders anticipate future situations and decide how to coordinate
activities in depth that will achieve the desired end
state.
Synchronization
Synchronization is arranging activities in time andspace to mass at the decisive point. For example, integrating the activities of intelligence, logistics, andfire support with maneuver leads to synchronized operations. It means that the desired effect is achievedby arranging activities in time and space to gain that
effect.
Synchronization includes, but is not limited to, themassed effects of combat power at the point of decision. Some of the activities that commanders synchronize in an operation, such as jamming enemy communications, suppressing enemy air defenses, and shifting reserves, might occur before the decisive moment.
They may take place at locations distant from one another. Though separated in time and space, these activities must be well synchronized if their combined
effects are to be felt at the decisive time and place.
Synchronization seeks to gain overwhelming combat
power.

2-8

Attacking commanders have synchronized theirsupporting fires with maneuver when they have shifted
an artillery strike to a target series of enemy direct firesystems while maneuvering forces rapidly to theenemy’s flanks and rear. Or, on a larger scale, commanders have synchronized their main and supporting attacks when the supporting attack takes place at
precisely the right time and place to divert enemy
forces and fires from the main effort as they strike theenemy. An operational commander has synchronized
two major operations if one diverts the attention of
the bulk of enemy forces, thus uncovering a key objective for decisive attack by the other.
Synchronization usually requires explicit coordination among the various units and activities participating in any operation. By itself, however, such coordination is no guarantee of synchronization unlesscommanders first visualize the consequences to be produced and how they sequence activities to produce
them. Staffs must understand their commander’s intent since they make a large part of the synchronization plan happen. Synchronization thus takes place firstin the minds of commanders and then in the actual
planning and coordination of movements, fires, andsupporting activities. Rehearsals are key to successful execution of synchronized operations.
In a force-projection army, the ability to synchronize operations becomes paramount. When forces are
not already forward deployed in the AO, the following considerations of early—and, if necessary,
forced— entry become highly complex: protection,
intelligence preparation, logistics, force buildup, infrastructure access, and the attainment of overwhelming combat power. Joint and combined operations
demand careful synchronization of operations to effect intertheater and intratheater logistics flow, mutual support, efficient use of all available resources,
and the ultimate application of force to achieve thestrategic purpose.
Early decisions that put the operation in motion
need to consider the array of branches and sequels that
may ensue. The need to synchronize effects in thesequencing of operations is equally important in operations other than war. In all matters, the enemy willattempt to disrupt operations at the most inopportune
time. Throughout the depth of the operation—from
the CONUS base, through the many time zones andregions, to the lodgment, and to the points of decisive
combat commanders will have to synchronize events
to maximize the probability of success.

FM 100-5

In the end, the product of effective synchronization is maximum use of every resource to make thegreatest contribution to success. This is true in operations other than war as well as in war. Synchronization implies judgment in choosing among simultaneousand sequential activities. Commanders make this distinction clear to their staffs and subordinate commanders when effects of one activity are a precondition for
subsequent action. To achieve this requires the anticipation that comes with thinking in depth, mastery oftime-space-purpose relationships, and a complete understanding of the ways in which friendly and enemy
capabilities interact. Most of all, synchronization requires a clear statement of the commander’s intent.
Versatility
Versatility is the ability of units to meet diverse
mission requirements. Commanders must be able toshift focus, tailor forces, and move from one role ormission to another rapidly and efficiently. Versatility
implies a capacity to be multifunctional, to operate
across the full range of military operations, and to perform at the tactical, operational, and strategic levels.
Versatility is to the decathlete as agility is to theboxer. The decathlete trains for and competes in ten
separate events; the boxer, one. Army units are capable of rapidly realigning forces and refocusing on
widely divergent missions. Disciplined units, highly
trained and competent throughout the range of military operations, are the wellspring of versatility.
Versatility is the ability of tactical units to adapt
to different missions and tasks, some of which may
not be on unit mission-essential task lists (METL).
Army forces have always been versatile; in World War
II, Korea, and Vietnam, they adapted quickly to theenvironment and the tactics of the enemy. In a forceprojection army, however, the demands for versatility
increase. Operations Just Cause, Desert Shield, Desert
Storm, and Provide Comfort introduced Army forces
to dynamic environments that called for quick, successful action across a wide range of war and operations other than war. Forces must be prepared to move
rapidly from one geographical region to another andfrom one type of warfare to another in quick succession.
The same is true for operations other than war.
Military police (MP), for example, can provide a mobile, lethal show of force, restore civil order, process
prisoners of war, and assist peacekeeping operations.
Engineer units, with some reorganization and retrain-

ing, can transfer their skills from combat missions toother tasks such as rebuilding infrastructures or restoring water and power supplies. Field artillery or infantry units can be committed to fighting forest fires on
short notice with minimal training.
Versatility denotes the ability to perform in manyroles and environments during war and operations
other than war. It allows for the smooth transition fromone mission to another. Versatility requires competence in a variety of missions and skills. It suggeststhat all military organizations must have the ability toorganize in different combinations of units and thecapacity to redeploy from one area or region to another without the loss of focus. Versatility is the resultof well-led, well-trained, and well-equipped forces;
high standards; and detailed planning. Versatility ensures that units can conduct many different kinds ofoperations, either sequentially or simultaneously, withthe same degree of success.

COMBAT POWER
Combat power is created by combining the elements of maneuver, firepower, protection, and leadership. Overwhelming combat power is the ability tofocus sufficient force to ensure success and deny theenemy any chance of escape or effective retaliation.
The enemy is killed, wounded, captured, or not capable of influencing future battlefield events; he is frozen by fear and uncertainty, confused, and isolated.
Overwhelming combat power is achieved when allcombat elements are violently brought to bear quickly,
giving the enemy no opportunity to respond with coordinated or effective opposition.
Commanders seek to apply overwhelming combat power to achieve victory at minimal cost. They
integrate and coordinate a variety of functions withthe elements of combat power to sustain it at the operational and tactical levels. They strive to convert
the potential of forces, resources, and opportunities
into actual capability through violent, coordinated action at the decisive time and place. They attempt todefeat the enemy’s combat power by interfering withhis ability to maneuver, apply firepower, or provide
protection. Commanders multiply the effects of combat power through the integrated efforts of combat,
CS, and CSS arms, as well as the forces of the Air
Force, Marine Corps, and Navy.

2-9

OPERATIONS

Unlimited resources are seldom, if ever, available
to the commander. He fights with what he has against
whatever force he is committed. But in so doing, heseeks to attain overwhelming combat power as best
he can at the decisive point and time. Battle should
not be a fight between two relatively equal foes. Whentactics are successful, commanders gain a combat
power advantage over the enemy and are able to defeat him quickly with minimal losses to their own
troops. Army forces seek to overwhelm the enemy
with a combination of factors, key among which aresuperior equipment, training, leadership, doctrine, andthe qualities and courage of the American soldier.
Combat is the traditional role of the Army, and theone on which it principally focuses and trains. Winning in battle depends on an understanding of the dynamics of combat power and putting them together toensure defeat of the enemy.
THE DYNAMICS OF COMBAT POWER
Four primary elements—maneuver, firepower, protection, and leadership—combine to create combat
power—the ability to fight. Their effective application and sustainment, in concert with one another, will
decide the outcome of campaigns, major operations,battles, and engagements. Leaders integrate maneuver, firepower, and protection capabilities in a varietyof combinations appropriate to the situation.
ManeuverManeuver is the movement of combat forces togain positional advantage, usually in order to deliver—or threaten delivery of—direct and indirect fires. Maneuver is the means of positioning forces at decisive
points to achieve surprise, psychological shock, physical momentum, massed effects, and moral dominance.
Successful maneuver requires anticipation and mental agility.
Commanders may achieve the effects of maneuver
without movement by allowing the enemy to moveinto a disadvantageous position. Moving and positioning units during deployment to a theater and withina theater prior to operations are forms of maneuver if
this movement gains a positional advantage and can
influence the outcomes of battles and campaigns.
Maneuver is rarely effective without firepower andprotection. Maneuver keeps the enemy off balance,
protecting the force. Maneuver continually poses new
problems for the enemy, rendering his reactions ineffective, and eventually leading to his defeat.

2-10

The positional advantages and staying power
gained by ground maneuver forces are unique and cannot be replaced by other means. Army combat aviation assets can also offer the ground commander greater
flexibility and unique advantages in reconnaissance,
protection, and lethality; however, the temporary nature of these platforms cannot replace the permanenceof ground forces. Maneuver and firepower are inseparable and complementary dynamics of combat. Although one might dominate a phase of the battle, thesynchronized effects of both characterize all operations. Their joint use makes the destruction of larger
enemy forces feasible and enhances the protection ofa friendly force. Maneuver may also exploit the effects of nuclear weapons.
Firepower
Firepower provides destructive force; it is essential in defeating the enemy’s ability and will to fight.
It is the amount of fire that may be delivered by aposition, unit, or weapon system. Firepower may beeither direct or indirect. Integrated as part of thecommander’s concept, firepower includes the fire support functions that may be used separately from or in
combination with maneuver to destroy the enemy. The
extended range and precision of direct and indirect fire
weapon systems, using laser-guided munitions andintegrated target acquisition systems, make firepower
more lethal than ever before. Firepower can be integrated with smoke or electronic warfare systems to
disrupt or disorganize the enemy, producing specificphysical and psychological effects.
Firepower effects occur at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels and must be synchronizedwith other attack systems against the enemy. Maximum firepower effects require the full integration of
Army and joint-service systems and procedures fordetermining priorities; locating, identifying, and tracking targets; allocating firepower assets; and assessing
fire effects. Finally, firepower is most effective whencombined with the maneuver force.
Protection
Protection conserves the fighting potential of aforce so that commanders can apply it at the decisive
time and place. Protection has four components.

• The first component of protection is OPSEC
and deception operations, which help keep theenemy from locating friendly units. Skillful reconnaissance and counterreconnaissance aid

FM 100-5

force protection. Reconnaissance precedes all
successful operations. Proper dispersion helps
reduce losses from enemy fires as does theuseofcamouflage,
discipline,
counterreconnaissance, security operations,and fortified fighting positions. These measures help commanders protect their force
from enemy observation and are used throughout the conduct of operations. These aremostly passive measures, but they should also
be combined with such active measures as cunning, guile, and craftiness. At the operational
level, air and missile defense, protection of
air bases, and friendly force lodgment areas
are all important activities associated withforce protection.
• The second component of protection keeps
soldiers healthy and maintains their fighting
morale. It includes guarding their equipment
and supplies from loss or damage. Tacticalcommanders take care of their soldiers’ basic
health needs and prevent unnecessary exposure to debilitating conditions. They consider
the welfare, morale, and spirit of soldiers as
they build cohesion and esprit in units. They
supervise preventive maintenance and quick
repair of equipment. Operational commanders ensure systems are in place for adequate
health service support, quick return of minor
casualties to duty, and preventive medicine.
They provide effective systems for maintenance evacuation and rapid replacement or
repair of hardware.
• The third component of protection, safety,
is part of all combat operations and operations
other than war. Commanders at all levels
should embrace safety as a principal element
in all they do. Sustained, high-tempo operations can put soldiers at risk. Strong commandand high levels of discipline and training lessen
those risks. Safe procedures represent a skill—a product of enforced standards and training.
Safety in training, planning, and operations is
crucial to successful combat operations andthe preservation of combat power.
• The fourth component of protection is the
avoidance of fratricide—the unintentional killing or wounding of friendly personnel by fire.
The destructive power and range of modern
weapons, coupled with the high intensity andrapid tempo of the battlefield, increase the like-lihood of fratricide. Commanders must beaware of those tactical maneuvers and terrain
and weather conditions that increase the probability of fratricide and take measures to reduce those probabilities. The primary mechanisms limiting fratricide are strong command,
disciplined operations, detailed situationalawareness, and anticipation of operations
when conditions raise the probabilities. With
this knowledge, commanders can exercise
positive control over fires, control timing oftroop movements, and use disciplined operational procedures. Commanders seek to lower
the probability of fratricide without overly
constricting boldness and audacity in combat.

Leadership
The most essential dynamic of combat power iscompetent and confident officer and noncommissioned
officer leadership. Leaders inspire soldiers with thewill to win. They provide purpose, direction, andmotivation in combat. Leaders determine how maneuver, firepower, and protection are used, ensuring
these elements are effectively employed against theenemy. Thus, no peacetime duty is more important forleaders than studying their profession, understanding
the human dimension of leadership, becoming tactically and technically proficient, and preparing for war.
These help them understand the effects of battle on
soldiers, units, and leaders. The regular study andteaching of military doctrine, theory, history, and biographies of military leaders are invaluable.
Commanders are selected for their tasks becauseof their moral character, firm willpower, and professional ability. They must imbue their commands with
their ideas, desires, energy, and methods. The personal influence and competence of the commandersof large joint and combined forces, field armies, corps,
and divisions have a positive bearing on the outcomesof battles and campaigns.
Professional competence, personality, and the willof strong commanders represent a significant part ofany unit’s combat power. While leadership requirements differ with unit size and type, all leaders must
demonstrate character and ethical standards. Leaders
are first soldiers, and they must know and understandtheir subordinates. They must act with courage andconviction in battle. Leaders build trust and teamwork.
During operations they know where to be to makedecisions or to influence the action by their personalpresence.

2-11

OPERATIONS

Strong leaders and trained, dedicated soldiers are
the greatest combat multipliers. When opposing forces
are nearly equal, the moral qualities of soldiers andleaders—sense of duty, courage, loyalty, and discipline,
combined with stamina and skill—provide the decisive edge.
Once the force is engaged, superior combat power
derives from the courage and competence of soldiers,
the excellence of their training, the capability of theirequipment, the soundness of their combined arms doctrine, and, above all, the quality of their leadership.
COMBAT FUNCTIONS
A variety of functions help the commander build
and sustain combat power. Commanders integrate andcoordinate these functions to synchronize battle effects
in time, space, and purpose. The combat functions
are —- Intelligence.
- Maneuver.
- Fire support.
- Air defense.
- Mobility and survivability.
- Logistics.
- Battle command.
To synchronize forces and effects on the battlefield, Army leaders examine large, complex operationsin terms of functional operating systems that exist at
each level of war. At the tactical level the battlefield
operating systems (BOSs), for example, enable a comprehensive examination in a straightforward mannerthat facilitates the integration, coordination, preparation, and execution of successful combined-arms operations. The BOS has other applications at the operational and strategic levels.
IntelligenceIntelligence is fundamental to effective planning,
security, and deception. Intelligence operations are
the organized efforts of a commander to gather andanalyze information on the environment of operations
and the enemy. Obtaining and synthesizing battlefield
information prior to beginning operations is a vital task.
Assembling an accurate picture of the battlefield requires centralized direction, simultaneous action at alllevels of command, and timely distribution of information throughout the command. Intelligence operations may employ any of the unit’s resources. Unit

2-12

resources include units in contact with the enemy, cavalry units, patrols, air defense sensors, military intelligence (MI) units, reconnaissance units, engineer topographic units, field artillery radars, and attached liaison officers.
In force-projection operations, intelligence operations routinely rely on higher levels of Army command and significant joint intelligence capabilities forintelligence support. This is especially true prior to
deployment and continues in theater if tactical units
are offset from their anticipated battle area. Local
population and government agencies also add to theintelligence picture.
In peacetime and in war, the MI effort uses signals, human, imagery, measurement, and signature collection and production and counter-intelligence services to provide commanders at all levels with the information they need to apply their available forces
wisely, efficiently, and effectively. The MI effort also
provides more specialized and detailed information tooperators and staffs across the full range of MI disciplines to enable them to cooperatively fulfill thecommander’s intent.
Intelligence provided to the commander to aid his
decision making must be clear, brief, relevant, andtimely. Wartime, especially battlefield, support to thecommander must be anticipatory and precise. The
intelligence system should maximize and synchronize
the support offered to the commander while minimizing the demands it makes on him.
The commander drives the intelligence effort. He
must ask the right questions and focus the intelligencework. He must know the enemy; the commander’spersonal involvement and knowledge have no substitutes. He helps his intelligence system work effectively by clearly stating his intent and decisively designating his priority intelligence requirements. Targeting guidance need not always identify specific targets,
but it must boldly prioritize the types of targets to attack. Finally, the commander must understand thecapabilities and real limitations of the intelligence system to exploit its full effectiveness without holding
unrealistic expectations.
Joint Publications in the 2-0 series discuss intelligence support to joint operations. The 34-series FMs
discuss Army doctrine for intelligence support.

FM 100-5

ManeuverManeuver is both an element of combat power anda principle of war and is discussed at length under thoseheadings elsewhere in this manual. Maneuver is movement relative to the enemy to put him at a disadvantage. Commanders maneuver their forces to create theconditions for tactical and operational success. By
maneuver, friendly forces gain the ability to destroy
the enemy or hinder his movement through the direct
or indirect application of lethal power or threat thereof.
Tactical maneuver is done to gain operational results.
As the commander develops his concept of operationand considers the maneuver of all his forces, he is careful to retain a balance in the application of maneuver,firepower, and protection. The nature of this balanceestablishes the priorities and relationships of maneuver to the other combat functions as the commandertranslates the art of his vision of operations to the science of detailed planning and execution of combat
functions.
Maneuver refers to the employment of forces
through offensive or defensive operations to achieve
relative positional advantage over an enemy force toachieve tactical, operational, or strategic objectives.
Generating combat power on the battlefield requires
combining the movement of combat forces and employment of their direct fires in combination with fire
support. The more immediate the combat in time andspace, the more intertwined are maneuver and firepower. An assaulting platoon maneuvers under supporting fires, while putting forth a base of fire of its
own. The higher the level, the more one establishes
the conditions for the other. The breakout of American ground forces at St. Lo in 1944 was achieved in
the wake of carpet bombing by the allied air forces;
the encirclement of German forces by allied groundforces some time thereafter set up the punishing air
attacks that decimated the trapped enemy. In either
case, maneuver and firepower were parts of the same
whole.
Fire Support
Synchronizing fires with maneuver is critical to
the successful prosecution of combat operations. Commanders synchronize organic and supporting joint fire
assets with their scheme of maneuver through the combat function of fire support.
Fire support is the collective and coordinated employment of the fires of armed aircraft, land- and seabased indirect fire systems, and electronic warfare
systems against ground targets to support land combat
operations at both the operational and tactical levels.

Fire support is the integration and synchronization offires and effects to delay, disrupt, or destroy enemy
forces, combat functions, and facilities in pursuit ofoperational and tactical objectives.
Generating effective firepower against an enemy
requires that organic and supporting fires be coordinated with other combat functions such as intelligence,logistics, and battle command. Subordinate systems
and processes for determining priorities, identifying
and locating targets, allocating fires assets, attacking
targets, and assessing battle damage must be fully integrated. Fire support provides for the planning andexecution of fires so the right targets are adequately
attacked to achieve the commander’s intended effects.
Commanders are responsible for fighting their fire
and maneuver assets. They fight much of their fires
through the function of fire support, because much of
the combat power of fires is not from within their chainof command but from external resources. Consequently, the ability to employ all available fires
throughout the depth of the battlefield as an integrated
and synchronized whole is done through the processof fire support planning, coordination, and execution.
Fire support is the function that binds fire resources
together so that the multiple effects of each asset aresynchronized with the force commander’s intent andconcept of operation.
Air Defense
Air defense operations are key when generating
combat power. They provide the force with protection from enemy air attack, preventing the enemy fromseparating friendly forces while freeing the commander
to fully synchronize maneuver and firepower.
Air defense operations are performed by all members of the combined arms team; however, groundbased air defense artillery (ADA) units execute thebulk of the force-protection mission. These units protect deployed forces and critical assets within a theater area of responsibility (AOR) by preventing enemy aircraft, missiles, and remotely piloted and unmanned aerial vehicles (RPV/UAV) from locating,striking, and destroying them.
The threat to friendly forces and combat functions
is significantly greater than in the past due to weaponsof mass destruction and the proliferation of missile
technology. The potential for catastrophic loss of soldiers, time, or initiative, forcing a change to operational objectives, requires a greater role for

2-13

OPERATIONS

theater missile defense when generating combat powerat the operational level.

Thinking and acting are simultaneous activities forleaders in battle.

Air defense operations represent the Army contribution to counterair operations. The theater air commander is normally the area air defense commander.
He integrates the capabilities of different services andestablishes counterair ROE and procedures for the theater. A control and reporting center (CRC) usually
exercises control of theater counterair operations.

Visualizing the battlefield is a continuing requirement for commanders. In larger tactical and operational
formations, the headquarters normally is the focal point
for the flow of information and the resulting planning
efforts. Yet, commanders of neither large nor small
units can visualize the battlefield and direct and synchronize the efforts of their units from a computer
screen at the command post. Commanders are frequently away from their command posts and in thefield to assess the state of battle face-to-face with subordinate commanders and their soldiers. Commandremains a very personal function. The commander
goes where he can best influence the battle, where his
moral and physical presence can be felt, and where
his will to achieve victory can best be expressed, understood, and acted upon. Commanders command
while the headquarters and staff coordinate and makenecessary control adjustments consistent with thecommander’s intent.

Mobility and Survivability
Mobility operations preserve the freedom of maneuver of friendly forces. Mobility missions include
breaching enemy obstacles, increasing battlefield circulation, improving existing routes or building newones, providing bridge and raft support for crossing
rivers, and identifying routes around contaminatedareas. By denying mobility to enemy forces(countermobility), Army forces can destroy them withfire and maneuver. These efforts limit the maneuverof enemy forces and enhance the effectiveness of fires.
Countermobility missions include building obstacles
and using smoke to hinder enemy maneuver.
Survivability operations protect friendly forcesfrom the effects of enemy weapon systems and fromnatural occurrences. Hardening of facilities and fortification of battle positions are active survivability measures. Deception, OPSEC, and dispersion can increasesurvivability. Nuclear, biological, chemical (NBC)defense measures are also key survivability operations.
Logistics
Logistics incorporates a variety of technical specialties and functional activities, to include maximizing the use of available host nation infrastructure andcontracted logistics support. It provides the physicalmeans with which forces operate, from the production
base and replacement centers in the US, to soldiers incontact with the enemy. It applies across the full rangeof military operations and at all levels of war. As thescale and complexity of Army operations increase, theimportance of logistics to their success increases too.
Chapter 12 covers logistics in greater detail.
Battle Command
In modern battle, the magnitude of available information challenges leaders at all levels. Ultimately,
they must assimilate thousands of bits of information
to visualize the battlefield, assess the situation, anddirect the military action required to achieve victory.

2-14

To command is to direct. Command at all levels
is the art of motivating and directing soldiers and theirleaders into action to accomplish missions. Commandmeans visualizing the current and future state offriendly and enemy forces and then formulating concepts of operations to accomplish the mission. Commanders are aware that battle is two-sided and that theenemy is trying to influence the outcome. Commanders influence the outcome of battles, campaigns, andengagements by assigning missions; prioritizing andallocating resources; assessing and taking risks; deciding when and how to make adjustments; committing reserves; seeing, hearing, and understanding theneeds of subordinates and seniors; and guiding andmotivating the organization toward the desired end.
In battle, command is being with soldiers, sharing theirhardships, feeling their pride—and often their pain—
and continuing to think and act to accomplish the mission with the least cost to them.
Command has two vital components—decision
making and leadership.
• Decision making is knowing if to decide,then when and what to decide. These are tactical, operational, and strategic judgments.
Being in command means anticipating theactivities that will be put into motion once a
decision is made; knowing how irretrievableFM 100-5

some commitments will be once put into motion; knowing the consequences of the act ofdeciding; anticipating the outcomes that canbe expected from the implementation of a decision.
• Leadership is taking responsibility for decisions; being loyal to subordinates; inspiringand directing assigned forces and resources
toward a purposeful end; establishing a teamwork climate that engenders success; demonstrating moral and physical courage in the faceof adversity; providing the vision that both focuses and anticipates the future course of
events.
As such, command is more an art than a science.
In battle, it is often guided by intuition and feel gained
from years of practice and study.
Command occurs from the location of the commander, whether he is at a command post, infiltrating
at night with his forward light infantry elements, or ina main battle tank moving with the main effort. The
battle command system must permit tactical leaders
to position themselves wherever they can best command without depriving them of the ability to respondto opportunities and changing circumstances. For example, a division commander operating forward witha lead brigade must be able to visualize the battlefield
and, if he so decides, be able to shift his main effort tocapitalize on the unexpected success of a supporting
attack without sacrificing the momentum of the division effort.
The need for flexibility in command is greatest
for the committed maneuver unit commander. He canneither cope with constant direction from above nor
can he constantly provide detailed direction to his staff
and subordinate commanders. He and his organization must know the intent of the commander two levels above, understand the concept of operation andintent of the immediate commander, and know the responsibilities of flanking and supporting units. Then,the unit commander can fight his unit confidently. He
can anticipate events and act freely and boldly to accomplish his mission with minimal guidance, particularly when he cannot communicate with his commander.
Control is inherent in battle command. Control
monitors the status of organizational effectiveness andidentifies deviations from set standards and corrects
them. Commanders acquire and apply means to ac-complish their intent. Ultimately, commanders provide a means to measure, report, and correct performance.
Control serves its purpose if it allows the commander freedom to operate, delegate authority, leadfrom any critical point on the battlefield, and synchronize actions across his entire AO. Moreover, the battlecommand system must support the ability of the commander to adjust plans for future operations, even while
focusing on the current fight. Skilled staffs work withincommand intent to direct and control units and resource
allocations to support the desired end. They also arealert to spotting enemy or friendly situations that require command change and see to it that the commander is so advised. The related tools for implementing command decisions include communications,computers, and intelligence.
Space-based systems provide commanders reconnaissance, surveillance, navigation, and positioningthat greatly facilitate battle command. These systems
significantly upgrade the speed and accuracy of information that commanders exchange with subordinates.
Reliable communications are central both to battlecommand and to control. General Omar Bradley once
said, Congress can make a general, but only communications can make him a commander. Effective battlecommand requires reliable signal support systems toenable the com-mander to conduct operations at varying operational tempos. Signal planning increases thecommander’s options by providing the requisite signal support systems to pass critical information at decisive times, thus leveraging and exploiting tactical
success and facilitating future operations. Nonetheless, battle command style is dictated by the commander, not by his supporting communication system.
Communication and technology may assist command, and accurate and timely intelligence may advise it. But at its core, in land combat, when distanceto the enemy can be measured from meters to hundreds of kilometers, command remains an expressionof human will the will embodied in the commandercharged to accomplish the mission. The following
historical example from the Battle of Gettysburg illustrates the leadership component of battle command.
JOINT CAPABILITIES AND MISSIONSThe Army does not fight alone. It integrates its
efforts within the theater commander’s unified

2-15

OPERATIONS

operations along with the other services, other national
agencies, and often allied and coalition forces. By
doing so, the Army’s operational capabilities are enhanced, victory comes quicker, and friendly casualties
are reduced. The capabilities described below are essential to success on the battlefield.
Space Operations
Army forces depend on space-based systems injoint and combined operations. Space-based systems
offer significant political and technical advantages toforce-projection operations, allowing quick access tocertain capabilities without concern for national boundary restrictions. Normally, Army units are offset froman AO and rely on space-based systems to gain intelligence and to track deployment and early employment. Intelligence, early warning, communication,navigation, mapping, environmental monitoring, missile warning, weather, imagery, and data processing
are all enhanced by uninterrupted space operations.
Position and navigation satellites enable forces
equipped with passive receivers to know their exact

Historical Perspective
At 1630, 2 July 1863, near Little Round top, a rocky hill near Gettysburg, Pennsylvania, Colonel Joshua Chamberlain’s 358 remaining soldiers of the 20th Maine Regiment were ordered
into a defensive line. Minutes later, they came under a violent frontal assault by the 47th Alabama Regiment. While the 20th Maine was repulsing this assault, an officer rushed up to Chamberlain and informed him that another large enemy force was moving to attack their exposed
left flank.
Chamberlain immediately ordered a new defensive line at right angles to his existing line,
shifting the entire regiment to the left and back, while maintaining continuous fire to the front,
masking the movement of his left flank. Minutes later the 20th Maine was assaulted by the 15t
Alabama Regiment. During that assault, the 20th Maine fired 20,000 rounds, suffering 30
percent dead and wounded. Chamberlain, wounded in the foot by a shell fragment, was bleeding. HIs right thigh was severely bruised where a musket ball had struck his scabbard. The
20th Maine miraculously withstood six charges before they ran out of ammunition.
Chamberlain, fearing an overwhelming, decrimating rebel attack, realized that by withdrawing
he would be giving up key terrain and the battle too. To the astonishment of his company commanders, he ordered a bayonet charge with the enemy, beginning another fierce charge fromonly 30 yards away. The left half of his regiment began the charge, stunning the confederates
before them. As they came abreast of their own right half,
Chamberlain raised high his saber and shouted, “Fix bayonets! Charge! Fix bayonets! Charge!
Fix bayonets! Charge!” Running downhill like a thundering herd of raging animals, Chamberlain and his men had the clear advantage over the tired rebels. The Alabama men wereshocked and fell back. A company of Chamberlain’s men who had formed a screen line on theleft flank began firing into the panic-stricken confederates who, even though they outnumbered
the 20th Main 3 to 1, did not realize the strength of their numbers.
Fearing the worst for his troops, Oates, the commander of the Alabama regiments, ordered abreakout that turned into a rout and the capture of more than 400 of his men. Afterwards,
Colonel Chamberlain was awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor. His actions serve as
one of the finest examples of what a combat leader must be able to be and do to exercise
effective battle command.

2-16

FM 100-5

location. Military and civilian communication satellites provide responsive, worldwide, line-of-sight communications links to tactical forces.
The Tactical Exploitation of National Capabilities
Program also provides reconnaissance, surveillance,
and target acquisition support to tactical units. The
Defense Meteorological Satellite Program and civilian environmental monitoring satellites provide
weather and terrain information. The efficiencies resulting from the use of these space capabilities havedramatic effect on ground combat operations. For
example, precise knowledge of the location of friendly
units allows for rapid decision making, quick adjustments of fires, and greater protection of the force.
When married with precise knowledge of enemy locations, this capability allows the Army forces to dominate the battlefield. These capabilities are further defined in four military space functions.
Force Enhancement. This function is analogous
to combat support with space capabilities that improvethe effectiveness of forces across the full range of military activities. It includes, but is not limited to,commun- ications, navigation, weather, and surveillance support. Commanders use the capabilities offorce enhancement to reduce uncertainty, to facilitatecommand and control (C2), and to moderate the effects of friction.
Commercial and allied space capabilities may augment US military space systems if military capabilities are lost or unavailable. Immediate worldwide
connectivity can be provided to all forces in combat,
regardless of the level of commitment, physical location, weather conditions, or type of operation. For
example, during Operations Desert Shield and Desert
Storm and joint task force (JTF) operations in Somalia, satellite communications, military and commercial, provided the backbone for long-haul and intratheater connectivity. In regions with limited communications infrastructure, satellite communications are theonly means to provide reliable, high-capacity services.
Also, successful contingency operations rely on highly
mobile satellite communications terminals for rapid
insertion and flexible C2 links.
Force Application. This function is the conductof combat operations from, in, or through space. Consistent with treaty obligations and national policy, thiscapability currently uses space- and ground-based defenses to provide protection from ballistic missiles.
Technology development creates other capabilities tosupport national power projection through this function. With its potential global positioning, space-based
firepower can suppress, neutralize, or destroy enemy
offensive and defensive capabilities. In addition, thethreat of potential space to ground fires could create aposition of advantage at the strategic, operational, andtactical levels.
Space Control. This function is the conduct ofoffensive and defensive space operations directedagainst the enemy’s space forces to gain and maintainspace superiority. It ensures freedom of action in spacefor friendly forces while denying it to the enemy.
Space Support. Space support provides the military infrastructure to deploy and maintain military
space systems. This function includes Army forces
and activities responsible for maintaining telemetry,tracking and commanding space systems, recovering
spacecraft, and providing logistics support for space,ground control, and launch elements.
As the United States makes further advances inspace, the interdependence between space and Armysystems will become even greater. Commanders must
seize the opportunity to enhance ground capabilities,
while guarding against vulnerabilities to enemy space
operations. Joint Publication 3-14 and FM 100-18 discuss space operations.
Electronic warfare (EW) uses the electromagnetic
spectrum to locate enemy units and facilities, to intercept enemy communications, and to disrupt enemy C2
and target acquisition systems at critical moments.
Commanders employ joint EW systems as they employ fires. They use the effects of these systems toslow, misdirect, or confound enemy operations andsynchronize them accordingly. EW operations occur
concurrently at all levels.
Commanders can use joint EW to generate false
signals of friendly forces that confuse, mask, or deceive. They synchronize these efforts with one another and with other functions—particularly maneuver, firepower, and air operations—to obtain the best
results. Since the enemy has an EW capability also,commanders must degrade it while protecting theirown. OPSEC, as a passive form of protecting the presence

2-17

OPERATIONS

and use of our EW system, is as important as the active measures taken.
When developing the concept of operation, tactical commanders should consider EW assets the sameas they do artillery assets. They should deploy EW
assets to committed units based on their missions, thecapabilities of available systems, and potential enemy
actions. Plans should reflect the relative scarcity of
EW weapons, their limitations, and the transient nature of their effects. Joint Publication 3-51 discusses
electronic warfare.
Interdiction
Interdiction destroys enemy forces, delays and disrupts their maneuver, and diverts their resources fromthe main effort. Interdiction is a means to direct combat power simultaneously throughout the depth of enemy forces and hasten enemy loss of initiative andultimate destruction. Effective interdiction occurs
when it is synchronized with maneuver to support theconcept of operation of a single commander. Allforces—ground, air, space, maritime, and special operations—are capable of interdiction. When their operations are integrated and synchronized with maneuver, they present the greatest dilemma to the enemy.
The enemy cannot move against his objective withoutabsorbing losses or eroding resources, nor can he synchronize his combat power. Joint Publication 3-03
discusses interdiction.
Air Operations
A primary consideration in employing joint forces
is gaining and maintaining the freedom of action to
conduct operations against the enemy. Control of the
air gives commanders the freedom to conduct successful attacks that can neutralize or destroy an enemy’s
warfighting potential. A continuous effort exists to gain
and maintain the capability to use the enemy’s airspaceto perform combat missions and to deny the enemy
the use of friendly airspace. Control of the air enables
land forces to execute operations without interference
from an enemy’s air forces. Without this control, tactical flexibility is lessened. Ground commanders musthave access to sufficient airspace to employ Armyhelicopters, drones, and airborne sensors.
Strategic Attack.
Strategic attacks are carried out against an enemy’s
center of gravity, which may include national command elements, war production assets, and supporting infrastructure (for example, energy, transportation,and communications assets). Strategic attacks focus

2-18

on degrading the enemy’s capability and possibly its
will to wage war. They are designed to affect the entire war effort rather than a single campaign or battle.
Even nations without a significant industrial base, that
rely on imported weaponry, may have vulnerable leaders or economic targets, ports, or sea lines of communications (SLOCs). In some less-developed states,transportation and communications nets may be primitive or extremely resilient, and enemy command elements may be difficult to target. In such cases, strategic attacks may not be as effective as against industrialized nations but nonetheless will have an impact on
war-sustaining capabilities and help protect the force.
Counterair. US forces cannot count on air supremacy. Enemy air forces will contest US control of
the air, creating conditions of temporary or local air
superiority, air parity, or even temporary enemy domination in some areas. The objective of counterair operations is to gain control of the air environment.
Counterair operations are inherently joint, with Army
air defense contributing to the effort of the other services. Counterair operations protect friendly forces,
ensure freedom to use the aerospace environment toperform other air missions and tasks, and deny the useof that environment to the enemy. The ultimate goalof counterair is to control the airspace to allow commanders to execute their operational plans. The three
types of complementary and mutually supportive operations that establish and maintain air superiority are
offensive counterair, suppression of enemy air defenses(SEAD), and defensive counterair.
Offensive counterair missions seek out and neutralize or destroy enemy air forces at the times andplaces the joint commander chooses. In these missions, US forces destroy the enemy forces shortly after hostilities begin. They conduct operations in theenemy’s airspace and neutralize or destroy enemy airforces and the infrastructure supporting their air operations.
Suppression of enemy air defenses missions neutralize, destroy, or temporarily degrade enemy air defensive systems in a specific area by physical and electronic warfare. The goal of SEAD is to allow friendly
forces to perform other missions effectively without
interference from enemy air defenses.
Defensive counterair missions detect, identify, intercept, and destroy enemy air forces that attempt to
attack friendly forces or penetrate friendly airspace.

FM 100-5

These missions, combined with Army air defense systems, defend friendly LOCs, protect friendly bases,
and support friendly land forces while denying theenemy the freedom to carry out offensive operations.
Air Interdiction. Air interdiction (AI) missions
delay, disrupt, or destroy an enemy’s military potential before it can be brought to bear effectively against
friendly forces. AI can greatly benefit ongoing Army
deep operations when synchronized with Army interdiction efforts. AI may be used against enemy surface forces; LOCs; command, control, and communications (C3) networks; and combat supplies. AI canalso delay the arrival or buildup of enemy forces andsupplies, disrupt the enemy commander’s concept ofoperation and control of forces, or cause him to divert
valuable resources to other uses.
Close Air Support. Close air support (CAS) missions support land operations by attacking hostile targets close to friendly ground forces. CAS can support
offensive operations with preplanned or immediate attacks. All preplanned and immediate CAS missions
require timely intelligence information. CAS missions
require positive identification of friendly forces andpositive control of aircraft. CAS can enhance groundforce operations by delivering a wide range of weapons and massed firepower at decisive points. It cansurprise the enemy and create opportunities for the
maneuver or advance of friendly forces through shock
action and concentrated attacks. CAS can also protect the flanks of friendly forces, blunt enemy
offensives, enhance economy-of-force operations, andprotect the rear of land forces during retrograde operations. Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps aviation
may be required to provide significant air support toArmy forces during the entry stage of force-projection operations.
Maritime Operations
Operations in the maritime and littoral environment contribute to gaining and maintaining freedomof action, just as do air operations. Sea control gives
commanders the freedom to project power through thestrategic and operational movement of forces by sea,
to protect SLOCs, to secure littoral areas from seabased threats, and to execute air and land operations
from the sea. Maritime functions that contribute toland operations are sea control and power projection.
Sea Control. US forces cannot count on unchallenged sea control. Enemy naval forces will contest
control of the sea, seeking conditions of temporary or

local sea superiority, parity, or even enemy domination in some areas. The purpose of sea control operations is to gain control of defined sea areas in the air,on the surface, and under the surface. Ultimately the
purpose of sea control operations is to gain and maintain sea supremacy. Naval forces perform antiair warfare, antisubmarine warfare, and antisurface ship tasks
in sea control operations.
Power Projection. Power projection supports airand land operations ashore through the application of
offensive naval capabilities. These include carrierbased aircraft, amphibious assault forces, naval bombardment, and fleet ballistic and cruise missiles. Attacks from the sea to gain early entry or to support
forces ashore can combine Army, Marine Corps, andNavy capabilities in both fire and maneuver throughout the contested battle space. For example, Navy andArmy air defense, along with attack helicopter assaults
from sea-based platforms, might occur to complement
early entry Marine Corps forces. A Marine Corps
forcible-entry capability is essential to opposed-entry
operations from the sea. Naval forces perform strike
warfare, amphibious warfare, and mine warfare in
power-projection operations.
Surveillance and ReconnaissanceArmy, Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps surveillance and reconnaissance efforts are a part of national intelligence gathering and the systematic observation process. These missions are effected to collectinformation from airborne, space-based, surface-based,
and subsurface sensors. Surveillance and reconnaissance operations provide a wide variety of information necessary to the development of national security
policy, force posture, planning actions, force employment, and informed responses in times of crisis.
Surveillance operations are effected to collect information continuously from the air, land, and sea. Reconnaissance operations are directed toward specifictargets. Through surveillance and reconnaissance,varied data, such as meteorological, hydrographic,
geographic, electronic, and commun- ications characteristics, can be collected on any given area of theearth’s surface. The products of these operations havestrategic, operational, and tactical applications in bothpeace and war. Surveillance and recon- naissancecombine at all levels to provide timely notification of
hostile intent and actions as well as other information
vital to the NCA and combatant commanders. These
operations are instrumental in identifying the

2-19

OPERATIONS

composition and capability of hostile and potentiallyhostile forces. The US can thus assess the total capability of foreign nations to conduct war and tailor its
forces to effectively counter the threat.
Airlift and Sealift
Army forces depend upon airlift and sealift toproject their capabilities into the theater of operations
and to sustain themselves throughout the assigned mission. They are critical elements of the Army’s forceprojection strategy. Airlift provides quick insertionand limited capability to move supplies and equipment
for Army elements. Sealift provides the movement oflarge tonnages of supplies, heavy equipment, and weapons systems over the length of a campaign. Sealiftalso allows for the projection of power through amphibious landings and transport to ports within or adjacent to the theater of operations.
Airlift and sealift can be strategic (intertheater) or
operational/tactical (intratheater). Both extend therange of options available to military forces engaged
in operations in peace and war. They enable a strategic army to project forces anywhere in the world.
Airlift provides rapid and flexible movement offorces and limited amounts of equipment and supplies
to the theater. It provides the best means of movement
for replacement personnel and time-sensitive resupply and equipment. Airlift requires careful management, overflight agreements, host nation support, andsecurity of air lines of communication (ALOCs).
Sealift complements airlift with its ability to movearmored forces, heavy equipment, and the vast majority of the materiel for sustained operations. Althoughslower than airlift, sealift operations can begin without prerequisite diplomatic negotiations required for
overflight. Sealift can concentrate forces and supplies
near the theater of operations prior to their commitment. Sealift operations depend upon security of the
SLOCs.
Special Operations
Special operations are actions conducted by specially organized, trained, and equipped military andparamilitary forces to achieve military, diplomatic,
economic, or psychological objectives by unconventional means. US SOF consist of Army, Navy, and Air
Force units. Special operations occur frequently inhostile, denied, or politically sensitive areas across thefull range of Army operations. In operations other thanwar, they may substitute for the commitment of gen-2-20

eral-purpose military forces. Joint Publication 3-05 discusses special operations.
The theater SOF commander executes special operations as part of the theater commander’s joint special operations effort. Preestablished command arrangements help determine how the combatant commander assigns missions to his SOF. The five principal missions of special operations are unconventional
warfare, direct actions, special recon- naissance, foreign internal defense, and counterterrorism. In addition, SOF may participate in collateral activities of
security assistance, humanitarian assistance, antiterrorism, counterdrug operations, personnel recovery,and special activities with other components.
Special operations during war and in other hostileenvironments usually occur deep in the enemy’s reararea or in other areas void of conventional maneuver
forces. They may also extend into the territory of hostile states adjacent to the theater. While each special
operations action may be tactical in nature, its effects
often contribute directly to theater operational or strategic objectives in support of the theater campaign plan.
Special operations may seek either immediate or longrange effects on the conflict.
Typical SOF missions include interdicting enemy
LOCs and destroying military and industrial facilities.
SOF detachments may also have missions associatedwith intelligence collection, target acquisition, terminal guidance for strike aircraft and missile systems,
personnel recovery, and location of weapons of mass
destruction. These detachments conduct psychological operations (PSYOP) to demoralize the enemy andcollect information in the enemy’s rear areas. SOF
organize, train, equip, and advise resistance forces inguerrilla warfare for evasion and escape, subversion,and sabotage. They add depth to the campaign, forcing the enemy to deploy significant combat forces toprotect his rear area.
SOF are an invaluable tool across the range of military operations. In war and operations other than war
they work with indigenous people in regions of conflict in support of US national interests. They are also
highly capable of unilateral actions of extreme sensitivity. They can be relied upon for quick, decisive
action at long ranges, as well as protracted operations
in remote regions of the world.
Naval Special Warfare Forces. Naval Special
Warfare (NSW) forces support the requirements of sea

FM 100-5

control and power projection of theater conventional
naval forces. Sea-air-land (SEAL) teams, SEAL delivery vehicle teams, special boat units, and NSW units
comprise NSW groups. NSW forces conduct direct
action, special reconnaissance, coastal patrol and interdiction, and beach intelligence for amphibious landings, in addition to foreign internal defense,
counterterrorism, and military training with other nations.
Air Force Special Operations Forces. Air Force
Special Operations Forces (AFSOF) provide aircraft
for a variety of SOF missions: infiltrating, exfiltrating,and resupplying SOF; aerial refueling; PSYOP; andfire support. AFSOF units are special operations wings
and groups, special tactics groups, and special operations weather teams.
Army Special Operations Forces. Army Special Operations Forces (ARSOF) have five types ofunits: Special Forces (SF), rangers, Army special operations aviation, PSYOP, and civil affairs (CA).
ARSOF are effective in insurgencies andcounterinsurgencies, contingency operations, peace
operations, and counterterrorism operations. In peacetime, ARSOF participate in foreign internal defense
efforts, in humanitarian and civic assistance programs,
and in demonstrating US presence in troubled regions.
Special Forces units are organized, trained, andequipped to conduct special operations. They conduct
all of the principal special operations missions andcollateral activities.
Ranger units are rapidly deployable, airborne-capable, and trained to conduct joint strike operations
with, or in support of, special operations units of allservices. They can also conduct strike missions in
support of conventional operations and can operate asconventional light infantry units when properly integrated with other combined-arms elements.
Army special operations aviation units are specialized aviation assets dedicated to conducting special operations missions. They provide a mix of short, medium-, and long-range lift and limited light-attack
capabilities. They support all principal and collateral
mission areas and can conduct autonomous special reconnaissance and direct-action missions.
PSYOP forces are employed to influence favorably the attitudes and behaviors of specific foreign audiences and reduce the will, capacity, or influence of

hostile forces to wage war or otherwise threaten US
interests. PSYOP forces are equipped with audiovisual, print, loudspeaker, and radio and TV broadcasting capabilities to support friendly forces. Their activities often are sensitive and have significant political implications. Joint Publication 3-53 and FM 33-1
cover PSYOP in detail.
CA forces are employed to enhance relationships
between military forces and civilian authorities andpopulations in friendly, neutral, or hostile AOs. CA
forces are used to reduce civilian interference and to
gain popular understanding, support, and compliancewith measures required to accomplish the mission. CA
forces engage in the type of activities associated withthe operation of civil government and its institutions,
population, and resources. Joint Publication 3-57 andFM 41-10 cover CA operations in detail.
TACTICAL UNITS
Army commanders use a variety of Army units togenerate combat power. Commanders may task-organize maneuver units for a particular mission to improve their combined arms capabilities. Battalions andcompanies defend, attack, or execute retrograde operations in cooperation with other battalions and companies. These units support their maneuver with theirown mortars and also receive fire support from fieldartillery units as well as the support of engineer, ADA,
chemical, and EW units.
Division and brigade commanders fight combinedarms battles and engagements employing every tactical means available. They integrate and coordinate
different kinds of maneuver battalions, field artillery,aviation, engineer, ADA, tactical air support, and,sometimes, naval fire support to accomplish brigade
and division missions. Thus, organic and supporting
combat, CS, and CSS units all combine to make vital
contributions to these operations.
Corps commanders combine arms in a similar fashion. They employ different types of divisions, separate brigades, and cavalry regiments. They arrange CS
and CSS and integrate the support of other services toaccomplish their missions. The corps may be responsible for operational planning and execution.
Corps, division, and brigade commanders get battalions to the right places at the right times and in theright combinations to defeat the enemy decisively. At
all but most basic echelons, units consist of elements
of

2-21

OPERATIONS

different branches. In this way, the strengths of eachbranch are enhanced.
Infantry
The five types of infantry forces are light, airborne,
air assault, ranger, and mechanized. Each has its own
special skills and specific organizational design, but
all share the common mission to close with and destroy the enemy. Airborne and air assault forces aremost readily distinguished by their means of entry into
battle. Rangers serve both as a type of infantry and as
SOF. Regardless of their mode of conveyance—by
aircraft, by armored vehicle, by truck, or by foot—they all serve as a key element of combat power inclose combat.
Light Infantry. Light infantry units can operate
effectively in most terrain and weather. They may be
the dominant arm in fast-breaking operations becauseof their rapid strategic deployability. In such cases,
they can wrest the initiative early, seize and holdground, and mass fires to stop the enemy in restrictive
terrain. They are particularly effective in urban terrain. They can infiltrate and move rapidly to the enemy rear. Their tactical mobility is enhanced throughthe use of helicopter support and tactical airlift.
Light infantry units are capable of rapid deployment due to their austere but lethal design. They may
operate throughout the battlefield and can be rapidly
augmented for almost any task or situation. Light infantry units are especially useful for operations in difficult terrain and urbanized areas. They operate primarily at night or during periods of limited visibility
in close or restrictive terrain. Light infantry units
achieve decisive results through the employment oforganic and supporting forces and weapons systems.
Airborne Infantry. Airborne infantry units havethe greatest capability for large-scale force-projection
operations. They rapidly deploy over great distancesand conduct combined arms combat parachute or air
landing assaults to seize and secure vital objectives.
These units can be projected to virtually any objective
area under almost any weather condition. Once on
the ground, their capabilities and lethality are similar
to other infantry units.
Air Assault Infantry. Air assault infantry units
have great tactical and operational-level mobility. They

2-22

train to fight across the range of military operations.
Their significant antiarmor capability, coupled with
their strategic deployability, makes them particularly
well-suited as an early deploying force in contingency
operations against heavy forces. They train and fightas a team in combination with air assault artillery andattack and lift aviation and are capable of penetrating
deep into enemy territory to cut LOCs, seize airfields,
destroy C2 nodes, block reinforcing units, or seize key
terrain. Because of their agility and mobility, air assault infantry units are well-suited for covering force
operations.
Ranger Units. Ranger units plan and conduct special military operations in support of national policies
and objectives. They have the capability to support
conventional military operations, or they may conduct
operations independently when conventional infantry
cannot be used. Ranger units are highly trained andwell-disciplined and capable of being employed inany environment.
Mechanized Infantry. Mechanized infantry has
the same mobility as armor forces, but less firepower
and protection. Armor and mechanized infantry train
and fight as a team to defeat enemy armored forces.
When equipped with infantry fighting vehicles, themechanized infantry can accompany tanks in mounted
assault, although commanders must be careful in determining if, when, and where infantrymen must dismount to accomplish their mission. In the attack,mechanized infantrymen can act as fixing forces. In
the defense, they act as pivot points for maneuveringtank-heavy forces. Mechanized infantry forces seek
to integrate fast, protected mobility; lethal, vehiclemounted, fire-support systems; and dismounted infantry skills into an effective fighting system that enhances
the striking power of armor forces.
Armor
In mounted warfare, the tank is the primary offensive weapon. Its firepower, protection from enemy
fire, and speed create the shock effect necessary to
disrupt or defeat the enemy. Tanks can destroy enemy armored vehicles, infantry units, and antitank
guided missile units. Tanks can break through suppressed defenses, exploit the success of an attack bystriking deep into the enemy’s rear areas, and pursue
defeated enemyFM 100-5

forces. Armored units can also blunt enemy attacks
and launch counter-attacks as part of a defense.
Light armored units can participate in a variety ofArmy operations, including rapid worldwide deployment, throughout a wide range of environments. Tactical missions include providing security, reconnaissance, and antiarmor firepower to the light infantry or
airborne division. Light armored units also conduct
standard armor operations, including the destructionof enemy forces in coordination with other arms.
Cavalry
The basic missions of cavalry units are reconnaissance, security, and economy of force. The ability ofcavalry units to find the enemy, to develop the situation, and to provide the commander with reaction timeand security also make them ideal for operating in an
economy-of-force role. Cavalry forces can delay an
attacking enemy as well as assist in a withdrawal. Air
cavalry units perform the same missions of reconnaissance and security as ground cavalry and are organic
to all cavalry units. Because of their greater mobility,
air cavalry troops can reconnoiter and maintain surveillance over a much larger area in a shorter periodof time than ground troops. During security operations,the air cavalry reconnoiters, screens forward and to
the flanks of ground forces, and acts as a rapid reaction force.
Army Aviation
The firepower, agility, and speed of Army aviation permit ground com-manders to close with anddefeat a wide range of enemy forces. Attack helicopters are ideally suited for rapid reaction in close, deep,or rear operations. They are also used where the terrain restricts or prohibits ground-force occupation.
Attack helicopters can favorably influence the battle
when ground forces are decisively engaged.
Scout helicopters provide a wide range of armed
and unarmed recon-naissance and security capabilities. Whether autonomous or operating with a cavalry organization, air scout assets are essential in detecting and identifying enemy forces throughout thebattlefield—an important source of real-time battlefield information. On-board radars and digitalcommun-ications are key in winning the information
war at the tactical and operational levels.

Utility aircraft provide airmobile and air assault
capabilities for dismounted infantry and ground antitank units. Dismounted forces achieve greatly increased mobility and can gain positional advantage
when rapidly airlifted across the battlefield. As thecommander requires, utility assets can quickly move
towed artillery and light elements of the combined arms
team and perform lifesaving medical evacuation(MEDEVAC) missions. Utility aircraft provide a fullrange of critical CSS to forces throughout the battlefield.
Field Artillery
A principal means of fire support in fire and maneuver is the field artillery. It not only provides fires
with cannon, rocket, and missile systems but also integrates all means of fire support available to the commander. Field artillery can neutralize, suppress, or
destroy enemy direct fire forces, attack enemy artillery and mortars, and deliver scatterable mines to isolate and interdict enemy forces or protect friendly operations. Field artillery units contribute to attacking
the enemy throughout the depth of his formations andsuppress enemy air defense systems to facilitate groundand air operations. As mobile as the maneuver force it
supports, field artillery provides continuous fires insupport of the commanders’ schemes of maneuver.
Commanders exercise overall control of the fire
support system. In integrating fire support into operations, their most important considerations are adequacy,
flexibility, and continuity. In offensive operations, themain attack gets priority fire support, while long-range
systems strike in-depth defenses, enemy reserves, ortargets such as command posts, bridges, and enemy
artillery. In the defense, a broader balance of fire support is necessary, but the main effort is still allocatedstronger fire support. Commanders should change
priority of support when they shift their main effort.
When maneuver forces conduct raids, deep attacks,
or covering-force operations that take them beyond
supporting distance of the main body, commanders
must provide for their fire support. They may do sowith supporting field artillery brigades, division artilleries, battalions, dedicated batteries, or mortars, depending on the size of the force and its mission.

2-23

OPERATIONSAir Defense Artillery
ADA units provide tactical and operational-level
force protection. Tactical air defense supports the overall objectives of divisions and corps. Operational air
defense protects the force and supports joint service
counterair objectives. The commander must retainorganic capabilities to meet his inherent responsibility of force protection. ADA air and missile defense
units protect maneuver forces and vital assets. Divisional ADA units normally provide forward area air
defense (FAAD) protection for maneuver units conducting tactical combat operations. Corps ADA brigades have both FAAD and high-to-medium altitude
air defense (HIMAD) missile defense units to protect
corps assets as well as reinforce divisional ADA units.
ADA units make a variety of contributions to thebattle. They contribute to the intelligence and electronic warfare (IEW) effort by gathering and disseminating information about the enemy air order of battle.
They also contribute to the deep battle by denying theenemy his own reconnaissance and C2 aircraft. Additionally, they provide information on enemy surfaceto-surface missile launch points to our deep-attack
systems.
Engineers
Engineers operate as an integral member of the
combined arms team throughout the theater of operations to provide full range of engineering capabilities.
Engineers execute mobility, countermobility, and survivability missions in the forward combat zone andprovide sustainment engineering for support forces.
Topographic engineers provide terrain analysis andmap products.
In offensive operations, engineers normally concentrate their efforts in supporting maneuver by breaching and crossing obstacles, assisting in the assault of
fortified positions, and emplacing obstacles to protect
the flanks of friendly attacking forces. In the defense,
engineers reinforce the terrain to anchor the defense
in critical areas, to maximize the effects of defenders’fires, to provide maximum protection to friendly fighting positions, and to facilitate the movement of counterattack forces. In all types of operations, engineers
advise the maneuver commander on the effective useof terrain; construct, improve, and maintain routes,
bridges, airfields, and other facilities; and reorganize
to fight as infantry when required.

2-24

Military Intelligence
MI units are capable of exploiting signals, imagery, signatures, counterintelligence, and human intelligence to provide the commander with early warningof enemy intentions, intelligence-preparation-of-thebattlefield, situation development, target development,
force projection, and battle damage assessment. They
can also direct EW against enemy C2, fire direction,and electronic guidance systems, as well as provide
critical counterintelligence support to friendly command force protection programs. These capabilities
contribute both directly and indirectly to the effectiveness of combined arms operations.
Supporting Units
Other units perform CS or CSS functions in wartime and offer a variety of mission capabilities in operations other than war. Chemical, finance, legal,
health service support, MP, personnel, maintenance,
ammunition, public affairs, signal, supply, field services, and transportation units are all indispensable tooperations and offer a range of capabilities necessary
to a versatile force. They can comprise the early entry component in strategic deployments.
Health service support and transportation units
were the first Army elements deployed to Croatia in
1992. MPs can facilitate large unit movements, assist
in the restoration of civil order, provide counterdrug
and antiterrorism capabilities, and support peacekeeping and disaster relief operations. Their organic combat power enhances their protection capability in both
wartime and peacetime operations.
Signal units enable effective battle command. In
force-projection operations, signal units make splitbased operations possible through the employment ofsatellite downlink equipment, which is vital to the integration of the total force. Chemical units support
the mobility and survivability battlefield function. Decontamination units, NBC reconnaissance elements,and smoke units contribute to force protection andmission accomplishment.
Each element of the Total Army is an importantpiece of the overall effort. Units are task-organizedand employed according to the mission and the situation. They integrate their capabilities to ensure victory across the entire range of military operations,while providing the maximum protection and care to
American soldiers.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 3

FORCE PROJECTION
Force projection is the demonstrated ability to rapidly alert, mobilize, deploy, and operate anywhere in
the world. It is a key element of power projection—
the ability of the nation to apply all or some of theelements of national power to act in crises, to contribute to deterrence, and to enhance regional stability.
Power projection is a central element of US national
security and national military strategy. The Army contributes to this strategy as part of a joint team throughforce projection. Force projection applies to the entire Army, active and reserve components, based in or
outside the continental United States (OCONUS), andsupported by civilians.
Combatant commanders often attempt to resolve
crises within their AOR with forward-presence forces.
A quick response may preclude escalation of crises.
When such a response is not enough, the projection offorces from CONUS or another theater may be theonly recourse.
During Operation Just Cause, the armed forces of
the United States rapidly assembled, deployed, andconducted an opposed entry operation. The well-tailored force involved in this operation simultaneously
seized multiple key targets in Panama, virtually eliminating organized resistance in the space of a few hours.
The operation demonstrated the capability of the US
military to project forces rapidly against opposition
while synchronizing multiple elements of combat
power.
Operations Just Cause and Desert Shield/Storm
dramatically demonstrated the capability of the US tosynchronize assets at all levels of war and to respondto crises by rapidly projecting forces. Though these
operations differed in terms of the threat faced, forces
involved, and duration of deployment, both provided
insights for future force-projection operations.
Force projection is inherently joint in nature. Keyto success is the synchronized employment of land,
air, sea, special operations, and space forces and assets that provide the combatant commander a wide
range of operational and tactical options.

Force projection usually begins
asa contingency operation—a rapid response to a crisis.
Alert may come without notice, bringing with it tremendous stress on soldiers and systems, accompanied
by pressure from the media for information. In any
event, rapid, yet measured response is critical. A combatant commander may be able to resolve the crisis
and achieve theater aims faster by committing a smaller
forward-presence force than by waiting for a larger
but less timely response option.
The Army participates in force projection in both
war and operations other than war. US forces may beeither opposed or unopposed. Opposed operations
require a lethal and survivable forcible entry capability with forces prepared to fight immediately uponentry. Unopposed operations may afford an opportunity following arrival in theater to continue to build
combatCONTENTSFORCE-PROJECTION CONSIDERATIONS 3-3
Lethality for the Deploying Force ........ 3-3
Anticipation ........................................... 3-3
Force Tailoring and Teamwork ............ 3-4
Intelligence ............................................ 3-5
Battle Command ................................... 3-5
Logistics ................................................ 3-6
Training .................................................. 3-6
Combined Operations .......................... 3-6
Media Impact ......................................... 3-7
Postconflict Considerations ................ 3-7
FORCE-PROJECTION OPERATIONS ......... 3-7
Mobilization ........................................... 3-7
Predeployment Activity ........................ 3-9
Entry Operations ................................. 3-10
Operations ............................................ 3-11
War Termination andPostconflict Operations ................... 3-11
Redeployment and Reconstitution ... 3-12
Demobilization .................................... 3-12

3-1

OPERATIONSHistorical Perspective
During the 1991 Persain Gulf Conflict, the military was once again called upon to respond to crisis. In
the early hours of 2 August 1990, an Iraqi force of more than 100,000 soldiers, spearheaded by threearmored divisions, invaded Kuwait.
On 7 August, the NCA directed the deployment of US forces in response to Saudi Arabia’s request forassistance. USCENTCOM responded rapidly, placing the first US solider on the ground within 31 hoursof the initial alert order.
Operation Desert Shield was a two-phase operation. The first phase involved the initial deployment offorces to deter further Iraqi aggression and to defend Saudi Arabia. The second phase included thesubsequent deployment of forces to resource the coalition with a robust counteroffensive capability that
could evict the Iraqi Army from Kuwait. Although some units did not begin to deploy until late November,they were in place and combat-ready by early February 1991.
The tailoring of a proper force mix for this operation required the mobilization of 140,000 Army guardsmen and reservists - the largest mobilization since World War II. During this force-projection operation,
the Army, supported by the other services, deployed a force equivalent in size to eight divisions and theirsupporting forces -some 300,000 soldiers and 60 days of supplies - from the United States and Europe, allwithin a period of six months.
Operation Desert Storm also consisted of two primary phases. CENTCOM initiated a 34-day air operation on 17 January 1991 to gain the initiative by attacking critical Iraqi targets, such as C2 facilities,
missile sites, nuclear facilities, and chemical and biological weapons sites, before shifting its focus to theattrition of Iraqi ground units. These operations set the stage for land operations which began in the earlymorning hours of 24 February 1991. Less than 100 hours later much of the Iraqi Army in the Kuwaiti
theater was destroyed, and the remainder was in flight. Organized resistance ceased, and the allied
coalition won a victory of unprecedented dimensions.
The destruction of the Iraqi Army did not end the campaign in the Persian Gulf. Units rapidly began tofocus on postconflict activities. Task Force Freedom began operations to restore Kuwait. The task force
was charged with assisting in explosive ordance disposal, public safety, health service support, food andwater distribution, sanitation, conversion of currency, reopening of banking and public school systems,
and restoration of telephone, radio, and television service.
Task Force Freedom provided invaluable assistance in restoring the Kuwaiti infrastructure and returninga degree of normalcy to the country. Within occupied Iraq, for a period of more than six weeks, US Army
forces provided humanitarian assistance, restored order, opened schools, and resettled almost 20,000
Iraqi refugees into Saudi Arabia.
Operation Provide Comfort, a joint and combined postconflict activity with extensive SOF involvement,
focused on providing humanitarian relief and protection to the displaced Kurdish population of Iraq,
following an unsuccessful attempt by Kurdish rebels to overthrow the Iraqi government.
Even as this postconflict activity continued, units no longer needed for the campaign began to redeploy tohome stations and to reconstitute in preparation for future operations. Reserve component individuals
and units no longer needed an active duty demobilized. The Persian Gulf campaign —a force-projection
operation—thus went full cycle.

3-2

FM 100-5

power, to train, and to acclimate. Both demand a versatile mix of light, armored, and special operations
forces that are organized, trained, equipped, and poised
to respond quickly. To ensure a rapid response capability, yet retain the flexibility to contend with situations requiring a larger military response, the Armydesignates units as forward presence, crisis response,
initial reinforcement, follow-on reinforcement, and reconstitution. FM 100-17 discusses these units in detail.

FORCE-PROJECTIONCONSIDERATIONS
Force-projection operations will challenge Armyleaders. Early critical decisions, set against a backdrop of uncertainty and friction, will be required atevery level—strategic, operational, and tactical—in
war and in operations other than war. The commander
and the force will routinely be required to plan andexecute multiple concurrent activities. Decisions madeearly will begin to set conditions for successful mission accomplishment.
Mobilization and deployment may occur simultaneously or sequentially. Senior leaders will decide
when and whom to mobilize based on national policy,
force requirements, and strategic aims. Seldom will
each of the three be clear at the outset.
The purpose of force projection is mission accomplishment and not merely entry into the area of operations (AO). The entire flow and commitment of force
is focused to that end. Deployment itself—its method
and embarkation and debarkation points—depends on
the type and timing of available lift, urgency of thecrisis, LOCs, and destination. Enemy capabilities,
however, affect all of the above. Operational design
and tactical execution in force projection are designed
to overcome the latter, as well as any other obstacles
that impede success.
Force projection is a complex process in which
each action impacts upon many others. Units should
not expect to move cleanly from one stage of force
projection to the next. The initial entry of forces into
the contingency area could lead immediately to direct
combat. Deployed forces and LOCs require protection. Intelligence might lack detail, especially in theinitial period, since tactical units must pull intelligencefrom national data bases. The capabilities and extent
of cooperation from the host nation may be unknown.

Missions might change at any point in the operation.
For example, a humanitarian relief mission mightchange to peacekeeping, which in turn could transition to peace enforcement or actual wartime operations.
Despite the complexity of force-projection operations, Army forces are able to execute them successfully. The fundamentals discussed in Chapter 2 apply
fully to force projection. The following additional key
considerations also apply.
LETHALITY FOR THE DEPLOYING FORCE
An important strategic consideration for planning
contingency operations that involve the potential for
combat is to introduce credible, lethal forces early.
Commanders should be prepared to deploy sufficientcombat power to resolve a crisis on favorable terms.
From a strategic perspective, the rapid insertion ofhighly lethal forces can convince a potential adversary that further aggression is too costly, paralyzing
the enemy’s initiative before he can consolidate his
gains. These forces must be interoperable and flexible to take into account unforeseen circumstances as
the main body closes into the objective area.
In all contingencies, the early entry force must possess the required lethality to accomplish the mission
and to protect the force the moment it arrives in theater. Commanders cannot always depend on having
the time to build up lethal forces in a theater. A tailored force with enough assets—such as SOF, airborne
and air assault forces, attack aviation, electronic warfare assets, long-range precision munitions, and access to and influence over strategic and theater intelligence assets—might enable the deploying force to deter the enemy from attacking critical functions such as
C2 nodes, logistics sustainability, and maneuver formations.
ANTICIPATION
The first rule of anticipation in a force-projection
era is to expect to be alerted and deployed. Commanders everywhere in the Army must hold that view. Sucha level of anticipation causes military forces to mentally and physically prepare for force projection. Ifunits have been assigned a region of focus in peacetime, planning can occur long before alert and deployment. Appropriate actions include ordering and posting

3-3

OPERATIONSHistorical Perspective
During the weekend of 18-19 August 1990, the vice chief of staff of the Army and senior Department of the
Army staff officers met with the commander of the XVIII Airborne Corps on the green ramp at Pope Air
Force Base. The 82d Airborne Division had already prepared soldiers and equipment for immediate
deployment to secure an air base in Saudi Arabia. Having considered the factors of operational METTT, the immediate concern of the senior officers present was the threat of an Iraqi armor attack on theinitial deploying force of infantrymen.
As the soldiers waited on the ramp for whatever aircraft would arrive, C-141, C5A, or Civilian Reserve
Air Fleet (CRAF), the officers decided that sufficient protection was needed to deploy with the lightforces. This was task-organization on the move. Sections or platoons—not company- or battalion-size
units—were already on the ramp, waiting to be woven into the hastily improvised time-phased force
deployment list (TPFDL). These were sections or platoons of Sheridans with antitank capability, longrange multiple launch rocket systems (MLRS), some deep intelligence satellite downlink equipment, andother BOSs. This additional equipment was critical to the operation in order to protect the force and holdthe airhead that would be vital for the rest of the Army’s deploying forces.

maps, studying available infrastructures, familiarizing
soldiers with the language, training soldiers for deployment, and sensitizing soldiers to a particular culture. Key to successful anticipation is continuous force
tracking, total asset visibility during deployment, andcontinuous intelligence preparation of the battlefield(IPB) of the contingency area.

Uncertainty and chance combine to confound the bestplans. Even with extensive planning, the nature of theoperation will often change significantly before satisfactory execution. Plans must be simple, deployment
options redundant, and deployment flow sufficiently
versatile to generate alternative options. Simplicity inplanning and the ability to adapt will help ensure success.

In addition to direct broadcast from collection platforms, analyzed, predictive, and all-source intelligence(ASI) reports and assessments must be transmitted tothe tactical commander. These activities help units
maintain a high state of combat readiness. If possible,
officers and noncommissioned officers should conduct
an early leaders’ reconnaissance of the AO.

Early deploying forces must have the combat capability to establish and protect lodgments from themoment of arrival. The ability to fight at the outset is
crucial to the successful execution of the theater campaign plan since hostilities can begin at any time.

Generally, decisions made after the alert as to size,
composition, and deployment sequences of Army
forces will begin to set the conditions for later success. Senior commanders and staffs must provide immediate and intense problem solving and forecasting,based on known METT-T. Commanders must ensurethat they do not foreclose options the deployed force
may need later. Proper planning should give the operational commander the resources and dispositions
to deal with any eventuality that might jeopardize either mission accomplishment or protection of the force.

3-4

FORCE TAILORING AND TEAMWORK
Force tailoring is the process of determining theright mix and sequence of units. Forces on quick alert
may have little opportunity to tailor forces.
Predesignated load plans might not precisely matchthe contingency for which they deploy. Their force
packages, however, should include sufficient combat
power to sustain and protect them for the short term,
wherever they might go. Follow-on forces can thenbe tailored to meet the specific concerns of the longterm mission.

FM 100-5

Commanders consider the factors of METT-T,
strategic lift, pre-positioned assets, and host nation
support when they tailor forces. For an unopposed entry
operation, for example, a commander might schedule
logistics, engineer, MP, and special operations units
to deploy early, particularly if faced with limited hostnation support and infrastructure. Faced with an opposed entry operation, the commander would tailor
his flow and mix differently, placing more combat units
in the early deploying echelons. Commanders mightfind they need to substitute one type of unit for another or to add units that have never trained together
before. This places a premium on early and continuous teamwork. Such early and continuous teamwork,emphasized by visits and other contacts, builds thecohesion in the new team that is essential for mission
success. Whether planning for war or operations otherthan war, commanders must select a force composition appropriate for the mission, build the team, andplan for simultaneous deployment and expeditious
employment of the force.
INTELLIGENCE
The rapid introduction of US forces requires accurate, detailed, continuous, and timely intelligence,
especially during the critical early deployment decision windows. Therefore, key intelligence personnel
and equipment must arrive in the theater early. Combatant commanders, in their peacetime regional intelligence assessments, and host nation support personnel should determine the availability of infrastructuresuch as roads and railroads, ports and airfields, materials handling equipment, construction materials, water, storage facilities, and similar resources. They
should also assess the capabilities of potential enemies.
In the early days of a crisis, uncertainties and higher
risks dictate the need for rapid intelligence updates.
Planning time is typically short, and units may have tooperate in areas where few intelligence-gathering capabilities exist. Therefore, tactical commanders andunits will not normally be able to produce answers totheir intelligence requirements, but will rely on moresenior echelons. They will need to gain timely intelligence from the full integration of national and theater
assets.
Early deploying units usually face a maze of complex information requirements—some relating to theenemy, others to local laws, bureaucratic procedures,
availability of facilities, and similar considerations.
This ability of theater or national intelligence sources

to fulfill tactical intelligence requirements and toremain responsive to dynamic, lower-echelon needs
is key to the success of early deploying tactical echelons. Force-projection operations need accurate andresponsive tactical intelligence. In any case, commanders must include in the tailoring considerations how tosatisfy their intelligence requirements for the mission
either by providing early arriving intelligence units,
ensuring connectivity with national assets, or both.
BATTLE COMMAND
Force-projection operations will greatly tax battlecommand. The deployment phase of an operation may
result in the physical separation of units in space andtime, thus causing units to be separated from the next
higher headquarters. Soldiers may arrive by air, while
their equipment arrives by sea at a separate location,
particularly if the deployment is unopposed. Someunits might not arrive in the order anticipated, whileothers might report to new organizations upon arrivalin theater. The enemy may attack unexpectedly before deployment is complete. This may cause somecommanders to fight without their entire complementof forces present.
Commanders must contend with the simultaneous
challenges of deployment, entry, and combat, retaining the capability to adjust to evolving conditions ofeach. Simplicity and the ability to adapt and adjust
are key considerations. Tactical commanders must
adapt to the nature of the deployment flow and prepare plans that rapidly build combat power, provide
for security of the force, and facilitate future operations.
Commanders and staffs must have robust command and intelligence means during force projection.
Army and joint systems must accurately track friendly
forces and forecast their arrival in the theater so thatcommanders can react to last-minute adjustments.
These forecasts provide flexibility and help commanders keep their options open. Space-based systems cangreatly facilitate the commander’s real-time knowledge of unit status and visibility of other key assets, aswell as supplement other intelligence systems. Establishing adequate communications networks may require linking with compatible commercial systems.
Commanders require home station, en route, andin-theater communications means that are secure,reliable,

3-5

OPERATIONS

and timely. They should be compatible with the mixof supporting forces and services within the region,
including civilian agencies of the US Government.
Units must rapidly establish communications channels
with other organizations and services participating in
the operation.
Battle command in force projection requires considerable initiative at the small-unit level since command echelons are frequently separated. It also requires leaders to wargame possible deviations fromplans caused by deployment problems or enemy action. A teamwork-oriented command climate that encourages initiative and a reasonable tolerance for unexpected friction-caused imperfections will ensure
success.
LOGISTICS
Successful force projection requires tailorable,
flexible logistics. The nature of logistical projection
depends upon the size of the force, the maturity of thetheater, the availability of in-theater stockage, and hostnation support capabilities. Existing theater infrastructure greatly affects both logistics and operational planning. The availability of ports, roads, and other assets
will affect the sequencing of units and tempo of entry
operations. Chapter 14 discusses infrastructure considerations in detail, while Chapter 12 describes hostnation support.
Force projection may require the development offorward support bases, intermediate staging bases, andlodgments in theater with associated over-the-shoreor airflow requirements. Contracted logistics may provide some initial support and augment military capabilities. Split-based logistical operations reduce theburden on the deployment flow and preclude unnecessary stockage in theater. A split-based logistics concept relies on assured communications systems thatallow much of the logistics base to remain in CONUS,
receive and act on information, and send necessary
supplies forward.
Logistical capabilities are critical during
postconflict activity. Logistical units are often among
the last to redeploy, due to the continuing need fortheir services during this turbulent period. Logisticalunits may become the main effort during and after
conflict termination.

3-6

TRAINING
Demanding and relevant training is important.
When alerted to deploy, units build upon home-station training by focusing on missions and conditions
they expect to encounter during a contingency. Giventime and mission requirements, commanders mightchoose to use better training facilities at home stations,thus deploying some units later. Commanders and units
must also anticipate soldiers being separated from theirequipment during movement and plan training accordingly. Leaders must use time to their advantage byconducting mission-essential individual and collective
training during deployment.
Although training begins at home stations, it continues throughout the entire operation. Units continue
to train to standard and to rehearse following arrivalin theater and throughout the conduct of operations astime, the enemy, and other conditions permit. Lessons learned should be passed from unit to unit andfrom early deploying units to those deploying later.
This task requires extensive planning and coordination even when units are not in combat. In order tomaintain readiness for future operations, training continues after hostilities cease. Units must consider thepriority for ranges and the allocation of training ammunition for weapons that need to be test-fired, zeroed, and bore-sighted.
COMBINED OPERATIONS
Combined operations occur when two or more nations combine their efforts in a military operation.
Force-projection operations will almost always involve
operations with other nations. Measures taken toachieve unity of effort and mutual trust—such as
interoperability, well-understood C2 structures, liaison, and interpreters—greatly facilitate operations.
Commanders and soldiers should be sensitive to cultural differences that may impact on operations. Assets that can facilitate a smooth transition to combined
operations may already be in the theater. Among these
could be the US ambassador and his country team, US
foreign-area officers stationed in country, and US civilian contractors who may know the area well andare proficient in the local language.

FM 100-5

MEDIA IMPACT
The impact of visual media on the conduct of military operations is substantially greater today than in
any previous time. During the Vietnam War, theAmerican public was exposed for the first time to thehorrors of war on the evening news. However, thescenes covered by the news media during that war wererecorded on film or tape, edited, then shown as muchas 48 hours later. Despite the great impact those scenes
had on the public, they were not nearly as powerful as
the impact global network news has as it transmits ongoing action live into the homes of millions of people
around the world. News coverage of the destruction
on the Kuwait City-to-Basrah road during Operation
Desert Storm clearly had an impact on military commanders and policymakers. When hostilities begin,tactical field commanders are normally separated fromthe media’s visual presentations, which are usuallyavailable at the theater and national levels. Since theseimages might condition the tempo of the operation,
tactical commanders need to be aware of them so they
can better anticipate.
The importance of understanding the immediacyof the impact of raw television coverage is not so thatcommanders can control it, but so they can anticipate
adjustments to their operations and plans. Providing
early and continuous access to the press throughout
the force-projection stages enhances operations andstrengthens public support. Misuse of this element
can endanger units and weaken public support. Within
the command, an effective internal information program also enhances the morale of soldiers, reinforces
training and safety messages, and corroborates media
reports for both soldiers and their families.
POSTCONFLICT CONSIDERATIONS
Even during the predeployment activity stage, senior Army and joint commanders, together with theState Department and other agencies, consider issues
related to the strategic end state, postconflict activities, and the transition to peace. Early decisions regarding the mobilization of specific assets and theirplace in the deployment flow provide an important
foundation for operations after the fighting stops. At
every level, analysis of the strategic objectives for theoperation should always include consideration of the
anticipated consequences of the war to help smooththe transition from active combat to postconflict operations.

FORCE-PROJECTION
OPERATIONS
Force-projection operations follow a general sequence, although the stages often overlap in space andtime. These operations seldom begin with a clear ideaof the entire package or purpose. Often, deployment
requirements develop by bits and pieces, with a few
false starts and subsequent large adjustments. Enemy
actions further change the equation. Force-projection
operations do not end when units arrive in theater.
They end when the mission is completed and the lastsoldier returns.
Commanders should assume no set arrangementof events. Rather, they should be prepared to deal withmany activities. They should conceptualize a logicalflow through stages, as long as the force remains physically and mentally prepared to adjust as the situation
develops. The stages usually include mobilization (ifnecessary), predeployment activities, deployment,
entry operations, operations, postconflict or postcrisis
operations, redeployment, and demobilization.
These stages may not be distinct. Activities of
one stage will often blend with another. Force buildup
and preparation for major operations, for example, may
blend into deployment and entry operations. Also,
combat operations might begin well before the entire
force arrives in theater. The following paragraphs discuss potential stages of force-projection operations.
MOBILIZATION
Mobilization is a process in which the armed forcesaugment the active component capability in preparation for war or other national emergencies. Mobilization includes activating all or part of the reserve components as well as assembling and organizing personnel, supplies, and material and certifying the proficiency of individuals and units.
The Army Mobilization and Operations Planningand Execution System (AMOPES) provides a guidefor Army mobilization planning and participation in
joint operations. This system supports the rapid mobilization of selected assets for specific, limited contingencies such as Operation Just Cause. It also accommodates the extended mobilization necessary to

3-7

OPERATIONS

support large, protracted conflicts such as World War
II. The mobilization system includes five levels:• Selective mobilization.
• Presidential selected reserve call-up (PSRC).
• Partial mobilization.
• Full mobilization.
• Total mobilization.

These levels might not be implemented sequentially. Rather, a flexible decision-making process referred to as graduated mobilization response (GMR)
controls the pace and extent of mobilization. GMR
triggers readiness and response actions incrementallyto provide timely yet reversible steps to increase the
US national security emergency preparedness posture.
The actual mobilization flow for a unit includes fivephases: planning, alert, home station, mobilization
station, and port of embarkation. Details of the mobilization process are in FM 100-17.

Historical Perspective
The projection of American military power to the Republic of Korea in July 1950 provided a costly lessonin strategic and military unreadiness. Ambiguous national policy had clouded the issue of South Korea’s
inclusion under the US defense umbrella when North Korean armies crossed the 38th Parallel on 25
June. Lack of planning for conventional war in the new nuclear age, together with postwar occupation
concerns and weak defense budgets, had left the US Army understrength and undertrained to project
forces quickly.
In June 1950, active Army strength stood at 593,000, with 10 active divisions: 5 in the CONUS generalreserve (140,000 soldiers), 4 in Japan (111,000), and 1 in Germany. All units were far understrength.
Infantry regiments had only 2 of their 3 battalions, most artillery battalions had only 2 of their 3 firing
batteries, and organic armor was generally lacking.
Planners had to fill out the Far East divisions by stripping the CONUS general reserve of infantry battalions, other untis, and individual replacements. In two months, the strength of the general reserve had
fallen to 90,000, losing most of its capacity to react to a major contingency. Since the active Army, with
global defense responsibilities, could not focus on Korea alone, reserve component troops and units werecalled to duty. They were used both to reconstitute the depleted general reserve and to provide a reserviorof units and individuals to reinforce Far East Command and strengthen European defenses. Eight Army
National Guard divisions were federalized during the course of the conflict.
Fortunately, the United States could project forces initially from Japan. But the four divisions under
General Douglas MacArthur’s Far East Command were severely undermanned, and the early US response was perilously weak. Task Force Smith, the initial, lightly equipped contingent of the 24th Division, suffered heavy casualties against enemy armor in a costly delaying action. Three of the Japanbased divisions deployed in July 1950, the fourth being stripped for fillers and replacements before eventually following. Only one additional division could be spared from unready and depleted CONUS
general reserve deploying in September 1950. But the buildup was painful.

3-8

FM 100-5

Years of undertraining and neglected weapon development placed Army units in battle against a betterequipped enemy that was superior in numbers. The time needed to fill out and train the half-strength
Guard division delayed deployment of the first two Guard divisions to March 1951. One year after theoutbreak of hostilities, the Eight Army reached the level of eight divisions, which maintained for theduration of the conflict.
MacArthur’s brilliant amphibious flanking stroke at Inchon in September 1950 broke the initial North
Korean thrust. But almost three years of arduous combat up and down the Korean peninsula - ending ina stalemate in July 1953 - was the price paid for American unreadiness to meet the force-projection
challenges of American’s global leadership responsiblities.

PREDEPLOYMENT ACTIVITY
Successful force-projection capabilities rely on afoundation of fully trained, well-led, properly equippedand sustained units and soldiers. All units in the Army,
whether active or reserve components, within CONUS
or OCONUS, are an integral part of the force-projection strategy. Thus, unit METLs must reflect appropriate mobilization and deployment tasks. Also, unit
training must emphasize and integrate critical aspectsof force projection.
When required to deploy forces in response to acrisis, the Army tailors them based upon the mission
assigned by the combatant commander and available
resources. The theater campaign plan will specify thecommand, intelligence, and logistics relationships
among the services. It should also specify any combined operations relationships, if known. Intelligence
preparation must begin as early as possible to allow
commanders to develop adequate plans. The deploying force achieves this through split-based operations,which integrate CONUS-based national systems withforward-deploying tactical systems. Anticipatory logistics planning during this stage is key to successful
execution of later stages. While always important,
OPSEC is critical during this stage to deny the enemy
intelligence that he may use against friendly forces
during deployment and entry operations.
Army commanders must prioritize lift requirements consistent with METT-T. The combatant commander or JFC can then establish the sequence in which
Army units should deploy relative to the movement offorces of the other services. Early decisions on se-quencing will solidify the time-phased force and deployment data (TPFDD), determine the time required
to deploy the force, and initialize the theater distribution plan.
DEPLOYMENTThe Joint Operation Planning and Execution System (JOPES) provides the umbrella structure for the
deployment of Army units. Deployment planning tools
must allow commanders to adapt to rapidly changing
circumstances. Sealift and airlift assets are limited yet
critical to the successful projection of the force. The
Army therefore makes every effort to integrate thecapabilities of the deploying force with host nation
support and forward-presence capabilities to maximize
the available airlift and sealift. US Army forces aretrained, structured, and postured for rapid deployment.
Light forces are based close to major airports. Armored forces are located near major rail nets, assisting rapid displacement to seaports.
Army forces, capable of striking worldwide regardless of weather, terrain, location, or threat, provide the predominant ground element to joint forces.
Commanders must balance the factors of METT-T
against available airlift and sealift assets to determine
the composition of the initial response force. Whentime is critical, light and SOF Army units may be thebest for initial deployment.
Light-armored, cavalry, and selected aviation units
can deploy more quickly than heavier armored units
and enhance the firepower and flexibility of early
deploying forces. Armored forces, if required, will

3-9

OPERATIONS

simultaneously upload for deployment by sea. Eachcrisis will have unique demands, causing commanders to balance the speed with which light and SOF
units can deploy against the greater lethality and protection provided by heavier forces. In deployment,commanders must maintain versatility and agility inforce mix, combat capability, sustainment, and lift,
along with the need to forecast future events that callfor decisions early in the deployment stage.

ENTRY OPERATIONS
The requirements of entry operations following
deployment will vary. Entry may be in direct supportof host nation or forward-presence forces. In some instances conditions may dictate that operations be conducted in the absence of either. Entry may be either
opposed or unopposed. Commanders sequence combat units and supporting structures into the contingency
area in a manner that enables them to gain and sustain
the initiative and protect the force.

Unopposed Entry
Whenever possible, US forces seek unopposed
entry, entering the theater peacefully with the assistance of the host nation. Early deploying units may
flow through airports or seaports into a lodgment area.
From this area, they will prepare to assist forwardpresence or host nation forces, protect the force,reconfigure, build combat capability, train, and acclimate to the environment. Entry during operations otherthan war will normally be unopposed. However, evenin an apparently benign entry operation, protection of
the force remains a critical command consideration.
Opposed Entry
An opposed entry requires combat operations toland deploying forces in the theater. If the circumstances are right, the entry and combat operations
stages could combine in a coup de main, achieving
the strategic objectives in a single major operation.
Operation Just Cause, conducted in Panama in 1989,
is such an example. When this type of operation is
not possible, Army forces will typically gain, secure,and expand a lodgment as part of the joint team before
conducting combat operations. The operation is atgreatest risk during opposed entry operations in which
units move directly to combat operations. Often thiswill be the first contact between US forces and theenemy.

3-10

Commanders make maximum use of joint capabilities to ensure early lethality and security of the force
by engaging the enemy in depth. Early entry forces
may have to move immediately to combat operations
to take advantage of an opportunity, protect the force,
or even conduct retrograde operations to gain time for
additional force buildup. Situations are likely to arise
with little or no advance warning. Opposed entry operations will require the full synchronization of joint
capabilities in order to place large ground forces inthe theater.
Early Entry Decisions
The initial decisions in force-projection operations
will often be the most critical. These decisions normally fall into an early deployment time window. Once
decisions are made and the operation begins, adjustments, while necessary, become more difficult. Thus,
it is vital that commanders and staffs focus immediately on deployment, early entry, and force placementin the theater decisions. The essential trade-off is between projecting force rapidly and projecting the rightmix of combat power and resources to accomplish themission. The selection of the earliest arriving units
will have far-reaching implications.
If the right units deploy early, they may help theforce maintain a balanced posture, ready to respond to
unforeseen events. In areas with substantial infrastructure, the commander may more heavily weight hisforce with combat units. When entry is made into anarea requiring infrastructure enhancement, CS and CSS
units will be needed early in the flow and will reduce
the number of combat units arriving early in theater.
These decisions are most difficult when combat
has not begun, yet the enemy is capable of sudden,
effective opposition. In such cases, the commander
must seek a balance that provides protection of hisforce, efficient deployment, ad a range of feasible response options—should the enemy attack. Joint force
cooperation is particularly critical in this phase. Air
and naval forces may have to compensate for an initial lack of ground combat power that can reach deep.
Forces are most vulnerable and the success of thecontingency operation at greatest risk during initialentry. This vulnerability is acute when the enemy
possesses weapons of mass destruction. Defensive andoffensive operations to counter these weapons willaffect both Army and joint planning. Protecting theforceFM 100-5

will be critical to the success of this phase of the operation because of extreme vulnerability.
Even as the commander begins entry operations,his main focus shifts to building up his capabilities in
preparation for operations. Projection of the force andrapid buildup may include establishing forward operating and logistics bases, closing the remainder of theforce, expanding the lodgment, linking up with otherforces, and preparing for future operations.
Placement of the force on the ground must not only
achieve initial mission success but also have forces
arrayed on the ground to maximize future employment
options. The commander works to acclimate and train
arriving soldiers. Whether or not units are in combat,
the emphasis is on seizing the initiative early and controlling events from this point in time forward. To doso, commanders at all levels generate as many options
as possible by skillfully positioning maneuver andsupport assets, protecting the force, refining intelligence assessments, and using fires appropriately. Sustaining the tempo of operations is especially important. The success of operations may hinge on swift
response in peacetime or on the rapid generation of
combat power in conflict to prevent losing the initiative.
OPERATIONSIn operations involving combat, the JFC will atsome point decide to move against the enemy. This
point in time may be predetermined and stated in the
campaign plan, or it may be tied to specific enemy
actions. In either case, the commander bases his decision on sufficient information and a clear picture of
the enemy. Occasionally, commitment might be required before such a picture is available. At this point,
the ground commander might reposition forces to facilitate the imminent start of combat.
The arrangement of forces on the ground in relation to one another, the terrain, and the enemy should
allow the maximum number of employment options.
Sometimes such positioning will be at a significant
offset from the actual operational area, thus continuing the reliance tactical commanders must place ontheater and national intelligence assets. In order toparalyze the enemy and rapidly gain the initiative forfriendly forces, commanders normally seek to engage
enemy forces simultaneously throughout the depth andspace of the operational arena.
As he begins operations, the ground commander

assembles sufficient, sustained combat power to
win the decisive battles. He allocates enough combat power to supporting efforts to ensure overall victory. Force agility, initiative, and synchronized operations in depth characterize the rapid generation of
combat power for ground operations. The ground commander may have initially dispersed his maneuver
forces out of range of most enemy direct-fire and indirect-fire systems. In order to conduct decisive action, he maneuvers them to gain the best positional
advantage over the enemy. This maneuver eventually
results in close combat with enemy forces.
Reconnaissance and force protection remain crucial to the joint and ground commanders’ plans as they
engage the enemy in combat operations. Actions tocounter the enemy’s reconnaissance, intelligence, surveillance, and target acquisition efforts help maintainthe conditions created earlier for decisive operations.
Deception operations continue to mislead the enemy
commander as to the timing, intent, and location offriendly forces, as well as to the objectives of the operation. Commanders conduct their operations against
the backdrop of a sound logistics concept integrated
with their concept of combat operations. Conduct of
combat operations within the theater is described indetail in later chapters. Commanders also seek decisive results in operations other than war, although theapproach may be quite different than for obtaining
successful results in war.
WAR TERMINATION AND
POSTCONFLICT OPERATIONS
Successful combat operations are designed to bringan end to the war. When a cessation of hostilities or atruce is called, deployed forces transition to a periodof postconflict operations. This transition can occur
even if residual combat operations are still underway
in parts of the theater of operations. Anticipation andappropriate planning during earlier stages will smooththe transition during this critical period immediately
after the fighting stops.
The postconflict operations stage focuses on restoring order and minimizing confusion following theoperation, reestablishing the host nation infrastructure,
preparing forces for redeployment, and continuingpresence to allow other elements of national power toachieve the overall strategic aims. Postconflict operations make demands at every level of command. Company- and even squad-sized units may be called upon
to conduct emergency humanitarian assistance andpopulation control, especially in remote areas. At

3-11

OPERATIONS

higher echelons, commanders must engage in joint
planning with the State Department, relief agencies,
and host nation officials to prepare for a smooth andrapid transition to host country rule.
Army forces are extremely well-suited forpostconflict operations. The Army has the skills andstaying power to control prisoners, handle refugees,
mark mine fields and destroy unexploded ordnance,
provide emergency health service support, provide
humanitarian assistance and support the social needsof the civilian population, provide emergency restoration of utilities and other civil affairs, and perform otherrequired humanitarian assistance activities. During thepostconflict stage, commanders emphasize those activities that reduce postconflict or postcrisis turmoil
and help stabilize the situation until other US, international, interagency, or host nation agencies assume
control.
The postconflict stage may be interrupted by the
resumption of hostilities. Thus, units must rapidly consolidate, reconstitute, train, and otherwise prepare toremain in theater should fighting resume. During thistime, force protection is vital in order to prevent isolated enemy individuals or forces from engaging in
destructive operations.
REDEPLOYMENT AND RECONSTITUTION
The objective in this stage is to redeploy assets nolonger needed. Postconflict requirements have a direct impact on the redeployment flow. The extent of
this impact is dependent upon the amount of disruption caused by the crisis and the measures and

3-12

forces required to resolve it. Commanders contend withthe same challenge as in deployment, balancing thefactors of METT-T against available lift assets. Forces
and materiel not required for subsequent operations
will redeploy to CONUS or their home theater andprepare for future missions. Redeploying forces mustalso prepare for deployment to areas other than homestations on short notice. Protection of the force during
redeployment is as critical as during deployment or
any other stage of the operation. Planners mustalso consider the significant resources required for
packaging and preparation. Successful redeployment
may require contractor and host nation support.
Reconstitution activities can begin in the theaterprior to redeployment. These include rebuilding unit
integrity and accounting for soldiers and equipment.
These activities continue after arrival in CONUS or
home theater, with focus on the reconstitution of units
to premobilization levels of readiness, the regeneration of logistics stockpiles, and the accountability ofmobilized equipment and supplies.
DEMOBILIZATION
Demobilization is the process by which units, individuals, and materiel transfer from active to a
premobilization posture or to some other approved
posture. Although the overall focus of demobilization is generally on units and individuals, the demobilization of logistics also requires significant resources
such as supplies, materiel, and support activities.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 4

JOINT OPERATIONSJoint operations are the integrated military activities of two or more service components—Army, Navy,
Air Force, Marine Corps—of the US military. This
chapter describes considerations associated with planning and executing these integrated operations. Modern warfare is fluid and dynamic. Future circumstances
are difficult to predict with any certainty. A force-projection army requires extraordinary flexibility in thinking about operations because of the variety of combinations of joint forces available and the range of possible circumstances for their employment. Army doctrine stresses unified air, land, sea, and special operations—all supported by space operations—throughout the theater of war. Army doctrine is compatible
with and supports joint doctrine as described in Joint
Publications 1 and 3-0.

JOINT RELATIONSHIPS
When the Army operates outside the United States,
the area to which Army forces deploy will always be
the responsibility of a unified combatant commander.
He provides strategic direction and operational focus
to his forces by developing strategy, planning the theater campaign, organizing the theater, and establishing command relationships for effective unified andjoint operations.
COMMAND RELATIONSHIPS
A combatant commander may or may not be responsible for a geographical area. When he is, he isreferred to as a theater commander. This designation
indicates that the President has assigned him a geographical AOR or theater. Combatant commanders
exercise combatant command of unified and joint
forces in accordance with applicable law and the Unified Command Plan. Joint Publication 0-2 provides
additional guidance. Joint forces consist of service
components working together, subordinate unified
commands, JTFs, and joint functional component
commands.

Each military service operates in accordance withservice and joint doctrine and is responsible for providing a contingent of forces to the joint commands.
These contingents are service components, but they
may have other titles such as theater army, naval fleet,fleet marine force, or theater air force. A CINC normally assigns his forces to JTFs as he deems appropriate.
Joint forces operate within two distinct chains ofcommand—one for operations and another for administrative and logistical matters (see Figure 4-1). For
operations, the NCA issues orders through the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff (CJCS) to commanders of unified and specified commands and to existing
JTFs that are established by and report directly to theNCA. The CJCS, working with other members of the
JCS, prepares plans and provides strategic direction
to the armed forces, including commanders of unified
and specified commands and existing JTFs. These
commanders are responsible to the NCA for accomplishing their assigned tasks.
The military departments are responsible for training, administration, and logistical support of theirforces wherever employed. They exercise this responsibility

CONTENTSJOINT RELATIONSHIPS .............................. 4-1
Command Relations ............................. 4-1
Combatant Command Authority ...... 4-2
Operational Control ........................... 4-2
Tactical Control .................................. 4-2
Support ............................................... 4-2
Types of Commands ............................. 4-2
Unified Commands ............................ 4-2
Specified Commands ........................ 4-4
Joint Task Force ................................ 4-4
Component Command ...................... 4-5
THEATER STRUCTURE ............................... 4-5

4-1

OPERATIONS

through a separate service component chain of command. Forces assigned to joint commands work directly with their respective departments and serviceson these matters. Joint Publication 0-2 provides detailed information on command relationships; however,a brief discussion of the most common types of command relationships follows:
Combatant Command Authority
The commanders of unified and specified commands exercise combatant command (COCOM) authority over all assigned and attached forces. This
broad authority allows them to perform a variety offunctions, including organizing and employing commands and forces, assigning tasks, designating objectives, and directing military operations, joint training,
and logistics necessary to accomplish assigned missions. During contingencies COCOM can be expanded
to give the combatant commander the authority to reorganize service component forces as necessary andto consolidate logistics support within the command.
Operational Control
Subordinate JFCs and service component commanders normally exercise operational control(OPCON). This command relationship provides fullauthority to organize commands and forces and employ them as the commander considers necessary toaccomplish assigned missions. OPCON does not normally include authority to direct logistics, administration, internal organization, or unit training. JFCs usually exercise OPCON through the service component
commanders.
Tactical Control
Tactical control (TACON) is the detailed and usually local direction and control of movement and maneuver necessary to accomplish missions and tasks.
TACON allows commanders below combatant command level to apply force and direct the tactical use oflogistics assets but does not provide authority to changeorganizational structure or direct administrative andlogistical support. Functional component commanders frequently exercise TACON over their forces.
SupportSupport is the action of a force that aids, protects,
complements, or sustains another force. JFCs may
establish support relationships to emphasize or clarify
priorities, provide a subordinate with an additional capability, and combine the effects of similar assets. Joint

4-2

Publication 0-2 provides a detailed description of thetypes of support (general, direct, close, and mutual).
TYPES OF COMMANDS
Unified and specified commands, subordinate unified commands, and JTFs are the three types of joint
forces. Each joint force will normally have a service
component for each of the services represented within
the joint force. Each force may also include one ormore functional components, such as a joint force landcomponent commander (JFLCC) or a joint force special operations component commander (JFSOCC).
Combatant commands and existing JTFs receive administrative and logistics support from their respective military departments.
Unified Command
The President establishes a unified command (acombatant command) through the Secretary of Defense, with the advice and assistance of the CJCS, toperform a broad, continuing mission. Forces of two
or more services comprise this organization and operate under the COCOM of a single, unified combatantcommander. He receives strategic guidance from the
JCS and is responsible to the Secretary of Defense foraccomplishing his mission. The Unified Command
Plan assigns some CINCs specific AORs that include
all associated land, sea, and air space. Other unified
commanders are given certain functional responsibilities such as transportation and special operations.
Functionally oriented unified commands operate acrossall geographic regions. As an example, the US Special Operations Command (USSOCOM) can provide
forces to operate under the control of other JFCs, or
the NCA can direct it to conduct relatively independent operations worldwide. Joint Publication 3-05.3
and 3-05.5 and FM 100-25 discuss the specifics of theprocess.
A unified combatant commander normally exercises COCOM through service component commanders and the theater special operations command. He
may establish a subordinate unified command to accomplish a broad, continuing mission within the combatant command or a JTF to conduct specific missions.
In an emergency, the combatant commander has theauthority to use all facilities and supplies of assigned
forces to accomplish the mission. US European Command (USEUCOM) and US Pacific Command(USPACOM) are examples of geographical unified
commands.

FM 100-5

Figure 4-1. Joint Force Relationships.

4-3

OPERATIONSSpecified Command
The NCA may also direct the establishment ofspecified commands (combatant commands) to accomplish broad, continuing missions. A specified commandis primarily a single-service command, although it may
have elements of other services assigned. Like a unified command, a specified command receives strategic direction from the JCS.
Joint Task ForceThe Secretary of Defense and the commanders of
unified and specified commands, subordinate unified
commands, and existing JTFs may establish joint task
forces. Elements of two or more services operating
under a single JTF commander comprise the task force.
It performs missions having specific, limited objectives or missions of short duration. It normally dissolves when it achieves its purpose. The JTF commander is responsible to the JTF establishing authority and has OPCON of assigned and attached forces.
He normally augments his own staff with representatives from component forces.
Operation Urgent Fury—the 1983 US contingency
operation in Grenada—illustrates the JTF concept. US
Atlantic Command (LANTCOM) formed two JTFs forthis operation:- JTF 123 combined Navy and Army SOF.
- JTF 120 consisted of a Navy task group, a Navytask force composed primarily of a Marine expeditionary unit, and an Army task force composedof two brigades from the 82d Airborne Division.
A JTF could have both Marine and Army components assigned and operating independently as in theexample above. It also could have a JFLCC with allor selected land forces under his OPCON or TACON.
The size of the ARFOR within the JTF varies with themission of the JTF, but a brigade, division, or corps
headquarters normally commands and controls
ARFOR. Many actions of the JTF may be tactical, but
the entire JTF operation is normally operational. The
JTF may often be the preferred organization for C2
during the early stages of force-projection operations.
If the JTF operation requires the commitment oflarge land forces over a large land AO, the Army component commander may be the JTF commander. He
could be a corps or numbered army commander. Thus,
while usually fighting at the tactical or operational
level, a corps commander (as a JTF commander) could

4-4

be required to plan and conduct a joint campaign toachieve strategic objectives, employing forces frommultiple services. In this event, the JTF establishingauthority should provide additional communications,
intelligence, and planning capabilities.
Component Command
Each unified and subordinate unified commandhas an Army component. The Army service component commander (ASCC) is responsible for properly
employing his forces and accomplishing operationaltasks assigned by the joint commander. The ASCC
establishes the link between ARFOR and the joint command, plans and executes operations in support of thejoint campaign, plans and executes support operations
to sustain subordinate ARFOR, and provides support
to other services in accordance with executive agent
responsibilities.
The ASCC is also responsible for overseeing internal administration and discipline; training Army
doctrine, tactics, techniques, and procedures; designating specific units to meet joint force requirements;
providing logistics functions normal to the component;
ensuring tactical employment of service components;
and providing service component intelligence operations.
The choice of a functional command (for example,
land component) or a component (for example,
ARFOR) belongs to the theater commander. Due tothe more straightforward supporting relationships between the parent services and the combatant command
structure, ARFOR generally prefer the latter. However, at times, operational considerations and geographical conditions make functional command relationships more appropriate. Major operations on landthat have immediate impact on one another, for example, may best be coordinated under a single landcomponent commander. In forced-entry operations,functional command may be the preferred method inorder to best synchronize limited combat power in earlystages of the buildup. However, for sustained operations over time, component command offers someadvantages for long-term support arrangements.
Army execution of these roles can vary across thefull range of military operations. During peacetime,
the ASCC is responsible for all of the ARFOR assigned
to his command. During war and operations other thanwar, the combatant commander may elect to alter thepeacetime structure. For example, he might establish
an Army command that reports directly to him andFM 100-5

contains only the combat and CS forces assigned to
the Army service component. The ARFOR headquarters would respond directly to the combatant commander by planning and executing major operations
in support of the theater campaign. In this arrangement, the ASCC would plan and execute operations
to sustain these forces and other Army elements in thetheater.

theater of war and react to a separate contingency in atheater of operations or JOA elsewhere in his AOR.
Finally, he would continue normal peacetime activities throughout the remainder of his AOR. Nation assistance and similar activities do not cease when higher
levels of violence arise. The theater environment isoften one of simultaneous activities across the fullrange of military operations.

The combatant commander might also designate
the senior commander of Army combat and support
forces as the JFLCC. The combatant commander could
then place other land forces (US Marines or allies)
under OPCON or TACON of the JFLCC. Likewise,
Army forces could be placed under a JFLCC who is
an officer from the US Marine Corps.

The theater commander could also establish a combat zone (CZ) and communications zone (COMMZ).
The CZ is an area required by combat forces to conduct operations; it normally extends forward from the
Army rear boundary. The COMMZ constitutes therear portion of a theater of operations, reaching backto the CONUS base or perhaps to another combatantcommander’s AOR. The COMMZ contains those theater organizations, LOCs, and other agencies required
to support forces in the field. The COMMZ includes
air and seaports that support the flow of forces into
the theater. It is usually contiguous to the CZ but may
be separate—connected only by thin LOCs—in very
fluid, dynamic situations.

Finally, the combatant commander could establish a subordinate theater of operations for a subunified
command or a joint operations area (JOA) for a JTF,
using an Army command as the controlling headquarters. In this case, the Army commander would have
OPCON or TACON of forces from at least two services and would plan and execute campaigns or major
operations in support of the theater campaign. The
theater army commander would continue to sustain
Army forces in the theater.

THEATER STRUCTURE
Through the application of operational art, the
CINC achieves theater focus by applying structure to
the theater. Theater structure is a product of the CINC’s
strategic objective, the forces allocated for the theater,
the strategy for employment, the factors of METT-T,
and the presence of alliance or coalition structures.

In writing the concept for the campaign, the theater commander and his staff need a clear picture of
the potential theater organization and command relationships. This picture helps them clarify the different phases of the campaign, determine priorities, andassign tasks. The theater commander has various options available for exercising his COCOM authority.
He canIn war, the CINC achieves focus through the designation of a theater of war. Within that theater, single
or multiple theaters of operation can be formed. Multiple theaters of operation are formed when there are
multiple major threats. A JSOA can also be designated. The JSOA within the theater of war can overlap into the theater of operations.

- Task his service component commanders to
conduct the major operations of the phases of thecampaign.
- Organize a functional component (such as a joint
force land component or maritime component) andtask its commander.
- Activate a subordinate unified command anddesignate forces for employment in a particulararea.
- Organize a JTF.
- Task a single-service force.
- Exercise COCOM over specific operational
forces (usually when they must remain
immediately responsive to him).

A theater of war does not normally encompass thetheater commander’s entire AOR. The theater commander may thus conduct combat operations within a

After visualizing the theater organization and command relationships, the theater commander can complete his sequencing decisions, allocate forces, andIn operations other than war, CINCs focus theirefforts through the designation of an AO. If required,
the AO may be further subdivided into a JOA, joint
zone (JZ), or joint special operations area (JSOA).

4-5

OPERATIONS

prepare his campaign plan. Theater of war commanders prepare campaign plans and their subordinate theater of operations commanders prepare subordinate
campaign plans. Functional component commands
prepare operations plans (OPLANs) for major operations that support the campaign plan. A JTF may writea campaign plan when assigned a strategic objective.
An Army corps commander might write a campaign
plan if he is also the JTF commander. Theater service
components and other supporting commands prepare
supporting plans (such as reinforcement or logistics)
and OPLANs (such as employment of forces).

During the planning of campaigns and major operations, the possible use of weapons of mass destruction by the enemy is a significant consideration. Suchuse can affect the commander’s decisions on initial
theater organization. Friendly forces may be particularly vulnerable during the entry phase of a force-projection operation. Chapter 6 discusses planning considerations associated with the potential use of theseweapons by an enemy.

Figure 4-2. Area of Responsibility

4-6

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 5

COMBINED OPERATIONS
Combined operations involve the military forcesof two or more nations acting together in common purpose. If the relationship is longstanding and formalized by mutual political, diplomatic, and military agreements, it is referred to as an alliance. If the relationship is short term, ad hoc, and less formal, it is referred to as a coalition.
From the American victory at Yorktown in 1781
and throughout the US Army’s history, combined operations have remained central to its experience. Combined operations occur both in war and in operations
other than war. World War II, the Korean War, and the1991 Persian Gulf conflict are examples of combined
warfare.
The US will often pursue its objectives throughcoalitions and alliances. In Operations Desert Shieldand Desert Storm, more than 800,000 military personnel from 36 nations combined their will, forces, andresources to oppose the Iraqi military. These operations, like many before them, demonstrated the advantage of successful combined warfare over the unilateral efforts of a single nation. The coalition increased the size of the overall force, shared the cost of
waging the war among the nations, and enhanced thelegitimacy of the strategic aims.
Nations usually form coalitions for focused, shortterm purposes. Ad hoc methods are often required todeal with potential coalition issues. Occasionally, coalitions mature into more formal alliance relationships.
Alliances afford the participant nations the timeto establish formal, standard agreements for broad,long-term objectives. Alliance nations strive to fieldcompatible military systems, structure common procedures, and develop contingency plans to meet potential threats in a fully integrated manner. As thesenations plan and train together, they
become more comfortable with one another, earning mutual respect and trust. The North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) and the Combined Forces Command in Korea are examples of such alliances.

CONSIDERATIONSRegardless of their structure, successful alliances andcoalitions exhibit similar traits. Commanders should
understand the difficulties in forming a strong combined force and consider the following factors when
preparing for combined operations.
GOALS AND OBJECTIVESNo two nations share exactly the same reasons forentering into a coalition or alliance. Furthermore, eachnation’s motivation tends to change during the life of
the union. National goals can be harmonized with anagreed-upon strategy, but often the words used in expressing
goals
and
objectives
intentionally gloss over differences. Even in thebest of circumstances, nations act according to theirown national interests. Differing goals, often unstated,cause each nation to measure progress differently.
Thus, participating nations in the coalition must agree
to clearly defined and mutually attainable objectives.
Successful coalitions and alliances build upon
common purpose in combined operations. By emphasizing commonalities, coalitions can reduce friction
and hold

CONTENTSCONSIDERATIONS ....................................... 5-1
Goals and Objectives ........................... 5-1
Military Doctrine and Training ............. 5-2
Equipment ............................................. 5-2
Cultural Differences .............................. 5-2
Language ............................................... 5-2
Teamwork and Trust ............................. 5-2
PLANNING AND CONDUCT ........................ 5-3
Command .............................................. 5-3
Maneuver ............................................... 5-3
Fires ....................................................... 5-4
Intelligence ............................................ 5-4
Logistics ................................................ 5-4
Liasion and Combined Staffs .............. 5-5

5-1

OPERATIONS

themselves together for the duration of operations.
Maintaining cohesion and unity of effort requires understanding and adjustment to the perceptions of all
allied nations, allowing them to do those tasks they
feel politically and militarily comfortable doing. Maintaining such cohesion among a coalition is an important factor for US Army forces to consider in both planning and conducting operations.
MILITARY DOCTRINE AND TRAINING
All nations have different vital interests and military capabilities. Thus, their strategic aims and military doctrines vary. The armed forces of one nation
may possess a doctrine with a full treatment of strategic, operational, and tactical issues. Other nations may
possess a doctrine for forces of brigade-size or smaller.
US Army doctrine endeavors to be compatible withjoint and combined operations requirements.
Other nations’ doctrines may focus on a single service. Some doctrines emphasize offensive operations;others defensive. Some nations prepare for highly
mobile, mechanized operations; others concern themselves with insurgent or other forms of warfare. US
Army doctrine stresses rapid, agile operations emphasizing ingenuity and improvisation within the guidelines provided by the commander’s intent. Others discard this approach as too risky. Training, equipment,
and technologies vary. Commanders carefully consider
which national units are best suited for particular missions. In combined operations, as in unilateral operations, US Army commanders employ units according
to their capabilities or advise the senior allied commander of the need to do likewise with US units.
EQUIPMENT
Commanders consider equipment capabilities
when employing allied units. Among nations, equipment will vary in modernization levels, maintenancestandards, mobility, and degree of interoperability.
Commanders of combined units may face a large technological disparity between units, resulting in a mixture of systems. They can exploit interoperability byplacing like units with similar capabilities adjacent to,or reinforcing, one another. Nonetheless, they willusually have to overcome some measure of incompatibility. Selected coalition units may have some systems similar to that of the enemy, making measures topreclude fratricide vital. Operational planners should
expect difficulties such as incompatible communications and differences in the cross-country mobility of

5-2

vehicles. Commanders must understand the actual capabilities of allied or coalition partners.
CULTURAL DIFFERENCES
Each partner in combined operations possesses aunique cultural identity, the result of language, values, religious systems, and economic and social outlooks. Nations with similar cultures are more likely
to have similar aspirations. Further, their armed forces
will face fewer obstacles to interoperability in a combined force structure. Nations with divergent cultural
outlooks have to overcome greater obstacles in a coalition or alliance.
Armies reflect the national cultures that influence
the way they operate. Sources of national pride andcultural sensitivities will vary widely, yet the combinedforce commander must accommodate them. Differences in work ethic, standards of living, religion, anddiscipline affect the way nations approach war. Commanders cannot ignore these differences because they
represent potential major problems. Even seemingly
minor differences, such as dietary restrictions or officer/soldier relationships, can have great impact.
Commanders may have to accommodate religious
holidays, prayer calls, and other unique cultural traditions that are important to allies.
LANGUAGE
Language barriers represent a significant challenge. Because Americans are used to English-speaking counterparts, they generally do not understand the
difficulties faced by non-English-speaking allies.
Specifying the official coalition language may be asensitive issue. One should not assume the language
will automatically be English. After a language is selected, all written documents must be translated fortactical execution by units of different nations. The
effort detracts from planning time and has the potential for mistakes or misunderstanding. Few linguists
have both the technical expertise and depth of understanding to cross both language and doctrinal boundaries and be fully understood. Loss of meaning in translation can be high. The problems that can arise due tomiscommunication are potentially disastrous. A possible solution is a significant resource commitment todedicated liaison and linguist teams.
TEAMWORK AND TRUSTNations build coalitions and alliances on mutual
trust, understanding, and reliance which bind theFM 100-5

combined force together. Teamwork and trust are essential. Shared hardships; missions that are reasonably achievable in accordance with capabilities; access to reserves and reinforcements, to include CAS
and air interdiction; and frequent face-to-face command and soldier exchanges build trust and a sharedsense of mission.
Common purpose not only requires well-articulated goals shared by all members of the coalition oralliance, it demands the efforts of leaders capable ofinspiring, motivating, and directing multicultural forcesin execution. The force of personality in combined
operations is often key to multinational cooperation
directly influencing the strength of the coalition or alliance. If all participating nations understand clearlystated objectives and have trust and confidence in theirleaders, the combined forces should succeed. Building a team and establishing trust before, during, andafter the battle and campaign are vital to success.

PLANNING AND CONDUCTThe US Army has extensive experience in planning and conducting combined operations. Its participation in peace, conflict, and war over the past 200
years has provided insights into how to synchronize
combat power and achieve unity of effort in cooperation with allies. These insights are summarized below and discussed in greater detail in FM 100-8.
COMMAND
Successful combined operations center on achieving unity of effort. Each participating nation must agree
to provide the commander of the alliance or coalition
sufficient authority to achieve this. In turn, the commander and his staff use this authority to unify theefforts of the combined force toward common objectives. This authority, however, is seldom absolute.
Consensus will be important to the overall commander.
National contingents normally retain command of
their own forces, relinquishing only operational command or OPCON to the alliance or coalition militaryleadership, even though staffs might be combined. The
1st (UK) Armored Division under TACON of the VII(US) Corps in Operation Desert Storm is an example
wherein British staff members were totally integrated
into the VII Corps staff. The combined force commander may not be a US Army officer. He could be asenior US officer from another service or a commander
from another nation. Army commanders fight at thedirection of the allied or coalition commander, retaining all of the command authority and responsibility
inherent in the command relationships (OPCON,TACON, attached, direct support) of the forces they
have been provided. Missions should be perceived as
appropriate and achievable for the forces to which they
are given and equitable in terms of burden and risksharing.
The factors mentioned earlier in this chapter influence the C2 structure of the combined force. If thenations are very similar in culture, doctrine, training,and equipment, or if extensive cooperative experience
exists, a combined headquarters may be effective. This
direct approach requires each armed force to receive,
understand, plan, and implement missions at the samelevel as the other nations. However, in planning combined operations, commanders have to accommodate
differences in planning capabilities. Some armies havelarge staffs and the technical means to support planning. Others have austere staff structures and do notpossess the means to process, reproduce, or rapidly
disseminate many contingency plans. Moreover, decision authority of staffs and subordinate commanders varies between armies. The sophistication andnature of missions assigned to each nation may varyto accommodate differences between nations, but the
combined staff should provide guidance directly toeach nation’s forces.
A coalition of dissimilar nations may require an
indirect approach to achieving unity of effort. The
theater commander may use a primary staff for planning and an auxiliary staff to absorb, translate, andrelay straightforward, executable instructions to members of the coalition. USCENTCOM used such an approach in the 1991 Persian Gulf War as the coalition
coordination, communications, and integration center(C3IC) was formed to coordinate the efforts between
Islamic and non-Islamic command structures.
MANEUVER
To best achieve strategic and operational aims,
plans should reflect the special capabilities of each national contingent in the assignment of missions. Mobility, intelligence collection assets, size andsustainability of formations, air defenses, capabilities
for long-range fires, SOF, training for operations in
special environments, and preparation for operations
involving nuclear and chemical weapons are among
the significant factors at this level.

5-3

OPERATIONS

To overcome differences in doctrine, training, or
equipment, leaders may assign selected functions to
the forces of a smaller group of allied or coalition partners. For example, the combined commander may
assign home defense or police forces missions such asrear area security. The commander may also entrust
one member of the combined force with air defense,
coastal defense, or some special operation, based onthat force’s special capabilities. In fact, some coalition partners might not provide army, air force, or naval forces at all, but contribute through alternativemeans such as the political power provided by theirmembership in the coalition.
Tactical cooperation requires more precision since
it deals with immediate combat actions. Among the
disparities that adjacent and supporting commanders
must reconcile are dissimilar TACON measures, differences in tactical methods and operating procedures,
differences in using other service capabilities such as
CAS, varying organizations and capabilities of units,
and differences in equipment.
Liaison, equipment exchanges, and training canoffset some of these problems. Combining staffs, rather
than just exchanging liaison parties, is another option.
The commander of a combined force plans and conducts operations in ways that exploit complementarystrengths and minimize coordination problems. Whenthe combined force commander assigns one nation’s
forces to another nation for an extended period, theseforces should establish habitual relationships between
units in order to help foster cohesion and understanding. Detailed planning with emphasis on rehearsals
and careful wargaming should precede operations inwhich units are working together for the first time.
Back-briefs become especially important for understanding. Tactical plans should address unit recognition, people and equipment, fire control measures, air
support arrangements, communications, signals, liaison, and movement control. The commander’s intent
and the concept of the operation should also receive
special attention to avoid confusion that might occur
because of differences in doctrine and terminology.
FIRES
The focus of fire support at the operational andtactical levels is on the synchronization of the full rangeof fires provided by all friendly forces. The integration of artillery, armed aircraft, nonline-of-sight fires,
naval gunfire, close air support, interdiction, and electronic countermeasures requires the development, full

5-4

understanding, and rigid adherence to a common set
of fire control measures. In an alliance these measures may be routine. However, in a coalition ad hocprocedures may have to be developed. Commanders
give this early and continuous emphasis to ensure
timely, effective fires and to minimize fratricide.
INTELLIGENCE
The collection, production, and dissemination of
intelligence are major challenges. Allied and coalition partners normally operate separate intelligencesystems in support of their own policy and militaryforces. These national systems may vary widely in sophistication and focus. Most allies cannot approach
the range of US capabilities to collect and process intelligence. Nonetheless, each nation can contributehuman intelligence (HUMINT). Commanders of combined units should rapidly establish a system that takes
advantage of each nation’s contributions and provides
all units an accurate intelligence picture.
For operational and tactical purposes, commanders arrange for the rapid dissemination of military intelligence and the use of available intelligence assets
by all partners. This arrangement usually requires theformation of a combined intelligence staff at theaterlevel. It also necessitates establishing an intelligence
network with dedicated communications and liaison
officers to link various headquarters. Few nations will
have the technical means to link with US systems. The
provision of the appropriate interfaces will be an earlyand major concern.
LOGISTICS
Combined logistics present a major challenge.
Problems include differences in logistics doctrine,
stockage levels, logistics mobility, interoperability, andinfrastructure and national resource limitations. Nonetheless, allied and coalition commanders have to coordinate the use of facilities such as highways, raillines, ports, and airfields in such a way as to ensure
mission accomplishment. The concept that logistics
is primarily a national responsibility cannot supplantdetailed logistics planning within a theater of operations. For these reasons, combined commanders should
form a combined logistics staff section as early as possible.
Movement control, operation of ports and airfields,
theater logistical communications, and specific supply functions are significant matters often coordinatedFM 100-5

above the level of national contingents. To assure coordination and prevent duplication, commanders ofcombined forces establish clear responsibilities forsuch functions. Lower level commanders and staff
officers responsible for operating in the theater resolve
the problems of liaison, language, and equipment compatibility that are inherent in these multinational logistical operations.
Transportation, construction services, medical support, and some classes of supply may be available fromthe host nation. US forces may rely upon host nation
support to supplement or substitute for US services,supplies, and facilities. Central allied or coalition agencies may obtain and provide water, food, and construction materials to be shared between national contingents. Civil affairs officers can assist commanders in
identifying and coordinating requirements for local
resources, facilities, and support.
The US often supplies allied and coalition forces
with materiel and receives combat support or combat
service support in exchange. This can lead to significant economies of force and effort. US forces seek
such support agreements early in a combined operation.
When allies or coalition partners use similar equipment, they plan for resupply, maintenance, or othersupport operations across national lines. This occurs
routinely, whenever feasible, and always in the caseof tactical emergency. Members of an alliance or coalition can use such common items as petroleum, oils,
and lubricants (POL), medical supplies, barrier materials, mines, and some tools and vehicles. The combined force commander, at appropriate times, allows
combined forces to obtain and distribute these items
through a single, combined supply agency to facilitate
simple operations and economy of effort.

LIAISON AND COMBINED STAFFS
During combined operations, US units establish
liaison early with forces of each nation and the next
higher headquarters. Where appropriate, coalitioncommanders might choose to combine staffs of two
or more nations to better coordinate the complementary capabilities. This fosters the understanding of missions and tactics, facilitates transfer of vital information, and enhances mutual trust and confidence.
Combined forces that employ units or equipmentwith which they are unfamiliar exchange liaison personnel such as aviation staff officers, fire support officers, engineers, or intelligence specialists. Whenever possible, such liaison or coalition staff personnel
should be familiar with the staff and operational organizations, doctrine, and procedures of the force withwhich they will work. They should either speak thelanguage of that force or be accompanied by interpreters. Also, civil affairs staff officers can assist in
the control of operations that require the cooperationof host nation civilian authorities.
The Army provides specialized training (for example, language) to liaison officers. Coalitions andalliances should pursue standardized procedures,
equipment, and doctrine as time and national capabilities permit. The use of mobile training teams, thedevelopment of standardization agreements(STANAGs), and the exposure and ultimate integration of staffs promote standardization and enhance theability of forces from many nations to fight alongside
one another. STANAGs already in existence may also
be used to form the basis for detailed coalition agreements and procedures.

5-5

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 6

PLANNING AND EXECUTING OPERATIONSIn
aforce-projectionarmy,planning and conducting operations at boththetacticalandoperational
levelshave become more complex since theend of the Cold War.
In Cold War
Europe,many
strategic,
operational,
and even tactical choices had long
ago been made.
A strategic theaterin a force-projection environment withfew or no US forces creates operational circumstanceswhereplannershave
many
more strategic,
operational, and tactical options thanthey were used to having in the ColdWar.
Such a diversity of available options should, inthe end, give US commanders the means to confuse,
confound, and rapidly defeat armed enemies of theUnited States in full-dimensional operations. This
chapter discusses principles of planning and executing operations that, when applied, should achieve thatend.

THE STRATEGIC LINK
In peacetime the National Security Strategy andpolicies, National Military Strategy, Unified CommandPlan, and Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan (JSCP) are
key sources of guidance for the combatant commander.
The commander’s theater strategy supports the accomplishment of US and coalition objectives within thetheater AOR.
These strategic objectives and guidance become
the basis for the theater campaign plan. While every
effort is made to anticipate conditions for employing
US forces and to frame a plan, the probabilities arethat some plans might be formulated just prior to or
concurrent with employment of US forces.
Concurrency of deliberate and crisis action planningat strategic, operational, and tactical levels is an established part of joint doctrine.

CONTENTSTHE STRATEGIC LINK ................................. 6-0
Theater-Strateic Planning .................... 6-0
The Us of Force in Support ofStrategic Policy Options ................... 6-1
Strategic End State and Supporting
Military Conditions ............................ 6-1
The Levels of War ................................. 6-1
The Stratgic Level .............................. 6-1
The Operational Level ....................... 6-2
The Tactical Level .............................. 6-2
PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS ................... 6-3
Simultaneous Operations .................... 6-3
Total Mission Awareness ..................... 6-5
Teamwork .............................................. 6-5
Fundamentals ....................................... 6-5
Mission ............................................... 6-6
Commander's Intent .......................... 6-5
Estimates ............................................ 6-6
Concept of Operations ...................... 6-6
Will ...................................................... 6-7
Concepts of Theater andOperational Design ......................... 6-7
Sequencing Operations ....................... 6-9
Deception .............................................. 6-9
Rehearsals ........................................... 6-10
Weapons of Mass Destruction .......... 6-10
The Mass Destruction Environment 6-10
Nuclear Weapons .............................. 6-11
Biological Weapons .......................... 6-11
Chenical Weapons ............................ 6-11
THE BATTLEFIELD FRAMEWORK ............ 6-11
Area of Operations ............................. 6-12
Battle Space ........................................ 6-12
Battlefield Organization ..................... 6-13
Deep Operations .............................. 6-14
Close Operations ............................. 6-14
Rear Operations ............................... 6-15
OFFENSE AND DEFENSE AT THE TACTICALAND OPERATIONAL LEVELS ................ 6-15
Offensive Operations ......................... 6-16
Defensive Operations ......................... 6-19
CONFLICT TERMINATION ......................... 6-23

THEATER-STRATEGIC PLANNING
Theater-strategic planning during peace provides

6-0

FM 100-5

essential for rapid transition to war and force-projection operations.

military end state to be achieved as part of the overall
strategy.

In time of war or conflict, planners develop strategic end states tailored to the particular situation. The
combatant commander modifies existing strategic andcontingency plans and alters portions of his theater
strategy using crisis action procedures. The theater
strategy is written in terms of military objectives, military concepts, and resources (ends, ways, and means)and provides guidance for a broad range of activities
throughout the AOR, including provisions for both war
and operations other than war.

STRATEGIC END STATE AND
SUPPORTING MILITARY CONDITIONSWhen the nation commits its armed forces, it
should clearly understand what military end state it
wants to achieve. A military end state includes the required conditions that, when achieved, attain the strategic objectives or pass the main effort to other instruments of national power to achieve the final strategic
end state. That end state describes what the NCA wants
the situation to be when operations conclude—both
military operations, as well as those where the military is in support of other instruments of national
power.

The theater commander and his staff conduct theater-strategic planning by using the Joint Operation
Planning and Execution System (JOPES). The assigned planning requirements are formulated into afamily of OPLANs to meet strategic and contingency
requirements in the theater. The ASCC develops the
supporting plan as part of the family of plans. The
theater commander’s OPLAN can be a theater campaign plan. All theater OPLANs achieve strategic
goals. The theater commander uses operational art inhis theater design to influence the strategic intent foundin both the theater strategy and campaign plan.
THE USE OF FORCE IN SUPPORT OF
STRATEGIC POLICY OPTIONSWhen the nation commits its armed forces, it
should clearly understand the overall policy goal andhow the use of force helps achieve that goal. Determining how war (or military operations) accomplishes
the national objectives is the critical first step in theoperational planning process. In order to describe
clearly how the use of force contributes to the overall
political objectives, planners must consider what may
be necessary to end the conflict, as well as the likely
consequences of warfare and the period of conflict
activities that follow.
Commanders at all levels must have a common
understanding, prior to hostilities, of the conditions
that constitute success. Decisions to stop military operations and to transition from active combat topostconflict operations will necessarily require the input and experience of both operational and tacticallevel commanders. The situation brought about by
successful military operations should conform to thepolitical decision makers’ view of how victory in war
brings the country closer to its strategic goals. Therefore, military planners must understand the desired

While the military end state conditions will normally represent what the combatant commander wants
his campaign to achieve, he rarely concerns himself
with only those conditions. Often, the combatant commander is required to support the other instruments ofnational power that the NCA and coalition leadersdesignate. He must first understand the desired end
state, then plan the means to achieve it. Neglecting to
do so could result in a military victory that fails toachieve strategic objectives.
Determining the end state and ensuring that it accomplishes the national objectives are the critical firststeps in the operational planning process. Failure to
make this determination will waste scarce resources
and put the entire effort at risk.
THE LEVELS OF WAR
The levels of war help clarify activities by echelons within the theater across the full range of military operations. The levels of war—strategic, operational, and tactical—provide a useful framework forordering activities within AORs. The levels of war
help commanders visualize a logical flow of operations, allocate resources, and assign tasks. Each levelis defined by the outcome intended—not by the levelof command or the size of the unit.
The Strategic Level
At the strategic level of war a nation or group ofnations use national interests to determine their strategy to ensure an effective, responsive national powerprojection capability. Strategy involves the art andscience of employing armed forces with the other instruments of national power to secure strategic goals.
The NCA and the CJCS translate strategy into
military

6-1

OPERATIONS

policy and requirements, which are the starting points
for developing campaign plans. Theater commanders
participate in national and alliance or coalition discussions as the theater military experts. They design
the campaign plan so that it relates to both national
strategies and operational activities. The campaign
plan derives from policy and requirements, sets theater-strategic goals, and is the basis for operationallevel planning.
The Operational Level
At the operational level of war, joint and combined
operational forces within a theater of operations perform subordinate campaigns and major operations andplan, conduct, and sustain to accomplish the strategic
objectives of the unified commander or higher military authority.
The operational level is the vital link between national- and theater-strategic aims and the tactical employment of forces on the battlefield. The focus at
this level is on conducting joint operations—the employment of military forces to attain theater-strategic
objectives in a theater of war and operational objectives in the theaters of operations through design, organization, and execution of subordinate campaigns
and major operations.
Combatant commanders and theater-of-operationscommanders usually plan and execute campaigns.
Combatant commanders have strategic intents, concepts, and objectives. Service or subordinate jointcommanders have operational intents, concepts, andobjectives in support of the combatant commanders.
The echelon of Army commands varies with the nature of warfare, the strategic objectives, the size andstructure of the theater of war, and the number of forces
involved. The intended purpose, not the level of command, determines whether an Army unit functions at
the operational level. Armies normally design the
major ground operations of a subordinate campaign,
while corps and divisions fight tactical battles and engagements. A corps commander might also commanda joint force land component or a JTF. As a JTF commander, he might plan and execute a campaign thatwould achieve the theater-strategic objectives of the
CINC’s theater campaign.
Operational art is the skillful employment of military forces to attain strategic and/or operational objectives within a theater through the design, organization, integration, and conduct of theater strategies, cam-

6-2

paigns, major operations, and battles. Operational art
translates theater strategy and design into operational
design which links and integrates the tactical battles
and engagements that, when fought and won, achieve
the strategic aim. Tactical battles and engagements
are fought and won to achieve operational results. No
specific level of command is solely concerned with
operational art. In its simplest expression, operationalart determines when, where, and for what purpose
major forces will fight. It governs the deployment of
those forces, their commitments to or withdrawal frombattle, and the sequencing of successive battles andmajor operations to attain major objectives.
Operational art seeks to ensure that commanders
use soldiers, materiel, and time effectively to achieve
strategic aims through campaign design. Such a design provides a framework to help the theater and operational commanders order their thoughts. Operational art helps commanders understand the conditions
for victory before seeking battle, thus avoiding unnecessary battles. Without operational art, war would
be a set of disconnected engagements, with relative
attrition the only measure of success or failure.
Operational art requires broad vision, the ability
to anticipate, a careful understanding of the relationship of means to ends, an understanding of the inherent risks that are under them, and effective joint andcombined cooperation. It challenges the commander
to answer three questions:- What military conditions will achieve thestrategic objectives in the theater of war or theaterof operations?
- What sequence of actions is most likely to
produce these conditions?
- How should the commander apply military
resources within established limitations toaccomplish that sequence of actions?
These are important questions. They require thetheater and operational commanders to consider theends they must achieve, the ways to achieve those ends,
and how to use the means available. The commander
tempers his answers by the specified and implied restrictions and by actions he is specifically directed to
do. These are sometimes called restraints and constraints. By answering these questions, heFM 100-5

articulates a vision for warfighting, a statement of his
intent in his campaign plan, and a command structure
within which he will execute that plan.
The Tactical Level
At the tactical level of war, battles and engagements are planned and executed to accomplish military objectives assigned to tactical units or task forces.
These victories, put together, achieve operational results. Activities at this level focus on the ordered arrangement and maneuver of combat elements in relation to one another and to the enemy to achieve combat objectives directed by the operational commander.
Tactics is the art and science of employing available
means to win battles and engagements. Tactics isbattlefield problem-solving—usually rapid and dynamic in nature.
Battles. A battle consists of a series of related
engagements; it lasts longer than an engagement, involves larger forces, and could affect the course of thecampaign. Battles occur when division, corps, or army
commanders fight for significant objectives. They may
be short and fought in relatively small areas, as on theGolan Heights in 1973; or they last several weeks andcover large areas, as in the Battle of the Bulge during
World War II.
Engagements. Engagements are small conflicts
or skirmishes, usually between opposing maneuver
forces; they are normally short in duration and fought
at division level and below. They include, for example,
covering forces and guard forces. Also, units in defense fight engagements when they encounter the enemy. These engagements may or may not bring on
battle.

PLANNING CONSIDERATIONSJoint operation planning is a continuous processthat begins with the assignment of strategic guidance,
limitations, tasks, and objectives or with thecommander’s recognition of a requirement until themission is accomplished. Planning and fighting areoften concurrent, with planning done as thoroughly astime allows. Successful planning requires an appreciation of the simultaneous nature of operations, anawareness of the total mission, anticipation of future
events, and application of the battlefield frameworkdescribed later in this chapter.
SIMULTANEOUS OPERATIONS
A campaign is a series of related military operations designed to achieve strategic objectives within agiven time and space. A campaign plan describes how
these operations are conducted. Major operations consist of coordinated actions in a single phase of a campaign and usually decide the course of a campaign.
Wartime campaigns are broad in scope and usually involve the employment of large forces. Peacetime campaigns can be broad in scope but usually involve smaller forces and, many times, other US Government agencies, international agencies, or United
Nations forces.
More than one campaign can occur concurrently
within the same theater. Operations go on simultaneously throughout the depth of enemy formations to
win rapidly and decisively. A wide variety of combat
and noncombat operations requires synchronization toachieve designated objectives.
A single, unifying strategic concept of operations
synchronizes actions taken at each level of war against
the enemy, whether the actions occur simultaneously
or sequentially. The intent is to destroy or disrupt theenemy’s key capabilities and functions and exploit theresulting strategic advantage before the enemy canreact. The results should so demoralize the enemy by
their combined and simultaneous effects that he perceives he cannot win.
Commanders at all levels requirevision to fight simultaneously within theaters of operations, to respond to contingency requirements elsewhere in a theater of war, and to conduct normal peacetime activities throughout the combatant commander’s
AOR.

Historical Perspective
Late on 19 December 1989, a joint force of 7,000 soldiers, sailors, airmen, and marines deployed from
US bases bound for Panama. During the early morning hours of 20 December, this force—supported byUnited States Southern command (USSOUTHCOM) forward-deployed forces in Panama—simultaneously
hit targets at 26 separate locations.

6-3

OPERATIONSThe success of the attack against key Panamanian Defense Force (PDF) strongholds required asequence of stealthy moves by an assortment of US SOF and elements from the 82d Airborne
Division, the 5th Mechanized Division, the 7th Infantry Divsions, and US Marines Corps. These
were supported by the Air force and Navy in a variety of ways, including airlift and sealift,
SEAD, and AC-130 gunship strikes. MIssion orders, decentralized execution, and individual
ingenuity contributed greatly to the ability of the joint force to rapidly paralyze PDF response
capability.
Figure 6-1. depicts a few of the many actions that occurred within the same hour on 20 December.
- Marines from the 6th Marine Expeditionary Brigade secured Howard Air Force Base andthe Bridge of the Americas.
- The 1st Battalion, 75th Ranger Regiment, secured Tocumen Airport.
- The 4th Battalion, 17th Infantry (7th Infantry Divsion), and 3d Battalion, 504th Infantry(82d Airborne Division), secured Renacer Prison and Madden Dam.
- The 2d and 3d Battalions, 75th Ranger Regiment, secured the PDF base at Rio Hato.
- The 193d Separate Infantry Brigade and the 4th Battalion, 6th Infantry (5th Infantry
Division), struck many targets in and around Panama City, including La Comandancia.

Figure 6-1. Operations in Panama, 20 December 1989

6-4

FM 100-5

The combination of increased tempo and simultaneous operations dictates a need for tightly integrated
operations. Tactical commanders fight engagements
and battles, understanding their relevance to the higher
operation plan. Operational commanders conductmajor operations to achieve operational and theaterstrategic objectives. Combatant commanders serve as
theater strategists and campaign designers. At the sametime, they remain acutely aware of the impact of operational and tactical events of the battlefield. Rapidly unfolding operations of all types blur the lines
among the levels of war so that no commander canconcern himself only with the results of events at his
echelon.
A world of instant communications has shrunk the
globe. The effect of information-age technology has
been not only to increase the tempo of operations but
also to provide images of operations that begin to condition strategic plans and define time limits of operations. This phenomenon must not be lost on tacticaland operational Army commanders. Reality on thebattlefield is reality in the household at almost the sametime. The commander considers this and reaches beyond his immediate tasks to see the interrelationships,
complexities, and opportunities offered by high-tempo,
simultaneous operations. The commander’s job has
always been to bring order out of chaos; he must now
do it quicker, while on the move, and with practiced
insight.
TOTAL MISSION AWARENESS
From receipt of the mission to its accomplishment,
Army commanders at all levels consider everythingthat affects their operation. Their thoughts, therefore,
extend beyond the current moment and outside the AO.
When deploying for combat operations, for example,
a corps commander’s thoughts may focus on the immediate tasks -- tailoring his force for deployment andflowing it smoothly to the theater of operations. By
having a total mission awareness, he thinks simultaneously about activities on both sides of the deployment: finding a place and time to train active and RC
roundout and roundup units; accommodating late-arriving units; placing initial and subsequent forces on
the ground; adjusting task organizations; recoveringfrom setbacks; keeping the range of options open, andso on.

extends back into the COMMZ. Are his LOCs protected? Will late-arriving units be ready? Are units
positioned to facilitate future operations? Are his key
rear area facilities adequately protected? Are deploying civilian employees and contractor personnel
equipped, trained, and ready? Then, after commanders have arrived in theater and have absorbed the big
picture, their focus narrows, and they concentrate on
the immediate combat mission and future operations.
TEAMWORK
An effective fighting force requires teamwork,
which is based on individual trust and unit cohesion.
In force-projection operations, the mix of deployed
forces will be dictated by the need to maintain operational versatility and teamwork. In many cases, deploying units will find themselves assigned to an organization that has not previously trained or worked
together. Additionally, many Army units will be operating in a joint and interagency environment for the
first time. Forging the team is one of the early challenges facing commanders in a force-projection operation. Depending on time available and geographic
separation, team-building techniques could includecommanders meetings and leader reconnaissance to
the AOR, early and continuous emphasis on face-toface leadership, and liaison team exchanges. These
are some of the Army’s team-building techniques units
can use, whether operating with other members of the
Army’s combined arms team or participating in joint,
combined, or interagency operations.
FUNDAMENTALS
Army operational planning requires the complete
definition of the mission, expression of thecommander’s intent, completion of the commander andstaff estimates, and development of a concept of operations. These form the basis for a plan or order andset the conditions for successful battle. The initial planestablishes the commander’s intent, the concept of operations, and the initial tasks for subordinate units. It
allows the greatest possible operational and tactical
freedom for subordinate leaders.It is flexible enoughto permit leaders to seize opportunities consistent withthe commander’s intent, thus facilitating quick andaccurate decision making during combat operations.
The plan not only affects the current fight but also sets
the stage for future operations.

Total mission awareness helps the division commander, for example, analyze his AO and mission withregard to his capabilities. Even as he approaches combat operations, however, his total mission awareness

6-5

OPERATIONS

Commanders issue orders to their subordinates
face-to-face whenever the situation permits. In tactical units this often occurs on the ground chosen forthe operation. Mission orders, which specify what thesubordinate commands are to do without prescribing
how they must do it, are often the best.
MissionThe mission is the commander’s expression ofwhat the unit must accomplish and for what purpose.
Orders contain both specified and implied tasks. During mission analysis, commanders translate these into
orders for their subordinates. They do so by analyzing the mission statement and concept of operations,
understanding the commander’s intent starting two levels above, assessing the current situation, and organizing all resources available to achieve the desiredend. A precise, clear mission statement that subordinates understand before and during the battle is vitalto mission success.
Commander’s Intent
The commander’s intent describes the desired end
state. It is a concise expression of the purpose of theoperation and must be understood two echelons below the issuing commander. It must clearly state thepurpose of the mission. It is the single unifying focus
for all subordinate elements. It is not a summary of
the concept of the operation. Its purpose is to focus
subordinates on the desired end state. Its utility is tofocus subordinates on what has to be accomplished inorder to achieve success, even when the plan and concept of operations no longer apply, and to discipline
their efforts toward that end.
The intent statement is usually written but can beverbal when time is short. It should be concise andclear; long, narrative descriptions of how the commander sees the fight tend to inhibit the initiative ofsubordinates. A commander’s order should containthe intent statement of the next higher commander.
Estimates
The commander’s estimate helps commanders
choose the best course of action. Estimates never stop.
The process continues by staffs and by commanders,often independently and separately from one another,but coordinated when possible. The basic end resultof the estimate is an accurate visualization of the current enemy and friendly situation, a visualization of
the goal or mission, and a clear expression of alternatives.

6-6

The commander’s estimate considers the enemy’s
likely intent and courses of action and wargames
friendly alternatives to get from the current state to
the end-of-mission state. Once commanders choose acourse of action, they articulate their concept, describing how they visualize the fight. This description forms
the basis for the rest of the plan. Commanders continually review the situation by visiting subordinatesand getting their estimates, by observing operations,by meeting with higher and adjacent commanders, andby receiving updated information and intelligence.
They revise their concept accordingly. The estimate
process is continuous. Estimates for the current operation can often provide a basis for estimates for future missions.
Concept of Operations
The operational or tactical concept of operations
describes how Army commanders visualize the major
operation and battle unfolding. The concept is basedon the commander’s selected course of action to accomplish the mission, expressing what, where, and how
the force will affect the enemy. Commanders answer
these questions in sufficient detail for the staff andsubordinate commanders to understand what they are
to do and how they are to fight the battle. In the concept of operations, commanders describe how they see
the actions of each of their units fitting together to accomplish the mission. They describe their view ofprobable enemy actions and how they will defeat theenemy. This description includes, as a minimum, thescheme of maneuver and concept of fires (see previous discussion on Commander’s Intent).
In developing their concept, commanders should
consider alternatives that lead to decisive operations
and battles. These operations are key to determining
the outcome of engagements, battles, and major operations. Many other operations lead to or support decisive operations. For example, two supporting groundbattles, an interdiction operation, and a deception operation could all support a separate decisive groundbattle during a single phase of a campaign.
Commanders at all levels should designate a pointof main effort along with supporting efforts. This helps
them and their staffs to allocate resources accordingly,
providing focus to the operation while setting priorities and determining risks, promoting unity of effort,
and facilitating an understanding of the commander’sintent.

FM 100-5

Will
Will is the disposition to act toward achievementof a desired end state. It is an expression of determination, the articulation of choice and desire. A platoon takes the hill because it wants to take the hill.
The squad defends its position because it wants to holdthe position.
War is a contest of wills. Combat power is the
product of military forces and their will to fight. When
will is lacking, so is combat power; when will is strong,
it multiplies the effectiveness of military forces.
Ultimately, the focus of all combat operations must
be the enemy’s will. Break his will and he is defeated.
When he no longer wants to fight, he cannot fight.
Conversely, if his will remains strong, even thoughphysically weakened and materially depleted, he remains a formidable opponent.
Leaders are the main source of will. They inspire
their soldiers with the desire to win, to accomplish themission, and to persevere in the face of all difficulties.
When the will of the enemy commander is broken, hisforce quickly disintegrates. Analyzing and attacking
the underpinnings of his will therefore is key to victory.
Concepts of Theater and Operational Design
Several key concepts of campaign design guidetheater- and operational-level planners in their efforts.
These include how to address the center of gravity,
lines of operation, decisive points, and the culminating point.
Center of Gravity. The center of gravity is the
hub of all power and movement upon which everything depends. It is that characteristic, capability, or
location from which enemy and friendly forces derive
their freedom of action, physical strength, or will tofight. Several traditional examples of a potential center of gravity include the mass of the enemy army, theenemy’s battle command structure, public opinion,
national will, and an alliance or coalition structure.
The concept of a center of gravity is useful as an analytical tool to cause the joint commander and his staff
to think about their own and the enemy’s sources ofstrength as they design the campaign and determine
its objectives.
The essence of operational art lies in being able tomass effects against the enemy’s main source ofpower—his center of gravity, which he seeks to protect. At any given time, however, a center of gravity
may not be immediately discernible. For example,

the center of gravity might concern the mass of enemy units, but that mass might not yet be formed. Additionally, the center of gravity may be abstract, suchas the enemy’s national will or an alliance structure,or concrete, such as strategic reserves, C2, or industrial bases and LOCs.
The Iraqi Republican Guard is a good example.
Although not located in Kuwait, it was the real sourceof power necessary for Iraq to hold that country. The
destruction of the Republican Guard was seen as thecenter of gravity for achieving the strategic goal ofremoving the Iraqi forces from Kuwait. The eventual
destruction of elements of the Republican Guard in
the Kuwaiti theater of operations led to the withdrawalof Iraqi forces and limited their capability to return.
The initial analysis of the enemy’s center of gravity
requires constant reappraisal during both planning andexecution. It may develop or change during the courseof the campaign.
Lines of Operation. Lines of operation represent a second concept for operational design. They
define the directional orientation of the force in timeand space in relation to the enemy. They connect theforce with its base of operations and its objectives.
A force operates on interior lines when its operations diverge from a central point and when it is therefore closer to separate enemy forces than the latter are
to one another. Interior lines benefit a weaker force
by allowing it to shift the main effort laterally more
rapidly than the enemy. A force operates on exteriorlines when its operations converge on the enemy. Successful operations on exterior lines require a stronger
force but offer the opportunity to encircle and annihilate a weaker opponent.
In modern war, lines of operation attain a threedimensional aspect and pertain to more than just maneuver. Commanders use them to focus combat power
toward a desired end. They apply combat power
throughout the three dimensions of space and over timein a logical design that integrates firepower, PSYOP,
deception, special operations, and maneuver forces toconverge upon and defeat the enemy center of gravity.
Decisive Points. Decisive points provide commanders with a marked advantage over the enemy andgreatly influence the outcome of an action. Decisive
points are often geographical in nature, such as a hill,a town, or a base of operations. They could also
include

6-7

OPERATIONS

elements that sustain command such as a command
post, critical boundary, airspace, or communications
node. Decisive points are not centers of gravity; they
are the keys to getting at centers of gravity.
Normally, more decisive points will be in a theater than a commander can seize, retain, or destroy
with his available resources. Therefore, planners must
analyze all potential decisive points and determine
which enable eventual attack of the enemy’s center ofgravity. Commanders designate the most important
decisive points as objectives and allocate resources toseize or destroy them.
Decisive points help commanders gain or maintain the initiative. Con-trolling these points in the attack helps them gain freedom of operational maneuver, thus maintaining the momentum of the attack andsustaining the initiative. If the defender controls sucha point, it interferes with the attacker’s momentum andfacilitates the defender’s counterattack.
Decisive points include transportation nets or terrain features that are critical for the continued momentum of operations or the rapid shifting of the directionof maneuver and provide a pathway for advancing
forces. They allow for passage of combat power indeeper and increasingly damaging thrusts against theenemy. One of the classic operations in this regard
was Operation Market Garden in September 1944¡aneffort to seize three successive bridgeheads and thrust
deep into enemy lines. Each bridge was a decisive
point in that its seizure by the Allies ensured the maintenance of momentum and initiative. The German 9th
SS Panzer Division’s retention of the bridge at Arnhem
led to culmination of the Allied attack and collapse of
the initiative.
By correctly identifying and using decisive points,
commanders can place the enemy at a great disadvantage. Securing decisive points can give the operationalcommander the flexibility to select from more than
one line of operation for further advance.
Culmination. Culmination has both offensive anddefensive application. In the offense, the culminating
point is the point in time and location when theattacker’s combat power no longer exceeds that of the
defender. Here the attacker greatly risks counterattackand defeat and continues the attack only at great peril.
The art of the attack at all levels is to secure the objective before reaching culmination. A defender reaches

6-8

culmination when he no longer has the capability to
go on the counteroffensive or defend successfully. The
art of the defense is to draw the attacker to his culmination, then strike when he has exhausted his resources
and is ill-disposed to defend successfully.
Tactical overextension is less a matter of culmination than a temporary exhaustion or depletion of resources. Normally, the problem can be remedied byreinforcement, resupply, or unit substitution in a shortperiod of time. Strategic and operational offensives
may reach culmination for several reasons. The forward movement of supplies may be poorly organized,lack needed transport, or available stocks may be exhausted. The need to protect LOCs from partisans or
regular forces operating on the flanks may sap thequantitative advantage of forward forces. The attacking force may suffer sufficient losses to tip the balance of forces. The soldiers of the attacking force may
become physically exhausted and less morally committed to the attack as it progresses. The defending
forces may become more determined as large portionsof their territory are lost. Other countries that feelthreatened could join the defender.
At the strategic level, examples of offensives that
culminated before reaching their objectives
include:- The German attack on France in 1914.
- The German invasion of Russia in 1941.
Operational examples of culmination include:- Rommel’s drive into Egypt, which culminatedat El Alamein in 1942.
- The Japanese drive in 1944 from Burma into
India, which culminated at Imphal-Kohima.
- Patton’s rapid advance across France, whichbogged down for lack of supplies in Lorraine.
- The December 1944 German counteroffensive
through the Ardennes, which resulted in the Battleof the Bulge.
Factors other than combat losses and lack of resources can influence culmination. For example, acommander could outrun his current intelligence inan attack that moves faster and farther than planned.
The resulting increase in risk by continuing to advance
may be acceptable if the commander knows he canovermatch any combination of forces he is likely to
encounter. Given the lack of sufficient intelligence atthat time, however, he may begin taking needlessFM 100-5

losses or otherwise jeopardize the success of his operations. At that point, the better course of action might
be to go more slowly to develop the situation.
Synchronization of logistics with combat operations can forestall culmination and help the commander
control the tempo of his operations. For both tacticaland operational levels, theater logistics planners forecast the drain on resources associated with fighting
over extended distance and time. They respond by
generating enough military resources to enable thecommander to achieve his strategic objectives before
reaching his culminating point. If they cannot do so,
the commander should rethink the concept of operations.
SEQUENCING OPERATIONS
Army commanders determine the best sequenceof major operations that achieve a tempo of operations to reach the desired objective. Commanders consider a variety of factors, including geography, strategic lift, command structure, logistics, enemy reinforcement, and public opinion. However, sequencing decisions for force-projection operations of ground forces
is complicated by rapidly changing enemy situations.
The sequence that commanders choose, therefore,should not foreclose future options but should be flexible enough to accommodate change.
Phases
The sequence of major operations (or the sequenceof battles within a major operation) relates directly tothe commander’s decision on phasing. A phase represents a period during which a large number of forces
are involved in similar activities (deployment, for example). A transition to another phase—such as a shift
from deployment to defensive operations—indicatesa shift in emphasis. For example, Phase I, the defense,
could lead to Phase II, the counteroffensive, followed
by a third phase that orients on consolidation andpostconflict activities. World War II’s Operation Overlord contained six distinct phases: buildup, rehearsals, embarkation, assault, buildup, and breakout.
During planning, commanders establish conditions
for moving into each phase. They adjust their phases
to take advantage of opportunities presented by theenemy or to react to an unexpected setback. Actions
by the enemy also determine conditions for phases.
Changes in phases at any level can lead to a pe-

riod of vulnerability for the force. At this point, missions and task organizations often change. Therefore,
the careful planning of branches and sequels can reduce the risk associated with transition between phases.
Logistics is crucial to phasing. Operational planners consider establishing logistics bases, opening andmaintaining LOCs, establishing intermediate logistics
bases to support new phases, and defining priorities
for services and support. Logistics, then, is key tosequencing the major operations of the campaign.
Branches and Sequels
No plan of operations can be projected with confidence much beyond the first encounter with theenemy’s main force. The commander builds flexibility into his plan so that he may preserve his freedomof action under rapidly changing conditions. Branches
and sequels directly relate to the concept of phasing.
Their proper use can add flexibility to a campaign or
major operation plan. During Operation Desert Storm,
VII Corps planned a combination of seven branches
and sequels called FRAGPLANs, an example of anticipation and flexibility in planning to maintain momentum.
Branches. Branches are contingency plans— options built into the basic plan—for changing the disposition, orientation, or direction of movement and also
for accepting or declining battle. They give commanders flexibility by anticipating enemy reactions that
could alter the basic plan.
Sequels. Sequels are subsequent operations basedon the possible outcomes of the current operation—
victory, defeat, or stalemate. A counteroffensive, forexample, would be a logical sequel to a defense. Executing a sequel will normally mean beginning anotherphase of the campaign. This is a continuous processduring an operation—the commander should never be
without options.
DECEPTION
Deception operations are designed to mislead enemy decision makers by distorting, concealing, andfalsifying friendly intentions, capabilities, and dispositions. The deception objective is the enemy commander and the decisions he is expected to make during the operation. The goal of the deception is to mislead the opposing military commander, prompting him
to plan and conduct his activities in a manner that unwittingly serves the commanders’ objectives.

6-9

OPERATIONS

While commanders at all levels can plan deception operations, those operations must support andcomplement the higher headquarters deception plan.
In many cases, strategic or operational plans may include the employment of lower-level units, eventhough subordinate commanders may not be aware of
the deception effort (see FM 90-2 for details on battlefield deception).
REHEARSALS
A rehearsal is the process of practicing a plan before actual execution. Rehearsing key combat actions
allows participants to become familiar with the operation and to visualize the plan. Rehearsals assist units
in orienting themselves to their environment and toother units during execution. Rehearsals also provide
a forum for subordinate leaders to analyze and understand the plan, but caution must be exercised in adjusting the plan or order to prevent errors in synchronization. While rehearsals with combat units usuallyoccur at the tactical level, headquarters at the operational level can rehearse key aspects of a plan usingcommand post exercises.
Sometimes conditions allow for rehearsals of large,
tactical formations such as the VII Corps move west
during Operation Desert Storm from tactical assembly areas to attack positions using the same formationalignments they would later use during the attack.
XVIII Airborne Corps conducted rehearsals of Operation Just Cause just prior to that operation, using avariety of methods to shield them from the enemy.
However, even if time does not permit a complete rehearsal with a full complement of troops and equipment, some form of rehearsal must take place with all
key leaders. It can be as simple as a leader discussion
over a sand table or a C2 tactical exercise without
troops (TEWT) over similar terrain—whatever reinforces the commander’s intent.
WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION
The use of weapons of mass destruction can havean enormous impact on the conduct of all operations.
Not only do the sheer killing and destructive power ofthese weapons create the battlefield effect, but the strategic, operational, psychological, and political impactsof their use affect campaign designs. Further, the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction dramaticallyalters the nature of regional conflict. As these weapons proliferate, the likelihood of their use against
friendly forces or in response to an enemy’s first use
increases. The effects of these weapons on a cam-

6-10

paign or major operation—either through use or the
threat of use—can cause large-scale shifts in tacticalobjectives, phases, and courses of action. Thus, planning for the possibility of their use against friendly
forces is critical to campaign design.
From the combatant commander’s perspective, aswift end to a conflict will partially negate the escalatory potential of these weapons. A combination of
conventional offensive and defensive measures canhelp deter or reduce the likelihood of an enemy’s useof these weapons. Offensive preventive measures may
include raids, surgical air strikes, and operations designed to locate and neutralize the threat of such weapons. Commanders implement defensive NBC principles of avoidance, protection, and decontamination.
They also plan for effective air and ballistic missile
defense with different systems. US military policy
attempts to deter enemy use of weapons of mass destruction through a defense posture that allows US
forces to survive, fight, and win under conditions produced by these weapons.
Commanders must assess an enemy’s willingness
to employ these weapons and the conditions that would
prompt him to do so. However, commanders should
never assume rationality in the mind of the enemy. A
virtually defeated enemy may resort to unrestricted
warfare by any means at hand.
The Mass Destruction Environment
When weapons of mass destruction are used, extensive destruction and mass casualties can result.
Only cohesive, disciplined, physically fit, and welltrained units can function in this environment. But
long-term operations in this environment will degradeeven the best individual and unit performance as a result of wearing protective equipment. Commanders
must train and equip soldiers and civilians alike toendure these conditions. By being better prepared thanthe enemy for continuous operations under conditions
produced by weapons of mass destruction, US forces
can maintain an advantage over the enemy that deters
him from using these weapons.
Force protection is an imperative in this environment. Units can survive the use of weapons of mass
destruction by anticipating their employment. Commanders can protect their forces in a variety of ways.
These include training, OPSEC, dispersion of forces,
and proper use of terrain for shielding against effects.

FM 100-5

In an NBC environment, battle command becomes
more difficult. Command posts and headquarters at
all levels are likely targets. Control will be difficult
even within the smallest unit. Personnel in protective
clothing will be slow to respond to rapid changes in
mission. The employment of these weapons will
greatly alter the tempo of combat. Consequently, commanders must never assume that they are immune toattack but consider ways of decreasing their risk.
Contamination avoidance is essential for successful operations when faced with an NBC threat. Avoiding contamination allows units to maintain tactical momentum and preserves combat power by keeping soldiers out of increased NBC protective postures. It also
removes or lessens the need for decontamination. FM
3-3 provides detailed information on NBC contamination avoidance.
Combined operations become more risky with thethreat of NBC use. Countries that cannot protect themselves against these weapons may become the primarytarget of an enemy, whose aim is to disintegrate thecoalition. The likelihood that an enemy will use mass
destruction weapons against other coalition members
will increase as US forces demonstrate the ability to
defend effectively against their effects. Commanders
should consider that possibility in all strategic, operational, and tactical planning.
Nuclear Weapons
As a force that now has no organic nuclear capability, the Army must rely on Air Force and Navy
nuclear capabilities to deter regional threats from using weapons of mass destruction, and should it be necessary, to respond to regional use of these weapons.
The integration of nuclear weapons and long-range
ballistic missile systems expands the scope of regional
conflict. Ballistic missiles significantly reduce reaction times and create complex planning and decision
criteria. The ability of some nations to employ nuclear
weapons at extended ranges, using ballistic or cruise
missiles and high-speed aircraft, will significantly enhance their effectiveness as instruments of terror. With
this ability comes the possibility of conflict escalation
beyond the boundaries of the region.
Using intelligence systems, planners advise thecommander of the enemy’s capability to employ
nuclear weapons and under what conditions he is most
likely to do so. A significant intelligence task is locating these weapons and assessing the probability of theiremployment. Accordingly, the integration of national,
joint, and combined intelligence means is vital to thiseffort.
The immediate effects of a nuclear detonation areblast, thermal radiation, initial nuclear radiation, andelectromagnetic pulse (EMP). These effects can causesignificant personnel and materiel losses. Secondary
effects include urban devastation, fires, and radiological contamination. The EMP from a nuclear detonation can affect unshielded electronic equipment anddegrade command, control, communications, and intelligence (C3I) systems. Residual radiation also canhave long-term effects on personnel, equipment, facilities, terrain, and water sources. Therefore, ensuring that friendly force dispositions do not provide lucrative targets for nuclear weapons is important.
Biological Weapons
While the US has renounced the use of biologicalweapons, many nations have not. The availability of
biological weapons to possible enemies requires thatcommanders prepare for operations in a biological environment. Defensive measures are necessary to mitigate the effects of a biological attack. Both militaryand civilian populations require informational, psychological, and medical preparation.
Chemical Weapons
All current and future operations have the potential to occur in a chemical environment. Although US
policy does not condone or authorize first use of chemical weapons, preparedness to operate in this environment negates many possible advantages for an enemy
to employ these weapons—in itself a deterrent to theiruse.
Chemical weapons produce immediate and delayed
effects that can hamper operations through the contamination of equipment, supplies, and critical terrain
features. Commanders can reduce the effects of chemical employment by applying the fundamentals of contamination avoidance, protection, and decontamination. Chemical reconnaissance and decontamination
are two planning imperatives for all future missions;training is the key. Detailed information on providing
NBC protection to the force, as well as risk analysis
and assessment, is found in FM 3-4.

THE BATTLEFIELD FRAMEWORK
A battlefield framework helps commanders relate
their forces to one another and to the enemy in time,

6-11

OPERATIONS

space, resources, and purpose. This battlefield framework establishes an area of geographical and operational responsibility for the commander and provides
a way to visualize how he will employ his forces
against the enemy. To understand this framework is
to understand the relationship between the AO, battle
space, and operations in depth. Proper relationships
allow for simultaneous operations and massing of effects against the enemy.
During the Cold War, US Army doctrine stresseda battlefield framework that fit the conduct of operations against the Warsaw Pact, even while allowing
variations of that framework to apply in other theaters.
Army commanders and staffs in force-projection operations must go beyond that single alternative in considering the correct battlefield framework for the mission. US joint doctrine establishes a preferred framework where joint forces can apply combat power simultaneously throughout the land, sea, air, and spacedimensions of the theater to stun and then defeat an
enemy rapidly. Thus, US Army doctrine also prefers
such a battlefield framework.
Thinking about choices to lay out that frameworkis the business of both tactical- and operational-level
army commanders and staffs. Options available range
from a linear framework with clearly defined geometry and lines with contiguous units and deep, close,
and rear boundaries, to a less precisely structured
framework where units might not be adjacent to one
another and have no linear relationship. The following paragraphs discuss the selection of the battlefield
framework that most readily suits the conditions of
METT-T, the various planning tools, and the doctrinal considerations in the use of these methods.
The 1st Cavalry Division’s operations in the Ia
Drang Valley in 1965 and Operation Just Cause in 1989
differed considerably in framework from the defenseof the Fulda and Meiningen Gaps by the V and VII
Corps in Central Army Group (CENTAG) during theCold War. Operation Desert Storm in 1991 saw yet
another battlefield framework.
AREA OF OPERATIONS
A theater of war will normally contain more than
one theater of operations, which can extend fromfriendly ports and logistics areas to distant sources ofenemy support. Within a theater of operations, theJFC may define the lateral, rear, and forward boundaries of a geographical area of operations, including
the air space above. Subordinate commanders may

6-12

also define smaller AOs as the conditions of METT-T
dictate. Within the AO, the JTF commander has theauthority to control and synchronize the timing, priority, and effects of joint force actions consistent withhis higher commander’s intent and concept.
The AO must be appropriate in size and design sothat the commander can accomplish his mission andprotect his force. It should allow him to employ hisorganic, assigned, and supporting systems to the full
extent of their capabilities.
If a land component commander is designated, theAO may be assigned to him. This determines what
activities occur within his AO and how they contribute to his mission accomplishment. He allocates partsof this area to subordinate commanders, usually usingzones or sectors. Commanders at all levels have thefull range of measures described in FM 101-5 and FM
101-5-1 to help them control operations within their
AO. Generally, however, they should use the minimum measures necessary for effective control of combat and sustaining activities.
BATTLE SPACE
Within a given battle space, commanders must understand the effects of geography and terrain, appropriately apply use of organic capabilities, and integrate
joint and combined assets that can be brought to bearagainst the enemy.
Commanders seek to dominate the enemy in agiven battle space. Battle space is a physical volume
that expands or contracts in relation to the ability toacquire and engage the enemy. It includes the breadth,depth, and height in which the commander positions
and moves assets over time. Battle space is not assigned by a higher commander and extends beyond
the commander’s AO. It is based on the notion thatcommanders expand their thinking to develop a vision for dominating the enemy and protecting the force
before any mental constraints are emplaced, such as
overlays depicting phase lines, boundaries, and arrows.
This gives them complete freedom of thought to build
a broad vision according to existing factors of METT-T.
Battle space includes the combat power of all
friendly forces that can be brought to bear on the enemy, including joint and combined forces. It contains
the physical, three-dimensional view of the battlefield,
which can later be depicted with operational graphics.
Battle space also includes the operationalFM 100-5

dimensions of combat, including time, tempo, depth,and synchronization.
At the lower tactical levels, battle space is determined by the range of direct fire systems and the terrain on which they are applied. The higher the echelon, the greater the complexity and number of variations of battle space. A corps commander envisions
the combined battle space of his divisions, long-range
weapons, airborne and ground acquisition systems, andother assets given to him or used on his behalf (forexample, SOF, interdiction assets, and adjacent unit
fires).
Unity of effort is essential to operations within agiven battle space. Ownership of assets is less important than application of their effects toward an intended
purpose. In that way, battle space can overlap, sharedby two adjacent commanders who perceive ways toemploy their respective assets to mutual advantage.
Battle space must be used to every possible advantage. It is better to see, target, and hit the enemy ata distance from which he cannot hit back.
Conversely, if the enemy has distinct advantages atlong range, the counter may be to move in closer todeter him from using firepower effects that may endanger his own forces.
Understanding battle space allows commanders tokeep their options open, protect and sustain their forces,
synchronize combat power, and keep the enemy offbalance. As the commander considers his mission, he
can visualize how he wants his battle space to look at
different times as he moves against the enemy. This
helps him determine how he might task-organize andposition his units during different phases.
Effective commanders have always known how
to use battle space. It was said of LTC Creighton
Abrams in World War II that he knew the location of
every tank and every piece of equipment and thereby
was able to command, move his outfit, and always
defeat the enemy in front of him. The tempo of operations today has accelerated to the point that all commanders must learn to dominate their battle space. That
space has expanded dramatically as have events andcombat systems that can impact on it. The challenges
to control battle space have increased as have the penalties for failing to know what is where within thatspace and how those resources can be respectively protected, denied, damaged, or destroyed.

Commanders use the concept of battle space tohelp determine how the terrain and all available combat power can be used to dominate the enemy and protect the force. Eventually, this vision becomes thebattlefield framework from which their intent and concept of operation are derived. Understanding battle
space allows commanders to synchronize combat
power against the enemy and keep the enemy commander from extending his own battle space to its
greatest range. As commanders consider their mission, they visualize how they can make best use of
their battle space. This helps them determine how theymight task-organize and position their units. By understanding how to visualize operations in depth, commanders can synchronize operations to disrupt theenemy in depth, to throw him off balance, to attack
his functions, and to set the conditions for decisive
victory.
BATTLEFIELD ORGANIZATION
Commanders visualize their battle space to set therelationship of friendly forces to one another and to
the enemy in time, space, resources, and purpose. Once
commanders decide the purpose and relationship ofbattlefield activities, they determine how to arrange
them within the breadth, depth, and space of the battlefield to meet their considerations of METT-T. This,in turn, helps them relate their activities to those of
the enemy over time.
Three closely related sets of activities characterize operations within an AO—deep, close, and rear
operations. Army commanders fight deep, close, andrear actions simultaneously in a manner that appears
to the enemy as one continuous operation against him.
They seek to attack the enemy simultaneously throughout the depth of the battlefield and mass both effects
and forces when and where necessary to accomplish
the mission.
Consistent with the JFC’s plan, assets of othermembers of the joint team are used to accomplish these
attacks as well as operate outside tactical depths toachieve simultaneous attacks throughout the theater.
Fighting within this framework thus requires constantsynchronization. The lines between these actions may
be transparent and will often shift. Sometimes timeand space are separated between these elements. Commanders arrange deep, close, and rear operations consistent with orders they have received and in a waythat accomplishes the mission at least cost.

6-13

OPERATIONS

Deep operations, combined with simultaneous
close operations, might be decisive in one operation,
while in an other, deep operations set the conditions
for future close operations to be decisive. Reaching
the decisive operations point quickly is the aim. The
factors of METT-T determine the relationship between
assets committed to close, deep, and rear operations.
Commanders must see the entire AO and react
promptly to developments anywhere within it.
Understanding time-space relationships and systems capabilities is vital to commanders’ reaction times
and contributes directly to maintaining the momentum of operations and the initiative. It is important toknow not only the location of the enemy but also how
fast friendly commanders can react to his initiatives
and how fast the enemy can react to our initiatives.
Battle is a contest of these dynamic relationships.
Synchronization of deep, close, and rear operations is a complex undertaking. It requires a clear understanding of commander’s intent within the organization, stimulating both command and staff initiative.
Effective operations in depth require dynamic, anticipatory responses in order to synchronize a variety ofassets, including space-based systems. The ultimate
success in synchronizing deep, close combat, and rear
operations determines the outcome of battles, major
operations, and campaigns.
Deep Operations
Deep operations are those directed against enemy
forces and functions beyond the close battle. They
are executed at all levels with fires, maneuver, andleadership. Deep operations affect the enemy througheither attack or threat of attack. They expand the battlefield in space and time to the full extent of friendly
capabilities. Effective deep operations facilitate overall
mission success and enhance protection of the force.
The deep battle is designed to nullify the enemy’s
firepower, disrupt his C2, destroy his supplies, andbreak his morale. A well-orchestrated deep battle may
help cause the enemy to be defeated outright or may
prevent him from achieving his intended objectives.
In conducting simultaneous attacks in depth, Army
forces employ long-range, intelligence-acquisition andtargeting assets, including electronic warfare and joint
assets, to track enemy forces, to complicate their operations, and to determine the effects of our strikes in
depth.
The enemy is best defeated by fighting him close

6-14

and deep simultaneously. In doing so, Army forces
use deep operations to set the conditions for decisive
future operations. Attack of enemy formations at depth
delays, diverts, or reduces enemy combat capabilities
and hastens enemy defeat. These operations enable
friendly forces to choose the time, place, and method
to fight the close battle. The principal targets of deep
operations are the freedom of action of the opposing
commander, the coherence and tempo of his actions,and the physical size of his force or selected parts of
it. Successful deep operations attack the enemy’s functions, such as his command, logistics, and air defense,
while also destroying his combat forces.
While firepower plays an essential role in the conduct of deep operations, the integrated application of
firepower and maneuver makes the Army’s deep attack capability effective. Airborne and air assault
forces, attack aviation units, and high-speed armor
forces provide the land component and joint force commanders the capability to thrust deep into the battlefield to seize facilities and destroy key enemy functions that would be too expensive or risky to attack byother means. Maneuver at depth will often result inclose combat. It may result in massing ground formations against a deep objective from previously dispersed friendly positions. It can also provide advantageous positions for indirect fire systems and bases
for aircraft, or it can secure an advantage by only thethreat of direct and indirect firepower against the enemy from those positions. Successful deep maneuver
requires the synchronization of supporting assets, including systems organic to Army echelons and thoseof other services or allied forces.
Close Operations
Forces in immediate contact with the enemy, inthe offense or defense, are fighting close operations.
Close operations are usually the corps and division
current battles. At the tactical level, they include theengagements fought by brigades and battalions. Commanders should dictate when and where to fight decisive close battles. Only ground forces can dominate
the terrain through close operations. No other meansare capable of doing this. Close battle occurs where,
when, and against whom commanders choose to commit assault formations. Normally it takes close operations on land to gain decisive and lasting battlefield
effects. Close operations by ground forces give commanders staying power.
The concept of close operations is sufficiently elastic to adjust to the conditions of a wide range of com-FM 100-5

bat situations. Since the close fight usually places
friendly forces at greatest risk, it is essential to choose
correctly the time and place for key close operations.
Moreover, commanders must concentrate forces only
when necessary for decisive effects, preferring to concentrate effects instead, if that is possible. Nonetheless, in some circumstances it will be necessary to concentrate forces. Forces can be dispersed, concentrated
to achieve decisive results, then dispersed again. Deciding between concentration of forces or massing ofeffects is a function of METT-T.
Rear Operations
Rear operations assist in providing freedom ofaction and continuity of operations, logistics, and battlecommand. Their primary purposes are to sustain thecurrent close and deep fights and to posture the force
for future operations. At the operational level, rear
operations support current operations and posture theforce for the next phase of the major operation or campaign. At the tactical level, they enhance thecommander’s ability to influence the tempo of combat, helping him take advantage of any opportunity
without delay. At either level, rear areas may not be
contiguous with forward areas, complicating both protection for rear area forces and sustainment of forces
fighting close operations.
Rear operations can be the targets of the enemy’s
deep attack. To preclude diverting assets needed for
close operations, commanders train and equip units
involved in rear operations to protect themselves
against all but the most serious threats.
Contingency plans can also commit combat forces
to respond to rear area threats. Protective actions in
the rear can be active and passive. Soldiers and leaders at all levels are alert to threats to rear areas. They
must be psychologically prepared to deal with them.
Commanders continually reevaluate the possibility ofserious threats to rear operations and devise measures
to meet them with minimum penalty to ongoing close
operations.

OFFENSE AND DEFENSE AT
THE TACTICALAND OPERATIONAL LEVELS
Commanders set favorable terms for battle by synchronizing ground, air, sea, space, and special operations capabilities to strike the enemy simultaneously
throughout his tactical and operational depths. The

theater commander attacks the enemy at strategic
depths to set conditions for deeper operational maneuver. Commanders and units seek to be unpredictable
to the enemy. They must be crafty and have a certain
amount of guile and cunning in selecting how to lay
out the battlefield and where, when, and against whom
to fight. They must also remember battle is two-sided
and the enemy influences the outcome.
Successful reconnaissance normally precedes successful operations at all levels. Large-scale groundmaneuvers always require protection from enemy
ground and air forces and sometimes from naval forces.
Joint force and component commanders continuously
synchronize interdiction, electronic warfare, air defense, air and ground reconnaissance and security, logistics, and special operations to support the overall
campaign and its integral ground operations, especiallyat decisive junctures. Planning is not fighting, andkey to success are the continuous adjustments during
the conduct of operations. Commanders achieve theinitiative by making adjustments and having options
when the enemy has none.
Ground operations require the coordinated movement and the dynamic, agile concentration of units up
to corps and numbered armies to gain positional advantage over the enemy. Intelligence, movement control, command on the move, air defense, deception,and logistics must all function harmoniously to support operational movements. Commanders protect key
forces and facilities—some of them deep in the reararea—during this movement.
Major tactical events can lead to fast-breaking developments. Coordination of actions that support the
movement of large forces is extremely important following major operations and battles. Commanders oflarge units will attempt to exploit tactical gains or defend and reorganize units. Air defense, deception,
ground and air transportation, reconnaissance and security, logistics, and movement control will be the chief
concerns as these movements occur.
Original plans may require modification as the enemy situation changes or becomes clear. Tactical formations, therefore, must be able to modify their direction of movement or orientation of defenses during
operations. The mental agility of the commander, organizational agility of his staff, and physical agility of
his units are vital to success. Staffs continually workto generate workable options for the

6-15

OPERATIONS

commander as fighting continues and friendly forces
seek to gain and maintain the initiative.
Use of reserves and realignment of forces is continuous. The commander may have to realign forces
in response to the operational situation or otherwise
attempt to adjust the terms of the battle itself to meethis objectives or facilitate future operations. A significant concern of the large-unit commander during
battle is to defeat the enemy’s operational reserves andcommit his own reserves, if necessary, at the decisive
time and place. Friendly operational reserves often
exploit the results of battle by penetrating deep beyond enemy defenses. In the defense, such reservescounterattack to defeat the enemy attack or start thefriendly counteroffensive. The operational reserve canlimit the enemy’s success or cover the force’s withdrawal. The theater commander attacks the enemy’s
strategic reserves. One-time commitment of reservesto achieve decisive results is desirable, but often not
attainable. Thus commanders and staffs continuallyreconstitute a reserve in order to have decisive options
available.
During the current battle, commanders compare
the progress of ongoing operations against the anticipated requirements of future operations. They continu-

ally assess the potential culmination of their force andseek to achieve decisive results before reaching culmination.
OFFENSIVE OPERATIONS
The offensive is the decisive form of war-¡the commanders’ ultimate means of imposing their will upon
the enemy. While strategic, operational, or tacticalconsiderations may require defending, the defeat ofan enemy force at any level may require shifting tothe offensive. Even in the defense itself, seizure andretention of the initiative requires offensive activities.
The more fluid the battle, the truer this will be.
Offensive campaigns and major operations are designed to achieve operational and strategic objectives
quickly and decisively at least cost. Operations Just
Cause and Desert Storm are good examples. Army
forces must also be adept and have the will to fight inmore protracted conflicts if necessary. Several dynamic characteristics apply to offensive operations:
initiative on the part of subordinate commanders, rapid
shifts in the main effort to take advantage of opportunities, momentum and tempo, and the deepest, most
rapid and simultaneous destruction of enemy defenses
possible.

Historical Perspective
The Desert Storm phase of the 1990-1991 Persian Gulf War reflects the dynamic joint andcombined nature of the operational offensive and simultaneous operations in depth.
Desert Storm began on 17 January 1991, when allied air and naval forces began the destruction of key
Iraqi strategic, operational, and tactical targets. By the end of the second day, the coalition air component had achieved air superiority; by 21 January the Iraqi air force was incapable of operations. Air
operations continued to strike at key systems in the heart of Iraq, as well as at the Republican Guard andfrontline Iraqi forces. USMC forces afloat tied down Iraqi ground forces along the coast with a threatened amphibious landing. SOF operated throughout the theater.
The coalition set the final conditions for the ground attack. It moved the VII Corps by ground tacticalmovement and the XVIII Airborne Corps by road convoy from defensive positions in the east to attack
positions up to 500 miles away, west of Kuwait. As air interdiction and operational deception operations
continued, allied ground forces were set to execute the decisive action against the enemy.
The major ground operation began in the early morning hours of 24 February. The objective was to drive
Iraqi forces from Kuwait, requiring defeat of the Republican Guard divisions in southern Iraq. The plan
for achieving this envisioned a deliberate attack along the Kuwaiti-Saudi Arabia border by the 1st Marine Expeditionary Force and Arab coalition forces. Included in the plan were deception operations to fix
Iraqi forces while the VII Corps and XVIII Airborne Corps swept around to the west of the Iraqi defenses
to envelop them, to strike deep into Iraq to sever Iraqi LOCs, and to isolate and defeat the Republican
Guard.

6-16

FM 100-5

The coalition attack began with supporting attacks on both flanks and a feint in the center of sector(Figure 6-2). The XVIII Airborne corps attacked in the west with two divisions. The French Daguet
Division (6th French Light Armored Division), with OPCON of a brigade of the 82d Airborne Division,
attacked to secure as-Salman Airfield and protect the coalition’s west flank. The 82d Airborne Division () followed and supported the 6th French Light Armored Division. The 101st Airborne Division (Air
Assault) conducted the largest air assault operation in history to secure a forward operating base deep in
Iraq.

Figure 6-2. Operation Desert Storm, 24 February 1991

On the coalition’s eastern flank, the 1st and 2d Marine Divisions, with an attached armor brigade of the
2d Armored Division and forces of the Saudi Arabian National Guard, attacked north into Kuwait. In thecenter, the 1st Cavalry Division conducted a feint as part of the plan to deceive the Iraqis as to thelocation of the coalition’s main effort.
Based on the initial success, United States Central Command (USCENTCOM) began the coalition’s maineffort 14 hours early. The XVIII Airborne Corps continued to attack west of the Iraqi obstacle belt withthe 24th Infantry Division and the 3d Armored Cavalry Regiment (ACR) to seize objectives inside Iraq.
VII Corps, conducting the main effort for USCENTCOM, attacked in the center with the 1st Infantry
Division penetrating the main Iraqi defensive belt. The 1st (UK) Armored Division attacked through thebreach to defeat Iraqi tactical reserves and secure the corps eastern flank. Simultaneously, to the west ofthis, the 2d ACR led the attack of the 1st and 3d Armored Divisions around the flank of the obstacle belt
and into Iraq. In the east, Arab coalition forces began their attack into Kuwait.

6-17

OPERATIONS

By the evening of 26 February, the VII Corps had turned 90 degrees to the east, fixed the Republican
Guard, and opened a corridor for the XVIII Airborne corps to continue their attack to the east after
having secured the coalition’s west flank. The 24th Infantry Division had reach the Euphrates River,blocking Iraqi western routes of withdrawal, and had turned east with the 3d ACR to engage the Republican Guard. Throughout the theater of operations, coalition forces held the initiative.
Coalition forces attacked on the night of 26 February, with VII Corps making the main attack against
three Republican Guard Armored Divisions (Figure 6-3) and parts of other Iraqi formations, to include
the Jihad Corps. In the south of the corps sector, the 1st Infantry Division conducted a night passage oflines through the engaged 2d ACR and immediately made contact. To their north, the 1st and 3d Armored
Divisions pressed the attack east while the 1st Cavalry Division, released for USCENTCOM reserve,
moved almost 200 kilometers in 24 hours to an attack position. XVIII Airborne corps pressed the attack
east to the north of VII Corps, with attack aviation of the 101st Airborne Division and ground and air
attacks of the 3d ACR and 24th Infantry Division. The allies pressed the attack relentlessly through thenight and during the day of 27 February toward the Iraqi city of Basrah and the coast of Kuwait.

Figure 6-3. Operation Desert Storm 24 February 1991

By the morning of 28 February, the Republican Guard divisions were effectively routed and incapable offurther coordinated resistance. At 0800 hours on the 28th, after the coalition achieved the military
objectives of the operation, President Bush called for coalition forces to cease offensive operations.

6-18

FM 100-5

The ideal attack might resemble a torrent of waterrushing forward and expanding its channels aroundmajor resistance. It should move fast, follow reconnaissance units or successful probes through gaps inenemy defenses, and shift its strength quickly to widen
penetrations and reinforce its successes, thereby carrying the battle deep into the enemy’s rear.
JFCs orient offensive campaigns and major operations on decisive objectives. Their plans identify
the center of gravity and decisive points and establish
objectives that lead to the enemy’s defeat. Although a
campaign should attempt to defeat the enemy in asingle major operation, an elusive enemy may cause
commanders to structure the campaign to defeat theenemy in a series of major operations.
Within a given theater, a number of ground, air,and naval operations occur simultaneously in supportof the campaign plan. Even during a major operation,
one large joint force might be attacking, another defending, and still another protecting LOCs, while others arrive in theater.
Additionally, commanders may find themselves
fighting offensive campaigns against either concentrated or dispersed enemy forces. Facing a concentrated enemy, operational commanders maneuver toforce the enemy to abandon his position or fight at a
disadvantage. In practice, this means directing operations against an enemy’s flanks or rear or penetrating
his defenses through weak areas. Facing a dispersed
enemy, attacking commanders can isolate and defeat
separated enemy forces in turn before they can join toorganize a stronger defense.
However, in any offensive operation, ground commanders try to collapse enemy defenses as rapidly as
possible with the smallest expenditure of resources.
They do this by massing fires, concentrating units only
when necessary. They also do this by retaining theinitiative, striking enemy weaknesses, attacking theenemy in depth, and creating conditions that preventthe enemy from organizing a coherent defense. Occasionally, attacking commanders maneuver to avoid
battles that would slow or weaken the offensive.
The initiative is critical to successful offensive operations. Whatever its purpose, campaign plans must
be flexible enough to accommodate change so commanders can shift their main effort in response to either setback or opportunity without losing the initiative. Accordingly, commanders anticipate likely en-emy actions and prepare contingencies for them andtrain their units to do likewise. Successful commanders do not run out of options and are always looking
for ways to hurt the enemy. Anticipation and continuous formulation of attack options are key.
Security of the force is crucial. Successful reconnaissance is vital to success. The high-speed mobilityof modern forces can create exposed LOCs and gaps
between large, friendly formations. Commanders
should anticipate this and take precautions to keep itfrom happening. Moreover, covering forces operate
well forward, providing early warning.
In each phase of a campaign, operational commanders deploy their units using whatever form of maneuver best fits the conditions of METT-T. They movethe force as a whole, orienting on enemy forces or
major geographical terrain features, keeping someforces in depth as reserves.
The employment of the reserve may be the most
crucial decision commanders make. As the battle isjoined, operational-level commanders adjust the final
maneuver of their forces and look for opportunities todefeat the enemy’s defense in depth. In particular,
they seek ways to employ their operational reserves
decisively. In any battle, commanders position operational reserves where they can best exploit tactical
success. As tactical success is achieved, the choices
for employing reserves become more certain, whether
to destroy the enemy in the battle area, to secure deep
objectives, or whatever else commanders desire. So it
is important that commanders plan for the commitment of the reserve and, once committed, anticipate
its reconstitution.
Finally, in an offensive campaign, commanders try
to preserve the fighting integrity of the force. However, if their force becomes dispersed or overextended,they may have to resort to the defense, planning forsuch a contingency as either a branch or sequel to theiroffensive operations.
DEFENSIVE OPERATIONS
The defense is the less decisive form of war. The
defense may nonetheless be stronger than the offense,
thus METT-T may necessitate defense in a campaign
for a force-projection army prior to conducting offensive operations. The advantages of cover and concealment, advance siting of weapons, shorter LOCs,
and operations over familiar terrain among a friendly
population generally favor the defender. The

6-19

OPERATIONS

advantages enjoyed by the attacker are the initialchoices of when and where to strike and when andwhere to mass; these give him the initiative. The major challenge of the defense is to overcome this initialoffensive advantage and look for and create early options to transition to the offense.
The defender uses prepared positions and knowledge of the ground to slow the attacker’s momentum
and strike him repeatedly and unexpectedly. The defender disrupts the attacker’s synchronization, degrades his strength and ability to concentrate, and defeats his force with effective use of combined arms.
The defender simultaneously attacks the enemy
throughout the full depth of his formations. He need
not kill every enemy tank, squad, or fieldpiece; he need
only destroy the ability of the enemy force to sustain
and coordinate his forward movement.

A successful defense consists of reactive and offensive elements existing together to deprive the enemy of the initiative. An effective defense is rarely
passive. The defender resists and contains the enemy
where he must but seeks every opportunity to conduct
offensive operations such as local counterattacks. Such
opportunities may be limited early in the defensive; as
the situation develops they become more numerous.
This is especially true when the defender takes steps
to uncover enemy vulnerabilities or confuse or disorganize enemy forces. When the attacker exposes himself, the defender’s reserves or uncommitted forces
counterattack. The defense that successfully destroys
the coherence of enemy operations can more easily
defeat him after the defender transitions to the offense.

Historical Perspective
The Yom Kuppur War, 6-24 October 1973, exemplifies the relationship between offensive and defensive
actions as the operational level of war. On 6 October 1973, at 1504 hours, the Egyptians launchedmassive air and artillery stikes against Israeli positions in the Bar Lev Line (Figure 6- 4). At precisely thesame time, Syrian forces opened a second operational axis against Israeli positions on the Golan Heights.
The Israeli High Command soon determined that the critical theater of operations would develop along
the Suez front and devised plans to begin decisive offensive operations there against the Egyptians. But
to ensure the ultimate success of these operations, Israeli troops had to maintain a strong defense in theGolan region, securing the strategic rear of the Israeli forces operating in the Sinai.
By the end of 6 October, Syrian commandos in a heliborne assault seized the key observation post on
Mount Hermon that overlooked the Golan Plateau and the Damasucs Plain. The next day, the Israeli 7thArmored Birgade defeated the Syrian 7th Infantry Division north of Juneitra. The 3d Tank Division,
operating in the second echelon of the Syrian attack, then sought a breakthrough on its own further to thesouth. This thrust was defeated in a fierce tank battle west of Amadiye.
On 6-7 October, Syrian forces achieved greater success across the more favorable terrain to the south
near the town of Rafid. Here, the 5th Mechanized Division broke the defenses of the Israeli 188th Armored Brigade. Although virtually destroyed (90 percent of the unit’s officers were killed or wounded),
the unit’s two-day struggle bought time of the Israeli defense, led by Major General Rafael Eitan. By theend of 7 October, the initial Syrian attack, reinforced by the 1st Tank Division, had reach offensive culmination near the western escarpment of the Golan.
During 8-9 October, General Eitan redeployed the 7th Armored Brigade from the north for a counterattack against the newly won Syrian positions. Catching the Syrians in the midst of

6-20

FM 100-5

resupplying their units, the Israelis were able to recover much of their lost territory. Eitan’s counterattack, however, was merely the prelude to an operationl counteroffensive that began on 10 October.

Figure 6-4. Yom Kippur War, 6 October 1973
Thanks in large measure to the last stand of the 188th Armored Brigade, the Isarelis were able to rush
three divisions to Eitan on the Golan front. These three division launched a coutneroffensive down theKuneitra-Damascus highway. By 12 October, the counteroffensive was so succesful that the Israelis
began to shift untis to the decisive Sinai front. All positions on the Golan were restored by 22 October
1973, Mount Hermon being retaken on that day (Figure 6-5).
Thanks to the stout defense by General Eitan and his troops on the Golan front, the great encircling battleof Suez-Adabiya was able to take place in the Sinai. The encirclement of the Egyptian Third Armyessentially sealed the victory for the Israeli armed forces in the Yom Kuppur War.

6-21

OPERATIONS

Figure 6-5. Yom Kippur War, 22 October 1973

Commanders fight defensive operations to defeat
a large, attacking force, retain territory, build strength,
or gain time. They also defend in certain areas as an
economy-of-force measure. They use the defense tohelp set the terms for future decisive operations.
In preparing for defensive operations, the commander considers the logistical base and the strengths,
limits, and vulnerabilities it imposes on him. The commander coordinates his plans for ground operations
with theater air, sea, space, and special operations toensure that the five are synchronized and that he fully
exploits the capabilities of each. The campaign planshould set clear objectives for all major forces in thetheater.

6-22

Defensive operations control the enemy’s attack
while preserving the defending force. Because theattacker normally attempts to push forces into thedepths of the defended theater, the defending commander holds reserves in depth. He may employ themto engage the enemy’s operational reserve, extricate
committed units after battle, exploit tactical successby imposing greater losses on the enemy, or seize theoperational initiative after a decisive victory. In particular, the defender isolates or defeats the attacker’s
operational reserve.
Whatever the design, commanders conducting defensive operations mix offensive and defensive tactical actions and contest the initiative at every opportunity. They consider their offensive actions carefully
but accept calculated risks. As a rule, any

FM 100-5

concept of operation the commander adopts reflects
the greatest possible use of mobility, surprise, knowledge of the terrain, and offensive tactics. The ultimate objective is to turn to the offensive and defeat
the enemy decisively.

CONFLICT TERMINATION
Military operations seek to end war on favorable
terms. Knowing when to end a war and how to preserve the objectives achieved are vital components ofcampaign design and relate to theater-strategic planning discussed earlier in this chapter. Before the first
shot is fired, the theater commander must have a clear
sense of what he needs to see in order to know that his
operations (and hence, the conflict) can end; he also
needs to know whether (and how) ending the conflictat the point he has chosen will contribute to the overall policy goals.
The combatant commander considers how military operations combine to bring the conflict to a favorable end. He must understand strategic objectives
and how victory in war contributes to those objectives.
National decision makers will rely on the advice ofsenior military leaders as they consider how and whento end a conflict. The commander provides decision
makers with critical information on enemy intent, objectives, strategy, and chances of success. Commanders consider the nature and type of conflict, the objec-

tives of military force, the plans and operations thatwill most affect the enemy’s judgment of cost and risk,
and the impact of military operations on alliance andcoalition warfare. The commander’s view of the situation on the ground and, particularly, the enemy’s residual fighting capacity and ability for continued resistance contribute importantly to the political determination that military operations should cease.
If the conditions have been properly set and met
for ending the war, the enemy should be both unable
and unwilling to resist. Success here should give political leverage to achieve the strategic objectives.
Since war is fought for political aims, it is only successful when such aims are ultimately achieved. Success on the battlefield does not always lead to successin war. Making sure that it does requires the close
collaboration of political and military leaders.
A period of postconflict activities exists in the period from the immediate end of the conflict to the accomplishment of the national strategic goals and objectives. A variety of operations other than war occur
during this period. Chapter 3 discusses this phase of aforce-projection operation, while Chapter 13 discusses
principles and considerations for operations other than
war.

6-23

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 7

FUNDAMENTALS OF THE OFFENSEThe offense is the decisive form of war. While
strategic, operational, or tactical considerations may
require defending for a period of time, defeat of theenemy sooner or later requires shifting to the offense.
Seizure and retention of the initiative comes with offensive action.
The fundamentals of the offense apply equally toentry operations as they do to more traditional offensive operations. In both cases, the intent is to gain
freedom of action to allow swift transition from one
action to another and to put the enemy at risk throughout the depth and space of the battlefield. The attacker
presses successful operations relentlessly to preventthe enemy from recovering from the initial shock of
the attack, regaining his equilibrium, forming a cohesive defense, or attacking in turn. The fight is taken to
the enemy in such a way as to achieve decisive victory at least cost.

surprised shift to the defender. One experienced soldier once put it this way, “Hit the other fellow as quickas you can, as hard as you can, where it hurts the most,when he isn’t looking.”
At times more direct attacks are possible. However, such attacks are nearly always costly in lives andmateriel. Commanders should undertake them only
when no other approach will accomplish the mission.
Inflicting physical damage is frequently necessary
for offensive success. The tactical offense can achieve
large gains by destroying the coherence of the defense,
fragmenting and isolating enemy units in the zone of
attack, and driving deep to secure decisive objectives.
Historically, the most successful offensives have produced more enemy prisoners than casualties, reflecting the significant impact of offensive shock on theenemy’s will to resist.

PURPOSES OF THE OFFENSE
The main purpose of the offense is to defeat, destroy, or neutralize the enemy force. Additionally, offensive operations are undertaken to secure decisive
terrain, to deprive the enemy of resources, to gain information, to deceive and divert the enemy, to holdthe enemy in position, to disrupt his attack, and to set
up the conditions for future successful operations.
Because tactical offensive operations often expose
the attacker, they normally require local superior combat power at the point of attack. That and the need tohave sufficient force available to exploit success imply accepting risk elsewhere. Commanders build up
sufficient combat power in their main effort to overwhelm the enemy at the critical time and place.
At the point of their attack, commanders avoid theenemy’s main strength, turning him out of his defensive positions, isolating his forces from sources of support, and forcing him to fight in an unintended direction over ground he has not prepared. By attacking
this way, the disadvantages of fighting exposed andCONTENTSPURPOSES OF THE OFFENSE ................... 7-0
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE OFFENSE .... 7-1
Surprise ................................................. 7-1
Concentration ....................................... 7-2
Tempo .................................................... 7-2
Audacity ................................................. 7-3
FORMS OF THE TACTICAL OFFENCE ....... 7-3
Movement to Contact ........................... 7-4
Attack ..................................................... 7-5
Exploitation ........................................... 7-8
Pursuit ................................................... 7-9
FORMS OF MANRUVER ............................. 7-11
Envelopment ........................................ 7-11
Turning Movement ............................... 7-11
Infiltration ............................................ 7-12
Penetration .......................................... 7-12
Frontal Attack ...................................... 7-12
OPERATIONS IN DEPTH ............................ 7-12
Deep Operations ................................. 7-13
Close Operations ................................ 7-13
Read Operations ................................. 7-13

7-0

FM 100-5

Offensive tactical operations are continuous, notisolated, battles. They may continue for weeks, presenting the enemy with continuous pressure and few
options. Commanders therefore plan for conducting
the tactical offense over extended times, resting troops
as necessary, and alternating and combining different
forms of maneuver and operations throughout the duration of the fighting. For example, the initial assault
to gain forcible entry may be followed by a defense of
the lodgment area by ground forces to protect thebuildup, while air and sea forces conduct simultaneous
offensive operations. Limited maneuver may follow
to expand the lodgment and to set the stage for a sustained ground offensive.
The offense is an integral part of any defense. A
defending force may attack to disrupt an expected enemy offensive, upsetting its preparation while buying
time and information. As in the case of the reconnaissance in force, a spoiling attack may develop into amajor offensive operation if the attack reveals an exploitable weakness. Raids are a special form of spoiling attack designed to destroy installations or facilities critical to the enemy’s operations. Commanders
may also conduct raids prior to or in conjunction withother offensive operations to confuse the enemy or todivert his attention.

CHARACTERISTICS
OF THE OFFENSE
The main feature of an offensive battle is the outflanking or bypassing of the defender—that is, taking
the initiative. The aim of the commander in an offensive battle is to expedite the decision. Surprise, concentration, tempo, and audacity characterize offensive
operations and are components of initiative. Initiative, combined with maneuver, makes decisive offensive operations possible.
The basic tenets allow the commander to focus
on these characteristics. In a violently executed attack,agility is particularly important. It requires that commanders anticipate developments and prepare branches
and sequels so that they are ready to exploit opportunities by shifting forces and activities quickly. Agility requires units to be able to rapidly change formation alignments and shift from one form of maneuver
to another without pause. To preserve synchronization on a fluid battlefield, commanders conduct detailed initial planning. Subordinates understand theintent of the next two higher commanders so well thatthey can properly exploit battlefield opportunities evenwhen communications fail. At every level, commanders develop options so that whatever happens, they canmaintain the momentum of the attack.
Commanders in the offense synchronize the effects from all of their assets, control operations to thedepth of their combat systems’ effective ranges, andchange direction frequently. They sustain themselves
and maintain the ability to change direction quickly
without losing the concentration of their forces andsynchronization of effects. Commanders use routes that
permit the most opportunities for maneuver aroundstrongpoints. Offensive battle plans include contingencies such as reverting to the defense when necessary,
exploiting opportunities whenever possible, changing
the direction or location of the main effort, or continuing operations in altered light or weather conditions.
As the conditions of battle change, commanders perceive opportunities and dangers and adjust accordingly.
Agile units plan for dispersal, use multiple routes, earmark reserves that are prepared for all conceivable
contingencies, and adjust as necessary to enemy use
of weapons of mass destruction.
SURPRISE
Commanders achieve surprise by striking the enemy at a time or place or in a manner for which it is
not physically or mentally ready. Knowing the enemy commander’s intent and denying his ability to
conduct thorough and timely intelligence is crucial.
Being unpredictable and using deception, cunning, andguile also help to gain surprise. Surprise is achievedby the direction, timing, boldness, and force of the attack. Surprise delays enemy reactions, overloads andconfuses enemy C2, induces psychological shock inenemy soldiers and leaders, and reduces the coherence of the enemy defense. By diminishing enemy
combat power, surprise enables an attacker to succeed
with fewer forces than he might otherwise require.
Achieving outright surprise once hostilities havebegun is difficult. The proliferation of modern surveillance and warning systems and the presence of global
commercial news networks make complete surpriseless likely. Nonetheless, surprise can still be achievedby operating in a manner the enemy does not expect.
The enemy may anticipate an attack, but he can still
be deceived as to its nature, its timing, and its force.
Bad weather, seemingly impassable terrain, feints,
demonstrations, and false communications can all be
used to7-1

OPERATIONS

lull the enemy into false expectations. Sudden and violent attacks have a paralyzing effect on the enemy. So
do attacks from unanticipated directions. Airborne,
air assault, and special operating forces deep in theenemy’s rear tend to have a disconcerting psychological effect on the enemy’s equilibrium.
Surprise can come from operations used to throw
the enemy off balance and eventually off guard. Repeated rehearsals by the Egyptian Army in 1973 caused
recurring alerts by Israeli forces on the Bar Lev Line.
The Israelis finally tired of the drills and believed that
the Egyptians did not intend to cross. At that point theEgyptians attacked, successfully achieving surprise.
Surprise can also come from an unexpected change
in tempo. Tempo may be slow at first, setting the conditions for a later acceleration that catches the enemy
off guard. After several weeks of air attacks in Operation Desert Storm with only limited offensive action
on the ground, the sudden breakthrough of allied forces
caught the Iraqis off guard. VII Corps’ night turning
movement into the flank of the Iraqi Republican Guard
units and the rapid exploitation, which put the 1st Infantry Division in blocking positions on the NorthSouth Coastal Highway and the 24th Infantry Division astride Highway 8 blocking the enemy’s retreator reinforcement, completely surprised the Iraqi forces
caught on the road.
CONCENTRATION
While surprise may contribute to offensive success, concentration is the ability to mass effects without massing large formations and is therefore essential for achieving and exploiting success. Concentration of any size force is also a vulnerability. Modern
technology makes the process of concentration moredifficult and dangerous. While advances in groundand airmobility enable the attacker to concentrate more
rapidly, they also enable the defender to react more
quickly. Moreover, the lethality of modern weaponry
significantly increases the threat to concentrated formations.
To overcome these difficulties, attacking commanders manipulate their own and the enemy’s concentration of forces by some combination of dispersion, concentration, deception, and attack. Dispersion
stretches the enemy’s defenses and denies lucrative
targets to deep fires. By concen- trating forces rapidly along converging axes, the attacker overwhelms
enemy forces at the point of attack by massing the

7-2

effects of combat power. The attacker makes every
effort to deceive the enemy as to his true intentions.
After a successful attack, attacking commanders keep
their force concentrated to gain full advantage of its
momentum. Should other forces threaten them, they
may disperse again. They adopt the posture that best
suits the situation, protects the force, and sustains themomentum of the attack.
Commanders designate a point of main effort andfocus resources to support it. They are ready to shift it
rapidly without losing synchronization of effects as
the attack unfolds. Allocating enough CS and CSS tounits making the main attack permits them to adjust tochanging circumstances without time-consuming andconfusing reorganizations. At the same time, commanders retain centralized control of sufficient assets
to shift the main effort to a supporting attack if it appears more advantageous.
At every level, especially at division and higher,
commanders conceal the concentration of their forces
until it is too late for the enemy to react effectively.
Units avoid or mask the patterns of their movement
and preparatory activity that might reveal the direction or timing of attack. Commanders monitor theirlogistical buildups, patrolling activities, communications, and indirect fires to keep the enemy from seeing
a visible change in the attacking force’s operating pattern. Speed, security, and deception are essential tosuccessful concentration of forces.
Concentration requires careful, prior coordination
with other services and coalition forces. At every stageof the attack commanders integrate joint intelligence
assets vertically and horizontally with joint fires. In
addition to the protection from detection and attack
that air superiority provides, tactical commanders
employ ground, air, and sea resources to delay, disrupt, or destroy the enemy’s reconnaissance. They
also employ air, air defense, fires, and maneuver forces
to gain tactical protection of combat and support forces
as they concentrate. Once concentrated, forces cangenerate tactical fires from ground systems, CAS, andsea-based systems to weight the main effort and tosustain the momentum of the attack.
TEMPO
Tempo is the rate of speed of military action; controlling or altering that rate is essential for maintaining the initiative. As opposing forces battle one another, military operations alternate between actions andFM 100-5

pauses. Sometimes units go slow at one point in order
to go fast later. Commanders seek a tempo that maintains relentless pressure on the enemy to prevent himfrom recovering from the shock and effects of the attack. A quick tempo demands an ability to make tactical decisions quickly, to execute operations that deny
the enemy a pause, and to exploit opportunities according to the commander’s intent. An attack tempo thatputs sufficient pressure on the defender is essential tosuccess; it promotes surprise, keeps the enemy off balance, contributes to the security of the attacking force,and denies the defender freedom of action. Properly
exploited, tempo can confuse and immobilize the defender until the attack becomes unstoppable.
Tempo can be either fast or slow. While speed isoften preferred, commanders adjust tempo to ensure
synchronization. At times, tempo may be slowed toensure conditions are set before accelerating again togain the advantages that come with speed. The attacker
may adjust his tempo prior to the final decisive action
to ensure the location of key enemy targets, to arrange
forces for a simultaneous attack in depth, or to complete resupply and repositioning to sustain the immediate transition to exploitation and pursuit. Once combat begins, attacking forces move fast to follow reconnaissance units or successful probes through gaps inenemy defenses before the enemy recovers. Attackers
shift their strength quickly to widen penetrations, rollup exposed flanks, and reinforce successes. The attacker
tries to carry the battle deep into the enemy rear to
break down the enemy’s defenses before it can react.
The attacker does not permit the enemy to recover fromthe shock of the initial assault, never gives him the time
to identify the main effort, and, above all, never affords him the opportunity to concentrate his forces ormass his effects against the main effort.
Tempo provides the necessary momentum for attacks to achieve their objectives. Tempo is a combination of speed and mass that creates pressure on the enemy. Speed, moreover, is not a substitute for the mass
produced by sound tactics. Commanders who overextend their ability to mass effects or otherwise act hastily may give the advantage to the enemy. To gain thegreatest advantage, commanders combine their control of tempo with sound tactics to create pressure; thisconfuses and shocks the enemy and robs him of his
combat power.
Commanders build tempo into operations throughcareful planning. They identify the best avenues for
attack, plan the battle in depth, provide for quick tran-

sition to other phases of offense, and concentrate andcombine forces effectively.
AUDACITY
Audacity is a key component of any successful
offensive action. A simple plan, boldly executed, requires audacious leaders to negate the dis-advantagesof numerical inferiority. A good example from Operation Desert Storm is the audacity demonstrated lateon 27 February 1991. The two ground troops of the 14th Cavalry reached Highway 8, which connected Kuwait City and Basrah. The squadron commander, operating on the extreme northern flank of the division,
attempted to contact the 1st Infantry Division tacticaloperations center to report his situation. He realized
the inherent risk to his force in continuing the attack
while separated from the rest of the division by 25
kilometers and without support by artillery or reinforcements due to the loss of radio communications.
Knowing the intent of the corps and division commanders, he blocked the Iraqi escape route. Subsequently,
1-4th Cavalry captured more than 1,000 prisoners.
Commanders should understand when and where
they are taking risks but must not become tentative inthe execution of their plan. A difficult situation handledboldly often leads to dramatic success. The offensive
is inherently a bold action and must be pursued withaudacity.

FORMS OF THE TACTICAL
OFFENSEThe four general forms of the tactical offense are
movement to contact, attack, exploitation, and pursuit. While it is convenient to talk of them as different
forms, in reality they flow readily from one to another.
Operations are increasingly fluid. Different forms ofattack—occurring throughout the depth of the battlefield simultaneously and in closely aligned phases thatshift back and forth—take new forms and offer increasing options for development. An attack may lead to
exploitation, which can lead to pursuit. But there arealso occasions when pursuit can be followed by deliberate attack, or deliberate attack can lead directly to
pursuit. The ebb and flow of battle opens up many
avenues for attack; victory goes to the bold.
In force-projection operations, the transition from
offense to defense is another critical ebb and flow. Entry forces have to survive their initial battles to build
forces. Initial-entry forces have to secure a lodgment

7-3

OPERATIONS

area to permit the buildup of forces. Their selectionof offensive and defensive missions changes with thesituation and flow of forces. Forced entry is clearly
offensive, but it often leads directly to the defense of
the newly gained lodgment area. On the other hand,
the tempo of force-projection operations may movefrom the initial offensive objective to a defensive pause
and then to a subsequent limited objective to seize key
terrain essential to the defense. As the buildup of forces
takes place, tactical units conduct a combination of
defensive and offensive operations to set the stage forthe sustained offensive operations. Such choices are
influenced principally by the factors of METT-T. The
forms of offensive operations serve different purposes
and offer specific outcomes at different points in theoffense.
MOVEMENT TO CONTACT
Movement to contact is the offensive operation
conducted to develop the situation and to establish or
regain contact. It may also include preliminary diversionary actions and preparatory fires. The extent andnature of the movement to contact depends on whether
opposing forces were previously in contact. If forces
are not in contact, then the central feature of the movement-to-contact operations is gaining or reestablishing contact with the enemy. Establishing contact occurs at some level in virtually all offensive operations
where forces are not in immediate proximity to one
another. Knowing the enemy’s location and activities
is an underpinning of a unit’s ability to conduct mobile, force-oriented battles. Technologies such as
space-based or joint-extended range surveillance andreconnaissance systems help locate the enemy, butphysical contact by friendly troops remains a vitalmeans of finding and fixing enemy forces. It is bestwhen friendly forces discover the enemy with at leastenough time to make hasty attack plans. Being surprised by inadvertently running into the enemy is always a possibility -- but not the preferred tactical option.
Approach March
An approach march is a variant of the movement
to contact. Commanders conduct an approach marchwhen they are relatively certain of the enemy’s location and are a considerable distance from the enemy.
Commanders adjust their tempo appropriately as they
anticipate closing with enemy forces. They decide
where their forces can deploy into attack formations
that facilitate the initial contact and still provide freedom of action for the bulk of their forces.

7-4

Two limited-purpose applications of the movement to contact are the search and attack, and reconnaissance in force.
Search and Attack
Search and attack operations are conducted bysmaller, light maneuver units and air cavalry or air
assault units in large areas. The purpose of this operation is to destroy enemy forces, protect the force,
deny area to the enemy, or collect information. Commanders use search and attack when the enemy disperses in an area of close terrain that is unsuited forheavy forces, when they cannot find enemy weaknesses, or when they want to deny the enemy movement in an area. They also employ search and attack
in rear areas against infiltrators or SOF. Finally, search
and attack is also useful as an area security mission toclear assigned zones.
Reconnaissance in ForceThe reconnaissance in force is a limited-objective operation by a considerable force to obtain information and locate and test enemy dispositions,strengths, and reactions. If the enemy situation must
be developed along a broad front, the reconnaissancein force may consist of strong probing actions to determine the enemy situation at selected points.
The enemy’s reactions may reveal weaknesses in his
defensive system.
Commanders may conduct reconnaissance in force
during mobile operations as a means of keeping pressure on the defender by seizing key terrain and uncovering enemy weaknesses. Even when commanders execute a reconnaissance in force primarily togather information, they must be alert to seize any
opportunity to exploit tactical success.
Meeting Engagement
The desired result of the movement to contact is
to find the enemy. When this happens, commanders
fight a meeting engagement. To maintain their freedom of action once they make contact (essential tomaintaining the initiative), commanders usually leadwith a self-contained force that locates and fixes theenemy.
The commanders hold the bulk of their force backso that when their lead forces make contact they canmaneuver the majority of their force without becoming decisively engaged. They fight through light resistance with lead units whenever possible to maintain theFM 100-5

momentum of the operation. Focusing combat power
rapidly requires agility in organizations and leaders.
Commanders also must balance the need to focus combat power rapidly with the need to keep other options
open and to maintain pressure to which the enemy mustreact. Sometimes a meeting engagement occurs bychance wherever the opposing forces meet. This is
not a preferred operation or one that intelligence assets should allow to happen. Rather, com-manders
seek to surprise the enemy whenever possible.
Sometimes in a race to an objective or occupationof key terrain, forces make contact while on the move.
Moreover, meeting engagements can occur even wheneach opponent is aware of the other, but both decide
to attack without delay.
Once commanders establish contact, they implement the option that provides them the most advantage. Hasty attacks usually follow movement-to-contact operations, but other options are possible. Amongthese are fixing the enemy force while the bulk of attacking forces bypass it or transitioning to a deliberate
attack. When Army forces run into a larger enemy, or
if the terrain is such that it offers an advantage, commanders may elect to conduct a hasty defense and force
the enemy to fight in the open. Commanders exploit
every opportunity. Whatever the choice¡attack or
defend¡at the point of collision of combat forces, commanders must be able to generate and sustain overwhelming combat power.
ATTACK
The purpose of the attack is to defeat, destroy, or
neutralize the enemy. The same fundamentals apply
to each type of attack. The differences between types
of attacks lie in the amount of planning, coordination,and preparation before execution—in other words, howthoroughly commanders can apply the fundamentals.
Force-oriented objectives allow greater freedom ofaction than terrain-oriented objectives and are therefore the preferred option. The attack usually follows
a movement to contact (see Figures 7-1 and 7-2) but isalso appropriate after defensive operations, exploitations, and pursuits. Deciding when to begin and end
an attack is a tactical or operational judgment based
upon its contribution to the commander’s objectives.
Whether hasty or deliberate, successful attack depends on the skillful massing of effects against theenemy force. The objective is to shatter the enemy’swill, disrupt his synchronization, and destroy his units’

cohesion and the willingness of his soldiers to fight.
Successful attacks leave defending units incapable offurther resistance.
Once commanders decide to attack, any unnecessary delays or preparatory movements before execution of the plan may allow the defender additional time
to react, which makes this defeat more difficult. Commanders, staffs, and units are prepared to react quickly.
Adjustments during the execution of the attack are to
be expected. Skillful commanders provide the means
and methods to work these adjustments rapidly in order to sustain the momentum of the attack. Theircourse of action is influenced by the purpose of theattack. Commander’s intent drives the selection ofavailable attack options—hasty attack, deliberate attack, spoiling attack, counterattack, raid, feint, demonstration, or any combination thereof.
Hasty Attack
The hasty attack is the most likely result of themeeting engagement. Commanders launch the hasty
attack with the forces at hand and with minimum preparation to destroy the enemy before he is able either toconcentrate or to establish a defense. The attacker may
also employ such an attack to seize a fleeting opportunity or to regain the initiative quickly after a successful defense. In the defense, hasty counterattacks may
recapture lost positions before the enemy has time toconsolidate his success. Commanders can often recover
lost ground and a shattered defense by counterattacking rapidly before the enemy is able to consolidate his
gains. At higher echelons, commanders anticipate andemploy hasty attacks in their contingency plans. Largeformations attack from the march, using hasty attacks
by subordinate units or covering forces.
Regardless of its purpose or echelon, a hasty attack enhances agility at the risk of losing synchronization. To minimize this risk, units conducting hasty
attacks should use standard formations and well-understood and -rehearsed plans supported by sound intelligence-preparation-of-the battlefield. Supportingarms and services react quickly using prearranged procedures. The more closely combat and supporting units
work together before the attack, the easier and more
successful such coordination will be. Hasty attacks
place a premium on habitual relationships among supported and supporting units at every level. A proper
IPB also enables commanders to anticipate hasty attack contingencies, allowing some planning to makethese attacks less improvised.

7-5

OPERATIONS

Figure 7-1. Offensive Operation, Step 1

7-6

FM 100-5

Figure 7-2. Offensive Operation, Step 2

7-7

OPERATIONSDeliberate Attack
In contrast to hasty attacks, deliberate attacks are
fully synchronized operations that employ the effectsof every available asset against the enemy defense.
They are often conducted from a defensive posture.
Because such synchronization requires careful planning and extensive coordination, deliberate attacks taketime to prepare. During this time, the enemy can improve his defenses, disengage, or launch a spoilingattack of his own. Commanders should use the deliberate attack when the enemy situation is known andwhen the combined arms team can be employed with
sufficient combat power to defeat the enemy. They
consider all of the factors of METT-T and the principles of war to thwart the enemy’s defensive preparations, especially making effective use of bold maneuver and annihilating fires.
Spoiling Attack
Commanders mount spoiling attacks from a defensive posture to disrupt an expected enemy attack.
A spoiling attack attempts to strike the enemy while
he is most vulnerable—during his preparations for attack in assembly areas and attack positions—or while
he is on the move prior to crossing his line of departure. In most respects, commanders conduct spoilingattacks like any other attack. They may be either hasty(when time is short) or deliberate (when the commandhas obtained adequate forewarning). When the situation permits, however, commanders exploit a spoilingattack like any other attack.

As in spoiling attacks, commanders prepare to
seize the opportunity to exploit success by the entire
force. However, counterattacks may be limited to
movement to better terrain in order to bring fires on
the enemy. Counterattacks can achieve greater effects
than other attacks, given the same forces on both sides,
because the defender can create more favorable conditions. If it is possible to fix the enemy, then timing
can be controlled and the counterattack rehearsed.
Raid
A raid is a limited-objective attack into enemy territory for a specific purpose other than gaining andholding ground. Commanders conduct raids to destroy key enemy installations and facilities, to captureor free prisoners, or to disrupt enemy C2 or support
functions. The raiding force withdraws from the objective area after completing its mission and, unless it
is a stay-behind unit, recovers to friendly lines.
Feint and Demonstration
Diversionary operations include feints and demonstrations. A feint is designed to divert the enemy’s
attention from the main effort. Brigades and smaller
units conduct feints. Feints are usually shallow, limited-objective attacks conducted before or during themain attack. During Operation Desert Storm, units of
the 1st Cavalry Division, as part of the VII Corps, conducted feints in the Rugi pocket prior to 24 February
1991, to fix Iraqi frontline units and to deceive Iraqi
commanders that the coalition main attack was going
to be in the Wadi al-Batin.

Counterattack
Commanders conduct counterattacks either witha reserve or with lightly committed forward elements.
They counterattack after the enemy launches his attack, reveals his main effort, or creates an assailable
flank. Although commanders conduct counterattacks
much like other attacks, synchronizing them within
the overall defensive effort requires careful timing.

A demonstration is a show of force in an area
where a decision is not sought. A demonstration threatens attack but does not make contact. Feints and demonstrations deceive the enemy as to the true intentionsof the attacker. They pin the enemy in place, divert
his attention, and allow decisive action elsewhere. Ifthey unveil weaknesses in the enemy, they are followed
up with a hasty or deliberate attack.

Counterattacks afford the defender the opportunity to create favorable conditions for the commitmentof combat power. Counterattacks can be rehearsed,
their timing can be controlled, and the ground to be
traversed can be prepared. Counterattacks are mostuseful when they are anticipated, planned, and executedin coordination with other defending, delaying, or attacking forces and in conjunction with a higher
commander’s plan.

EXPLOITATION
In exploitation, the attacker extends the destruction of the defending force by maintaining offensive
pressure. Attacks that result in annihilating a defending enemy are rare. More often, the enemy will attempt to disengage, withdraw, and reconstitute an effective defense as rapidly as possible. In large-scale
operations, the enemy may attempt to draw forces fromless active areas or bring forward previously uncommitted reserves.

7-8

FM 100-5

Opportunities for local exploitation may occur evenas the attack continues elsewhere in the same battle
space.
Units remain alert to enemy signs that would signal the opportunity to transition to exploitation. Events
such as increased EPWs, enemy units disintegrating
after initial contact, lack of organized defense, andcapture of or absence of enemy leaders all signal tothe attacking units their opportunity to transition to
exploitation. Commanders should be ready to follow
every attack (when not restricted by higher authority
or lack of resources) without delay. Such bold exploitation keeps the enemy under pressure, compounds his
disorganization, and erodes his will to resist. The ultimate objective of the exploitation is the disintegration of the enemy to the point where he has no alternative but surrender or flight. This requires applying
different tempos among subordinate commands to takeadvantage of exploitation in one sector while pressing
the attack in others.
While exploitation following an attack is fundamental, it is especially important in a deliberate attack. Failure to exploit aggressively the success ofthe main effort may provide the enemy sufficient time
to regain the initiative. Commanders consider exploitation and move rapidly to execute it when they see
the opportunity.
Commanders of committed forces act fast to capitalize on local successes. When possible, the forces
already leading the attack continue directly into the
exploitation. If that is not feasible, commanders passfresh forces into the lead. Exploitation requires thephysical and mental aggressiveness to combat the friction of night, bad weather, dangers of fratricide, andextended operations. After weighing and accommodating the risks, commanders ruthlessly exploit vulnerable forces.
Commanders normally designate exploiting forcesby fragmentary orders issued during an attack. Typical missions for these forces include seizing objectives deep in the enemy rear, cutting LOCs, isolating
and destroying enemy units, and disrupting enemy C2.
Commanders of the exploiting force are given thegreatest possible freedom of action to accomplish their
mission. They act with great aggressiveness, initiative, and boldness. Their objectives are a critical communications center, key terrain that would significantly
contribute to destruction of organized enemy resistance, or simply a point of orientation.

As the enemy becomes demoralized and his formations begin to disintegrate, exploitation may develop
into pursuit. Commanders of all units in exploitationmust anticipate the transition to pursuit and must consider any new courses of action that become available
as enemy cohesion and resistance break down. See
Figure 7-3.
PURSUITA pursuit is an offensive operation against a retreating enemy force. It follows a successful attack or
exploitation and is ordered when the enemy cannot
conduct an organized defense and attempts to disengage. The object of the pursuit is destruction of the
opposing force. If it becomes apparent that enemy
resistance has broken down entirely and the enemy isfleeing the battlefield, any type of offensive operation
can give way to pursuit. Command-ers conduct air
and ground operations to intercept, to capture, or todestroy the enemy. Air forces can also interdict fleeing forces. Like exploitation, pursuit encompasses
broad decentralization of control and rapid movement.
Unlike exploitation, however, commanders can rarely
anticipate pursuit, so they do not normally hold forces
in reserve solely to accomplish this mission. Therefore, commanders must be agile enough to react when
the situation presents itself.
Exploitations and pursuits test the audacity andendurance of soldiers and leaders alike. Both of these
operations risk disorganizing the attacker nearly as
much as the defender. As LOCs become extended,soldiers tire and equipment wears down. Extraordinary physical and mental effort is necessary to sustain
momentum, transition to other operations, and translate tactical success into operational or strategic victory. Pursuit, like other operations, can give way toother forms of the offense. As the Allies pursued German forces to the Rhine in November 1944, the FirstUS Army turned unexpectedly from pursuit operations
to the deliberate attack of an organized defense at the
Huertgen Forest. Some tactical difficulty and highfriendly losses occurred due to problems recognizing
the need to transition from exploitation back to deliberate attack.
Although history reveals examples in which theoffense occurred in the sequence of movement to contact, attack, exploitation, pursuit (see Figures 7-1, 72, and 7-3), many offensive operations deviate fromthis pattern in one way or another. Attacks—especially counterattacks—can take place with little preparation or foresight. The Battle of Gettysburg resulted
from just

7-9

OPERATIONS

Figure 7-3. Offensive Operation, Step 3

7-10

FM 100-5

such an unintended collision. Successful attack may
give way directly to pursuit, bypassing exploitation
altogether. Such a pattern was typical of engagements
in Vietnam, where enemy forces attacked by US forces
simply sought sanctuary in Laos or Cambodia. Pursuit occurs infrequently and exploitation usually ends
short of annihilation, curtailed either by insufficientsustaining capability or by deliberate strategic restriction. Whenever possible, however, commanders use
pursuit to overwhelm and shatter the enemy, making
further resistance impossible.
Commanders rarely use all four forms of the offense; they select a combination and order that provide the greatest advantage. Thus, the objective soughtfrom the different attack forms does not always leadto exploitation. Spoiling attacks and feints rarely develop into full exploitation, although unusual circumstances may convert either into a full-scale attack.
Demonstrations, which seek no real contact, serve todeceive the enemy into expecting an attack.
Commanders recognize that the many types of operations they employ within the offensive and defensive forms may run into one another with no abrupt
and discernible break. They employ spoiling attacks
while defending to slow the tempo until they are readyto conduct a sustained offensive. As they prepare totransition from one offensive operation to another orfrom offense to defense, they can conduct a feint in
one area to divert the enemy as the condition for conducting operations elsewhere.

FORMS OF MANEUVER
The forms of maneuver are envelopment, turning
movement, infiltration, penetration, and frontal attack.
Commanders use these forms of maneuver to orienton the enemy, not terrain. They determine what formof maneuver to use by their analysis of the factors of
METT-T. However, this is art, not science, and morethan one form of maneuver may apply. The forms ofmaneuver and the forms of tactical offensive operations complement one another (see Figures 7-2 and7-3) and may apply to either linear or nonlinear battlefields. Further, a commander’s statement of intent orconcept of operations should articulate how fires will
be used to support whatever form of maneuver he decides to use.
Reconnaissance is a precursor to maneuver andfire. Reconnaissance elements maintain contact withthe enemy, develop the situation, and forewarn maneuver units prior to initial engagements. Orienting
their movement on the movement of the enemy, reconnaissance elements avoid decisive engage-ments.
Tactical reconnaissance includes cavalry regiments andsquadrons, army aviation, drones, SOF, scouts, engineers, and maneuver units.
ENVELOPMENT
Envelopment uses maneuver and fires to put
greater relative combat power against the defender andstrip him of his advantages. To use this form of maneuver, commanders must find or create an assailable
flank, pitting their strength against the enemy’s weakness. Sometimes the enemy exposes his flank by his
own forward movement, unaware of his opponent’s
location. In a fluid battle involving noncontiguous
forces, the combination of air and indirect fires may
isolate the enemy on unfavorable terrain and establish
the conditions for maneuver against an assailable flank.
The attacker may develop the assailable flank byarriving from an unexpected direction. He may also
fix the defender’s attention forward through a combination of fires and supporting or diversionary attacks
while he maneuvers his main effort to strike at theenemy’s weak flanks and rear. The attacker needs tobe agile enough to concentrate his forces and mass his
combat power effects before the enemy can reorient
his defense.
An encirclement is an extension of either a pursuit or an envelopment. A direct-pressure force maintains contact with the enemy, preventing his disengagement and reconstitution. It attempts to inflict maximum casualties. Meanwhile, an encircling force maneuvers to envelop the enemy, cutting his escape routes.
If necessary, the encircling force organizes a hasty defense behind the enemy, blocking his retreat, while
synchronizing the fires of the joint or combined team
to complete the destruction of the encircled force.
Forces must also be positioned to block or interdict
the enemy’s attempt to break through to the rear or
break out of other points. All available means should
be used to contain the enemy, including obstacles.
Then, all available fires are brought to bear to weakenor collapse the enemy.
TURNING MOVEMENT
The turning movement, like the envelopment, uses
freedom of maneuver to create a decisive point where
the enemy is unprepared. The attacker secures key

7-11

OPERATIONS

terrain deep in the enemy’s rear and along its LOCs
by maneuvering around the enemy. Deep fires become relatively more important in this type of maneuver to protect the maneuver force and attack the enemy, especially when unaccompaned by artillery. This
threat forces the enemy to abandon his prepared defense and attack in an undesirable direction and at atime of his opponent’s choice. The X Corps and USMC
amphibious assault at Inchon was a classic turning
movement that achieved strategic and operational effects.

FRONTAL ATTACK
The frontal attack strikes the enemy across a wide
front and over the most direct approaches. It is normally used when commanders possess overwhelming
combat power and the enemy is at a clear disadvantage. Commanders mass the effects of direct and indirect fires on enemy positions, shifting indirect andaerial fires just before the assault.

INFILTRATION
Infiltration uses covert movement of forces
through enemy lines to attack positions in the enemy
rear. Light infantry units are especially valuable for
infiltration operations. Commanders may use infiltration to attack lightly defended positions or stronger
positions from flank and rear, to secure key terrain insupport of the main effort, or to disrupt enemy rear
operations. Commanders are careful to avoid alerting
the enemy as to their intentions by the position of maneuver and artillery units and the effects of fires insupport of the infiltration. Commanders normally use
infiltration in conjunction with other forms of maneuver.

For deliberate attacks, the frontal attack may be
the most costly form of maneuver since it exposes theattacker to the concentrated fires of the defender while
limiting the effectiveness of the attacker’s own fires.
As the most direct form of maneuver, however, thefrontal attack is useful for overwhelming light defenses,
covering forces, or disorganized enemy forces. It is
often the best form of maneuver for a hasty attack or
meeting engagement in which speed and simplicity
are paramount to maintaining battle tempo and, ultimately, the initiative. The frontal attack is an appropriate form of maneuver to be used by a fixing force
as a supporting attack to an envelopment. The frontal
attack may also be used during exploitation or pursuitand by subordinate elements of a large formation conducting an envelopment or penetration.

PENETRATION
Commanders use penetration when enemy flanks
are not assailable. They mass sufficient combat powerat the point of penetration to overwhelm the enemy
and gain the advantage (see Figure 7-2). They masseffects from fires of all available means at the point ofpenetration to make the breach, hold open the shoulder, and cripple any enemy counterattacks. Other attacking forces minimize losses by employing feints
and demonstrations, fixing the defender with the intensity of their fires along the front, or catching thedefender by surprise with rapid and violent execution.

As discussed in Chapter 6, tactical commanders,
as well as operational commanders, conduct offensive
operations simultaneously throughout the depth of thebattlefield. The payoff is high-tempo operations that
present the enemy with one continuous operation.
Commanding forces in depth requires an understanding of the relationship of friendly forces to enemy
forces in time, space, and purpose. Commanders determine the arrangement of battlefield activities within
the width, depth, and height of the battlefield over time(see Figures 7-1, 7-2, and 7-3).

Because penetration is an attack into the strengthof the defense, it could be costly in friendly casualties. Penetration may be necessary to rupture enemy
defenses on a narrow front to create assailable flanks
and access to the enemy’s rear. Commanders may attempt penetration on one or several axes, dependingon the forces available. Commanders carefully weighthe advantage of attacks on multiple axes to avoid
undue costs and casualties. Multiple penetrations may
be desirable if they force the enemy to disperse hisfires and consider multiple threats before committing
his reserves.

7-12

OPERATIONS IN DEPTH

Three closely related activities occur in well-synchronized operations: deep, close, and rear operations.
Commanders may pursue separate battle objectives byusing deep and close combat operations, either ofwhich may be the main effort. In addition, during the
conduct of operations, the lines of distinction among
these three activities tend to blur. As a result, commanders need to teach their staffs and subordinate commanders how to achieve the desired effects.

FM 100-5

DEEP OPERATIONSAt the tactical level, commanders design operations in depth to secure advantages in later engagements and to protect the force. The preferred method
is to simultaneously engage enemy forces throughout
the depth of the battle area and achieve decisive results rapidly. The purpose of these operations is todeny the enemy freedom of action and to disrupt ordestroy the coherence and tempo of his operations.
Attack of enemy formations at depth destroys, delays,
disrupts, or diverts enemy combat capability. These
attacks also aim at enemy functions such as command,logistics, or air defense, thus exposing or creating avulnerability that friendly forces can exploit.
Typical deep operations include interdiction byground and air maneuver and fires, either singly or in
combination; deep surveillance and target acquisition;and command, control, and communications countermeasures (C3CM). Other activities in depth, such ascounterfire and electronic countermeasures, focus oneffects that protect the force before and during the close
battle. To synchronize activities that are both deepand close, commanders prioritize and integrate theavailable collection and intelligence resources with aplan of attack to give the tactical information necessary to make critical decisions.
Deep operations for different echelons may occur
anywhere on the battle-field. To ensure unity of effort, higher echelons and joint forces coordinate deep
activities that may affect or complement the operations of brigades and subordinate units.
CLOSE OPERATIONSClose operations are when soldiers close with anddestroy the enemy. Close combat is normally requiredfor decisive and lasting effects on the battlefield. It isalso the type of combat that places soldiers at greatest
risk. Close operations are the activities of the mainand supporting efforts around or through enemy defenses to occupy objectives that permit the defeat ofdefending forces. Commanders pick a combinationof the forms of offensive operations and maneuver to
use at the critical time and place to close with and destroy the enemy. Dispersed formations that mass tofight decisive, close battles disperse again to protect
the force and allow attacking commanders to pick thetime, place, and circumstances for the battle.
Commanders weight their combination of options
to mass effects. For example, commanders may fix

part of the enemy force with a frontal attack by asmaller force, while maneuvering the rest of the force
in an envelopment to turn the enemy from his defensive positions and defeat him in detail. This causes
commanders to designate the envelopment as the maineffort so they can concentrate forces and mass the effects of combat power to achieve decisive results.
Priority of fires shifts with the main effort during these
operations. Massed fires are critical. Setting a baseof fire and movement of forces to close with and destroy the enemy is the essence of close operations.
Allocation of forces, selection of the location at which
the enemy will be destroyed, and the tempo of the fight
are functions of METT-T. Once committed, friendly
forces press the fight to overwhelm the enemy rapidly.
In close operations, reconnaissance and security
forces serve as covering forces. They are the advance,
flank, or rear guards that locate the enemy, find gaps
in his defenses, protect the force from surprise, develop the situation, and give commanders time andspace in which to control enemy actions. Given extended and noncontiguous battlefields, tactical commanders may choose a variety of methods to secure
the gaps between their subordinate units when they
are operating at great distances from one another.
The reserve enters the action offensively at theproper place and moment to clinch the victory. This
is its primary purpose. In this way it provides thesource of additional combat power to commit at thedecisive moment, and it provides a hedge against uncertainty. Once the attack begins, commanders shape
the course of the battle and take decisive action, deciding when, where, and if to commit the fires of the
supporting arms and their reserves. Thus, the initialstrength and location of reserves vary with contemplated missions, the type of maneuver, possible hostile reaction, and clarity of the situation.
REAR OPERATIONS
Rear operations ensure freedom of action of committed and uncommitted forces and protect the means
necessary to sustain combat operations and support
the force. The location of CSS functions need not be
contiguous to their supported combat forces. Sometimes a rear area may not be apparent. A rapid, extended major operation may place tactical units far
from the original support area. Commanders may decide to separate their support units and extend their
LOCs. They then consider the resources for temporary LOCs.

7-13

OPERATIONS

Additionally, they need to have procedures for ensuring support by keeping roads clear. On more constrained battlefields, rear areas are of particular concern to divisions and larger units that must allocate
forces and other resources to maintain freedom of action and continuity of operations during and following an attack. The enemy will either bypass or attack

7-14

these rear area units and facilities, depending on his
objective. LOCs, reserves, and displacing support elements are the logical targets of the enemy’s own deep
operations. Commanders protect them by remaining
capable of quick reaction to any posed threat.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 8

PLANNING AND CONDUCTING THE OFFENSE
Offensive doctrine leaves the commander wide
latitude and the greatest possible freedom of action toaccomplish the mission. Offensive operations are characterized by rapid shifts in the main effort to take advantage of opportunities by momentum and by the
deepest, most rapid, and simultaneous destruction ofenemy defenses possible. In applying the four forms
of offense (see Chapter 7), commanders at all levels
plan and synchronize joint intelligence and fires with
their combat and CS systems to gain full advantage of
their ability to see and strike the enemy simultan-eously
throughout the depth and space of his AO. Within
their AOs, commanders exploit their successes withadditional forces and fires to increase the momentumof the attack and overwhelm the enemy.
Brigades and divisions accomplish major offensive tasks as part of corps or JTF operations. Battalions attack, delay, or defend as a function of the larger
mission. Corps and divisions may employ divisions
and brigades respectively as ground combat forces ina deep, combined arms battle. For smaller tactical units
so employed, however, their activity is close combat.

PLANNING THE OFFENSE
Tactical planning centers on preparing for combat. Such planning can be relatively deliberate, suchas before beginning offensive maneuver; or it might
be more rapid, such as when done simultaneously withthe conduct of the offense. Planning and fighting in
the offense can, and usually does, occur simultaneously.
Essential to success is a succinct statement of thecommander’s intent (discussed in Chapter 6). The
commander’s intent should be complemented by asimple concept of operations that is clearly expressedin a manner that permits the attacker to press the fightby taking away the natural advan-tages of the defender.
Commanders tailor their offensive concept to thespecific situation. Planning may occur while units arestill in a defensive posture, preparing to begin offensive operations. It may also occur in anticipation ofshifting efforts within the ebb and flow of continuous
operations. Tactical units must be committed in theright place, at the right time, and in the right combination. Commanders attempt, where possible, toattack enemy forces simultaneously throughout their
AO in order to stun and then rapidly defeat them.
The attacker seeks to maintain his momentum at
all times. To avoid losing momentum after seizing
their initial objectives in hasty or deliberate attacks,
commanders plan for success. They exploit successes
relent-lessly, choosing the appropriate combination ofactions over time. They use reconnaissance, since mostsuccessful attacks are preceded or led by successfulreconnaissance. Offensive plans facilitate transition
to future operations, allow rapid concentration anddispersal of units, introduce fresh forces to exploit
success, rest other forces, protect the force, and sustain combat operations throughout their duration.
Commanders conduct an estimate at the beginningof their planning process to determine how best to accomplish their mission. As they make this estimate,they consider the factors of METT-T, which have tactical, operational, and strategic applications. The
commander’s estimate is a continuous process. Sincecommanders remain alert to changes in their situation,
they continuously review the METT-T analysis.

CONTENTS
PLANNING THE OFFENSE .......................... 8-1
Mission .................................................. 8-2
Enemy .................................................... 8-2
Terrain and Weather ............................. 8-2
Troops .................................................... 8-3
Time Available ....................................... 8-3
PREPARING FOR ATTACKS ....................... 8-3
CONDUCTING ATTACKS ............................. 8-4

8-1

OPERATIONSMISSION
Commanders pass to their subordinates a clear
statement of what is to be done and for what purpose.
Different combinations of offensive and defensive operations allow subordinate commanders freedom of action. Whenever possible, commanders assign subordinates a force-oriented objective and a zone with few
restrictive measures. They attempt to assign missions
that last some time so that the momentum of the attack is not constantly interrupted. They give subordinate commanders a heads-up as to what they are thinking about for the future, and they issue warning orders
when they are certain of future courses of action. Some
operations require greater control and coordination,necessitating more detailed orders for attacks. In allcases, commanders anticipate likely developments
during an attack. They bear in mind their superior’s
mission and intentions, prepare to continue beyond
their assigned objectives, and assume additional responsibilities. Commanders and staffs gain and maintain the initiative by continuously developing executable options through the campaign to keep the enemy
off balance.
ENEMY
Commanders consider the enemy’s dispositions,equipment, doctrine, capabilities, and probable coursesof action. The intelligence system serves commanders directly when it directs its capabilities to their needs.
Commanders get directly involved in deciding priorities for reconnaissance and intelligence operations.
Commanders aggressively seek gaps or weaknesses
in the enemy’s defenses; study enemy defensive preparations and attempt to obstruct and frustrate those
preparations; and plan to penetrate enemy security areas, overcome obstacles, avoid the strengths of established defenses, and destroy the coherence of the defense. All of this requires an active, predictive intelligence effort oriented on critical units and areas.
In a force-projection army, where forces are often
offset a great distance from their full complement of
support, tactical units frequently turn to senior headquarters for answers to tactical intelligence requirements before they can do their own intelligence-gathering activities. These include identifying and locating enemy reserves as accurately as possible; locating
and tracking enemy fire support systems; gathering
information about enemy intelligence capabilities, toinclude air capabilities and air defenses. Aggressive
reconnaissance to see the enemy and to anticipate his

8-2

reactions, coupled with equally aggressive force-projection actions, is also important to getting and keeping the initiative.
TERRAIN AND WEATHER
Attacking forces select avenues of approach that
permit rapid advance, afford maneuver opportunities
to the attacking force, provide cover and concealment,
permit lateral shifting of reserves, allow good communications, resist obstruction by enemy obstacles, andorient on key terrain. They exploit weather conditions that affect mobility, concealment, and air support whenever possible. Commanders and staffs demand tactical weather forecasts that will affect ground
operations and operations by Army aviation in the
ground environment, in addition to the more generaltheater weather patterns.
Terrain designated for the main effort should allow for rapid movement into the enemy’s rear area.
Commanders typically identify and avoid terrain thatwill hinder a rapid advance; however, an initial maneuver over difficult terrain may be desirable to surprise the enemy. Commanders personally reconnoiterthe terrain whenever possible, particularly the terrain
where they will conduct the main effort. Time spent
in reconnaissance is time well spent.
Attackers pay particular attention to obstacles.
Commanders plan to negotiate or avoid urban areas,
rivers, extreme slopes, thick forests, or soft groundbetween their units and their objective. They use suchterrain, when parallel to the axis of advance, to protect their own flanks. Light forces can use such areas
as approaches, or they can capitalize on them for defensive positions, freeing heavier forces for maneuver. To deny key terrain to the enemy along the axisof advance, the commander either seizes it or controls
it by fire. While the majority of operations are forceoriented, decisive terrain can become the focal pointof the attack.
Weather and visibility conditions significantly affect offensive operations. The concealment and protection from air attack that weather or light conditions
offer can be critical to success, especially air assault
or airborne operations. Ground conditions increaseor reduce the number of avenues available for maneuver and affect speed of movement for all forces. Maintenance and logistics support of heavy forces and limitations on air operations also increase with inclement
weather.

FM 100-5

TROOPS
The number and type of friendly troops available
affect the tactical plan. Choosing which units for whichtypes of actions is vital to success and is influenced by
the status of the units’ training and the experience of
their leaders. Commanders consider relative mobility, protection, and firepower as they design a planthat makes full use of the reinforcing effects of combined arms. Commanders employ units according totheir capabilities. Dismounted infantry can open approaches for armor and mechanized forces by attacking through heavy cover or by penetrating anti-armor
defenses. Air assault or airborne units can seize objectives in depth to block enemy reserves or secure
choke points.
Armor units can move rapidly through gaps to disorganize the defense in depth. Field artillery, ADA,
engineer, and chemical units perform critical functions
to support all elements of an attacking force. Aviation
units engage the full range of enemy ground targets aswell as enemy helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft. The
extent of possible combinations of forces enhances
agility.
TIME AVAILABLE
Offensive operations become harder to conduct
when the defender has more time to organize theground and bring up more troops. The attacker takes
time to assure that he can concentrate his forces togenerate all available combat power for the attack. The
presence of space-age telecommunications and theelectronic media also limit available time. Electronic
media can report news of engagements on internationaland national news broadcasts before higher and adjacent commands are informed of the battle. In an austere environment, commanders may have limited
awareness of media reporting and its effect on public
opinion. Operational and higher-level tactical commanders need to recognize and plan for the presence
and effects of news media.
Commanders acquire speed by making the necessary reconnaissance and providing the proper artillery
and other tactical support, including air support. They
also acquire speed by bringing up forces and thenlaunching the attack with a predetermined plan to reduce the time under fire to a minimum. Once an attack is underway, time remains critical. The attack
can succeed only if it achieves its objective before theenemy recovers his balance, identifies the threat to his
defense, and masses forces and fires against the attack. Time is therefore vital to the attacker; he must

prolong the enemy’s surprise, confusion, and disorganization as long as possible and maintain the momentum of the attack. The aim is to conduct the attack at
a tempo of operations and a degree of lethality—both
applied simultaneously throughout the battle area—that the enemy cannot handle.

PREPARING FOR ATTACKS
Commanders maximize time available for planning and issuing orders. They give subordinates ample
time to conduct necessary reconnaissance and coordination and to follow troop-leading procedures throughout the force. Commanders discuss possible coursesof action with their subordinates and staffs; when sureof the course of action, commanders issue warning
orders. Warning orders are vital in preparing for attacks; time is critical. Failure to provide ample time to
executing forces creates great risk and threatens successful execution. Commanders carefully budget available time; they discipline themselves and their battle
staffs to get information to the executing forces.
Attack orders embody the commander’s intent andconcept of operation. Commanders select only thecontrol measures necessary to avoid unduly slowing
the tempo of the attack and over-centralizing control.
They include measures for coordinating and controlling operations. Control measures graphically illustrate the concept, assign zones, maintain separation offorces, concentrate effort, assist the C2 of forces, andadd flexibility to the maneuver plan.
Whenever possible, commanders issue orders andreview subordinates’ planning concepts face-to-face.
They attempt to issue orders that will last some timeor from which adjustments can easily be made. They
employ techniques to achieve clarity and synchronize
operations between echelons. Immediately after issuing the order, for example, commanders have theirsubordinate commanders restate their missions in theirown words. In this way, a commander ensures that
his subordinate commanders understand his expectations before they begin their own planning activities.
As part of the preparation process (during the deliberate planning process for lower echelons before
they issue their orders), commanders gather their subordinate commanders and battle staffs to review andadjust the synchronization of the battle plan. This briefback is normally conducted over a map or terrain
model. It begins with the subordinate commanders’descriptions

8-3

OPERATIONS

of the timing and employment of their concepts ofmaneuver and fires to execute their commander’scourse of action and likely contingencies. Face-to-facesynchronization meetings serve to reveal operational
gaps and synchronization problems. Commanders andstaffs do a lot of if this, then this type of war gaming.
They might even ask an element to role-play the enemy to effect a two-sided nature to planning—just as
will occur in the attack. Commanders also provide
for branches and sequels to the basic plan so that, during conduct of the operation, units can more easily
adapt while sustaining the momentum. When commanders integrate the timing and trigger events for the
maneuver and firepower of subordinate and supporting forces early in the preparation process, they havethe time to adjust and refine their plans to enhance
successful execution.
Coordination begins immediately upon receipt ofa mission and is continuous throughout the operation.
Subordinate commanders and staffs must have pertinent information and as much time as possible to prepare and rehearse their plans. Units at every level conduct route reconnaissance, rehearsals, and multiple
activities to adjust coordination details and timing.
They adjust the synchronization plan accordingly.
When properly done, subordinate commanders’ intents
and concepts of operations support and complement
the higher commander’s plan.
During their preparations, commanders integrate
their concept for support with their concept of operations. They carefully ensure that communications systems fully support the concept of operation in fastpaced and extended battles. Logistics operators stayfully informed of the action during the battle. Attackers carefully link CSS operations to ensure continuous sustainment of combat operations. This is especially key during high-tempo operations and is facilitated by habitually associated combat and CSS units.
When the plans call for the attacking unit to passthrough a defending unit, CSS operators seek assistance from the defending unit.
Commanders plan and coordinate movement of
the force in detail to avoid confusion and delay and to
gain surprise. They concentrate the force quickly andmake maximum use of cover and concealment, signal
security, and deception. An attacker avoids or masks
actions that would alert the enemy to the coming attack to preserve surprise.

8-4

CONDUCTING ATTACKS
Timely issuance of plans and thorough rehearsals
are vital to success; so is the ability of attacking units
to adjust to the situation. Sustaining a tempo the enemy cannot handle is vital to the conduct of the attack. Units press the fight. They vary the tempo andmethods of attack, but they maintain momentum. The
ability of commanders to continually anticipate andvisualize both enemy and friendly situations is vital in
the attack. Their decision making is likewise key. This
includes knowing when as well as what to decide.
The attack must be violent and rapid to shock theenemy and to prevent his recovery as forces destroy
his defense. The attacker minimizes his exposure toenemy fires by using maneuver and counterfire, avoiding obstacles, maintaining security, ensuring C2, andremaining organized for the fight on the objective.
The attack erupts in a powerful and violent assault upon the objective. Its purpose is to destroy anenemy force or to seize the ground it occupies. Agile
units are prepared to shift the main effort as conditions unfold. Synchronized fires, maneuver, and combat support are imperative to achieve superior combat
power at the point of the assault. Firing artillery preparations and suppressive fires, isolating the enemy force,
concentrating combat power, and overrunning the enemy all combine to destroy the defending force. Several forms of attack may be conducted in different
combinations. During the execution phase, commanders read the battle and exploit in some areas while
holding back in others. They may need to designate
special C2 measures to adjust the main effort and sustain the momentum.
Commanders often mass all available firepoweron the enemy at the beginning of the assault. Thisrequires detailed planning, precise execution, and considerable discipline in the fire support force as well as
in the assault force. Dismounted assault forces should
move as closely behind their own fires as possible;
armored forces should assault under overhead artillery fire. Air assault forces attack directly onto or as
close as possible to objectives, once the enemy defender and supporting artillery and air defenses havebeen suppressed or defeated by fires. As the attacker
nears the enemy force, he must overcome enemy resistance with violent massed firepower and a rapid
advance. Speed during this phase of the attack is essential to reduce casualties and avoid becoming stalled.

FM 100-5

A coordinated effort to suppress enemy field artillery not previously destroyed is critical during theassault. Reserve enemy forces in depth, enemy nuclear
and chemical delivery systems, enemy C2 facilities,
and enemy fire support units pose the greatest threat
to the attacking force. As part of coordinated deep operations, commanders synchronize some combinationof electronic warfare capabilities to jam these threats,
artillery or air fires to attack them, and maneuver tocounter them. Exploitation follows immediately, either by continuing the attack with the same force orby passing through another element.
The conduct of operations in depth and over timerequires operations designed to pass one unit throughanother or to relieve units that are in contact. Commanders conduct these operations to rest soldiers, resupply the unit, and move it to new areas and missions. Like all operations, forward passage of lines
and offensive relief require detailed planning andpreparation to achieve successful execution.
Both attack and exploitation often begin with aforward passage of lines, an operation where one
friendly unit moves forward through positions held byanother. Such a passage must be well-planned andcoordinated to ensure minimum congestion and confusion. When possible, passage should be through elements that are not in contact. Specific details of thepassage are coordinated between the respective subordinate unit commanders.
The overall commander assigns boundaries to designate areas through which subordinate elements will
move. Such boundaries usually correspond to thoseof the assisting force. This assisting force mans contact and passage points; provides information concerning the enemy, mine fields, and obstacles; and provides guides. To ensure continuous support without
increasing battlefield clutter, the assisting unit may
provide the passing unit initial logistical support. Oncestarted, the passage is completed as quickly as possible to minimize the vulnerability of the two forces.
The passing force assumes control of the battle as soon
as its lead elements have moved through the assisting
force. The assisting force integrates its artillery support and direct fires into the fire support plan of thepassing unit.
To maintain offensive momentum, commanders
conduct an offensive relief to pass fresh troops into
the attack. Such reliefs are most common as the force
enters the exploitation or pursuit but may also be necessary during the attack itself if previously committed
units have suffered so severely that they are unable toreach their objectives. Commanders may conduct offensive reliefs as reliefs in place, but ideally they conduct them without a significant pause in offensive
tempo.
The ability to continually mass combat power at
key times and places, while maintaining the momentum of the attack at a tempo the enemy cannot handle,
is essential. Issuing orders that are both simple andclear and anticipating and adjusting are key elements
in successful offensive operations. Finally, successful and continuous reconnaissance by a variety of tactical, operational, and strategic means is vital for the
success of offensive operations.

8-5

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 9

FUNDAMENTALS OF THE DEFENSE

The immediate purpose of defensive operations is
to defeat an enemy attack. Army forces conduct defensive operations as part of major operations and campaigns, in combination with offensive operations.
For a force-projection army, defensive operations
by forces already in theater or early arriving forces at
the tactical level support the campaign plan and maintain operational initiative for the joint or combined
team. For example, if conditions do not support simultaneous operations to defeat an enemy rapidly, themission of initial-entry forces might be to defend theforces, air bases, and seaports in the lodgment area toprovide time for the JFC to build forces in the theaterfor future operations. In such cases, initial-entry forces
would include sufficient combat power to deter attack
or defend successfully while the buildup continues.
In other cases of offensive operations, commanders may require defensive operations by air assault,
airborne, or amphibious forces. These forces would
conduct an economy-of-force mission until a larger
force could link up. Nonetheless, the preferred method
is to conduct operations simultaneously throughout thedepth and space of the AOR. This method can require
defensive operations in some areas.

THE PURPOSES OF THE
DEFENSE
Military forces defend only until they gain sufficient strength to attack. Though the outcome of decisive combat derives from offensive operations, it isoften necessary, even advisable, to defend. Commanders choose to defend when they need to buy time, tohold a piece of key terrain, to facilitate other operations, to preoccupy the enemy in one area so friendly
forces can attack him in another, or to erode enemy
resources at a rapid rate while reinforcing friendly operations.
They make this choice and create the conditions
for a smooth transition from offense to defense or defense to offense, as the situation allows. Understanding the commander’s intent is especially key in the

defense, since more precise synchronization is normally required, thus requiring close teamwork.
An effective defense consists of active and passive components combined to deprive the enemy of
the initiative. It uses all arms and services in mosteffective combinations to fight the defense so that theenemy losses mount rapidly and the defender canquickly attack his vulnerabilities. As in the offense,
passage of lines will be frequent, moving in all
directions¡rearward, forward, and laterally. Even in
the defense, commanders seek greater freedom of
maneuver while degrading or denying the enemy’s.
The defender withstands and holds the enemy
while continuously seeking every opportunity to assume the offensive at the appropriate time. With eachengagement or battle, commanders seek conditions thatfavor future operations. They try to reduce options
available to the enemy and increase their own, thereby
seizing the initiative. They take risks to gain the initiative. There may be few opportunities in the earlyphases of an engagement or battle to assume the offensive. As the battle develops, such opportunities
become more numerous. This is especially true during lulls in the

CONTENTS
THE PURPOSES OF THE DEFENSE .......... 9-0
CHARACTERISTICS OF
DEFENSIVE OPERATIONS ................... 9-1
Preparation ............................................ 9-1
Security .................................................. 9-1
Disruption .............................................. 9-1
Mass and Concentration ...................... 9-1
DEFENSIVE PATTERNS ............................... 9-2
Mobile Defense ..................................... 9-2
Area Defense ......................................... 9-3
OPERATIONS IN DEPTH .............................. 9-4
Deep Operations ................................... 9-4
Close Operations .................................. 9-5
Rear Operations .................................... 9-5

9-0

FM 100-5

battle when the defender should take steps to uncoverenemy vulnerabilities and attack and destroy them if
possible. Whatever the immediate purpose, the greater
intent of the defense is to force the attack to culminate, to gain the initiative for friendly forces, and tocreate the opportunity to shift to the offensive.

CHARACTERISTICS OF
DEFENSIVE OPERATIONS
Prepared positions, security, disruption, mass andconcentration, and flexibility characterize defensive
operations.
PREPARATION
The defender arrives in the battle area before theattacker, making the most thorough preparations thattime allows. In the early stages of battle, the defender
capitalizes on the advantage of fighting from preparedpositions of his selection. Defense always includes apoint of main effort. Preparations involve positioning
forces in depth, improving terrain to favor the defender,
wargaming plans, organizing the force for movement
and support, rehearsing, and taking measures to protect the force, such as mounting reconnaissance andsurveillance operations forward of the defended area.
Mobilizing reserves and auxiliary forces, strengthening air and missile defenses or critical areas, conducting security operations to deny the enemy effective reconnaissance, and preparing deceptions to mislead the enemy are equally important tasks. During
the course of the battle, the defender looks for opportunities to wrest the initiative from the attacker.
He prepares for this by designating counterattack
forces and rehearsing counterattack plans for the eventual transition to the offense. Cunning and guile arepart of defensive preparations in order to keep the enemy off balance and make him begin early to doubt
his ability to continue the attack.
SECURITY
Defending forces provide security. Since a force
defends to conserve combat power for use elsewhere,
or at a later time, commanders must provide protection of their force. They do this principally throughdeception and physical means in the defended area.
Defending units want to deceive the enemy as to theirstrengths and weaknesses. Normally a security area
is designated with a covering force. The purpose of

these measures at all tactical echelons is to coordinate
and synchronize the defense, to provide early warning, and to begin disrupting the integrity of the enemy
attack early and continuously.
DISRUPTION
The defender disrupts the attacker’s tempo andsynchronization by countering his initiative and preventing him from massing overwhelming combat
power. Defending commanders also use disruption to
attack the enemy’s will to continue. They do this bydefeating or misleading enemy reconnaissance forces,
separating the enemy’s forces, isolating his units, andbreaking up his formations so that they cannot fight aspart of an integrated whole. The defender interrupts
the attacker’s fire support, logistics support, and C2.
He deceives the enemy as to his true dispositions andintentions, unravels the coordination of the enemy’s
supporting arms, and breaks the tempo of the offensive operations. The attacker is never allowed to get
set. He is hit with spoiling attacks before he can focus
his combat power and is counterattacked before he canconsolidate any gains.
MASS AND CONCENTRATION
The defender seeks to mass the effects of overwhelming combat power where he chooses and shiftsthat mass repeatedly in accordance with his point of
main effort. To obtain an advantage at decisive points,
the defender economizes and takes risks in some areas; retains and, when necessary, reconstitutes a reserve; and maneuvers to gain local superiority at the
point of decision. The defender may have to surrender some ground to gain the time necessary to concentrate his forces.
The defender normally masses effects and concentrates forces repeatedly during battle. He does soswiftly, since periods that allow them to develop superior combat power will be brief. Commanders accept risks in some areas to concentrate forces for decisive action elsewhere. Obstacles, security forces, andfires can assist in reducing these risks. Since concentration of the force increases the threat of large losses
from weapons of mass destruction, commanders use
deception and concealment to hide this vulnerability
from the enemy. They also protect their forces withstrong air and missile defenses to decrease the threat
from weapons of mass destruction.

9-1

OPERATIONSFLEXIBILITY
Defensive operations epitomize flexible planningand agile execution. In exercising the initiative, theattacker initially decides where and when combat willtake place. The defender who is agile enough tocounter or evade the attacker’s blow can then strikeback effectively. Tactical flexibility stems from detailed planning, particularly in IPB. It is also neededfor organizing in depth and retaining reserves. The
plan enables commanders to shift their point of maineffort quickly without losing synchronization. Commanders add flexibility to their basic plans by designating supplementary positions throughout the battlefield, designing counterattack plans, and preparing toassume the offensive.
Once the defender controls the attacker’s thrust,
he can operate against the enemy’s exposed flanks andrear. The defender, under the cover of his own fires,can then maneuver over previously reconnoitered terrain against extended elements of the attacking force.
The defender’s fires cover all approaches and accommodate changes in priority and in sequencing targets
and effects. Reserve commanders prepare for movement. They formulate counterattack plans that address
their on-order and be-prepared missions and likely
contingencies.

DEFENSIVE PATTERNSThe two primary forms of defensive operations
are mobile and area defense. These apply to both thetactical and operational levels of war. Mobile defenses
orient on the destruction of the attacking force by permitting the enemy to advance into a position that exposes him to counterattack by a mobile reserve. Area
defenses orient on retention of terrain by absorbing
the enemy in an interlocking series of positions anddestroying him largely by fires.
Although these descriptions convey the general
pattern of each type of defense, both forms of defense
employ static and dynamic elements. In mobile defenses, static defensive positions help control the depth
and breadth of enemy penetration and ensure retention of ground from which to launch counterattacks.
In area defenses, commanders closely integrate patrols,
intelligence units, and reserve forces to cover the gaps
among defensive positions, reinforcing those positions
as necessary and counter-attacking defensive positions
as directed. Defending commanders combine both9-2

patterns, using static elements to delay, canalize, andultimately halt the attacker and dynamic elements(spoiling attacks and counterattacks) to strike and destroy enemy forces. The balance among these elements depends on the enemy, mission, force composition, mobility, relative combat power, and the natureof the battlefield.
MOBILE DEFENSE
Mobile defense orients on the destruction of theenemy force by employing a combination of fire andmaneuver, offense, defense, and delay to defeat his
attack. The minimum force possible is committed topure defense; maximum combat power is placed in a
striking force that catches the enemy as it is attempting to overcome that part of the force dedicated to thedefense. Commanders conducting a mobile defense
take advantage of terrain in depth, obstacles, and mines,
while employing firepower and maneuver to wrest theinitiative from the attacker. A mobile defense requiresa mobility greater than that of the attacker. The defenders cause the natural aggressiveness of the attacker
to focus on the wrong objective, setting him up for
attack from an unexpected direction and driving that
attack home with overwhelming force and violence.
Defenders place minimum forces forward, forming powerful forces with which to strike the enemy at
his most vulnerable time and place. Defenders trackthe enemy throughout his attack. They identify critical enemy nodes, such as C2, radars, logistics trains,and indirect fire support elements. They blind or deceive enemy critical reconnaissance elements; they
allow less critical reconnaissance elements to draw
attention to the friendly forces’ secondary efforts. At
the decisive moment, defenders strike simultaneously
throughout the depth of the attacker’s forces. They
jam or destroy the enemy’s C2 systems, attack ammunition carriers and POL tankers by fires, and emplace
minefields aerially or by field artillery behind and in
front of the attacking enemy. They strike the enemy
by air and ground attacks, assaulting him from an open
flank and defeating him in detail.
Terrain is traded for maximum effect to divert theattention of the enemy from the defender’s main force,
overextend the attacker’s resources, exposing his
flanks, and leading him into a posture and terrain thatdiminishes his ability to defend against the counterattack of the larger, mobile reserve. The mobile defense
sets up large-scale counterattacks that offer the defender the opportunity to gain and retain theFM 100-5

initiative, going over to the offense and moving into
exploitation and pursuit. See Figure 9-1.
AREA DEFENSE
Commanders conduct an area defense to deny theenemy access to designated terrain or facilities for a
specified time. In a theater campaign, selective use ofan area defense can be part of a theater’s mobile defense. Those elements designated to conduct area
defense must understand their role in the larger cam-paign plan. In an area defense, the bulk of defending
forces deploy to retain ground, using a combinationof defensive positions and small, mobile reserves.
Commanders organize the defense around a static
framework provided by defensive posi- tions, seeking
to destroy enemy forces with interlocking fires. Commanders also employ local counterattacks against enemy units penetrating between defensive positions. A
security area or covering force is also part of an area
defense.

Figure 9-1. Mobile Defense

9-3

OPERATIONS

At times, commanders may be required to deny or
hold key terrain, if the friendly situation gives the defender no other option or friendly forces are fighting
outnumbered. In such situations, the key to success ismaking wise use of all resources in the time available
to prepare positions and to ensure troops are fit andready. This is a continuing process that ends only when
the defender is ordered to give up the terrain. The
factors of METT-T drive the tasks to be done and theirpriority, making maximum use of obstacle and barrierplans. Engagement areas and control and distributionof fires are keys to a successful area defense.
To make maximum use of the depths of their AO,
commanders weigh all the factors of METT-T and use
the defense pattern that offers the best advantage. A
position defense in depth provides positions throughout the battlefield that provide mutual support and force
the attacker to expose his force in the attack of one
position after another. While such a forward defense
may be necessary, it is more difficult to execute thanan in-depth defense. Mobile defenses require considerable depth, but area defenses vary in depth according to the situation.
Commanders position their forces in platoon, company, or battalion battle positions on suitable terrain,with a specific orientation and direction or sector offire. On occasion, commanders may also direct theconstruction of a strongpoint in order to deny key terrain to the enemy and force his movement in a different direction. The construction of a strongpoint requires considerable time and combat engineer support.
In some cases, because of terrain restrictions, requirements to hold specific terrain, or when enemy forces
are weak and disorganized, area defenses without much
depth may be necessary, requiring the main effort tobe well forward. See Figure 9-2.

OPERATIONS IN DEPTH
A concise and comprehensive in-depth concept ofoperations is the basis for a successful defense. Simultaneous application of combat power—throughout the depth of the battle area—that defeats the enemy rapidly with minimum friendly casualties is preferable to the attrition nature of sequential operations.
Quick, violent, and simultaneous action throughout thedepth of the defender’s battle space can hurt, confuse,and even paralyze an enemy just as he is most exposed and vulnerable. Such actions weaken theenemy’s will and do not allow his early successes tobuild confidence. Operations in depth prevent the

9-4

enemy from gaining momentum in the attack. Sudden strikes by both fire and maneuver from a variety
of directions—synchronized with other disruptive effects on the enemy such as jamming, smoke, and deception—can stall and overwhelm an attack even before it has begun. Commanders synchronize threecomplementary elements to defensive actions when
executing their defensive plan: deep, close, and rear
operations.
Although deep, close, and rear operations may not
be contiguous to one another, commanders do not allow enemy forces freedom of movement within thegaps formed by extended, noncontiguous battles. They
dominate their battle space throughout the depth ofoperations, designating responsibilities for unoccupied
ground and providing the combat power as needed toattack the enemy wherever he ventures. Security of
the force is a continuous concern of the command, andcommanders must clearly designate this responsibility.
Regardless of the proximity or separation of various elements, command-ers see their defense as a continuous whole. They fight deep, close, and rear operations as one battle, synchronizing simultaneous operations to a single purpose—the defeat of the enemy’s
attack and early transition to the offense.
DEEP OPERATIONS
Commanders design deep operations to achieve
depth and simultaneity in the defense and to secureadvantages for future operations. Deep operations disrupt the enemy’s movement in depth, destroy highpayoff targets vital to the attacker, and interrupt or denyvital enemy operating systems such as command, logistics, or air defense at critical times. As deep operations succeed, they upset the attacker’s tempo and synchronization of effects as the defender selectively suppresses or neutralizes some of the enemy’s operating
systems to exploit the exposed vulnerability. Individual
targets in depth are only useful as they relate to thedestruction of a critical enemy operating system suchas air defense or CSS. As the defender denies freedom of maneuver to the attacker with deep operations,
he also seeks to set the terms for the friendly force
transition to offense.
Deep operations provide protection for the force
as they disrupt, delay, or destroy the enemy’s ability
to bring combat power to bear on friendly close combat

FM 100-5

forces. As with deep operations in the offense, activities in depth, such as counterfire, focus on effects toprotect the close combat operations directly. To synchronize the activities that encompass both deep andclose objectives, commanders integrate and prioritizereconnaissance, intelligence, and target acquisition
efforts to focus fires and maneuver at the right place
and time on the battlefield.
CLOSE OPERATIONSClose operations are the activities of the main andsupporting efforts in the defensive area to slow, canalize, and defeat the enemy’s major units. The defending commander may do this in several ways. Often,
he fights a series of engagements to halt or defeat enemy forces. This requires him to designate a maineffort, synchronize effects to support it, then shift it toconcentrate forces and mass effects against anotherthreat. This may be done repeatedly. Maneuver units
defend, delay, attack, and screen as part of the defensive battle.

Security operations warn of the enemy’s approachand attempt to harass and to slow him. A covering
force meets the enemy’s leading forces, strips away
enemy reconnaissance and security elements, reports
the attacker’s strength and locations, and gives thecommander time and space in which to react to theenemy.
Reserves conduct operations throughout the defense and may require continual regeneration. They
give commanders the means to seize the initiative andto preserve their flexibility; they seek to strike a decisive blow against the attacker but prepare to conduct
other missions as well. They provide a hedge against
uncertainty. Reserves operate best when employed toreinforce and expedite victory rather than prevent defeat.
REAR OPERATIONS
Rear operations protect the force and sustain combat operations. Successful rear operations allow commanders freedom of action by preventing disruptionofFigure 9-2. Area Defense

9-5

OPERATIONS

C2, fire support, logistical support, and movement ofreserves. Destroying or neutralizing enemy deep battle
forces achieves this goal.
Enemy forces may threaten the rear during establishment of the initial lodgment and throughout operations in theater. In the first case, close and rear
operations overlap due to the necessity to protect thebuildup of combat power. In the second case, deep,
close, and rear operations may not be contiguous.
When this situation occurs, rear operations must retain the initiative and deny freedom of action to theenemy, even if combat forces are not

9-6

available. A combination of passive and active defensive measures can best accomplish this. Commanders assess threat capabilities, decide where risk will
be accepted, and then assign the units necessary toprotect and sustain the force. Unity of command facilitates this process.
Regardless of the proximity or separation of elements, defense of the rear is integrated with the deepand close fight. Simultaneous operations defeat theattacking enemy throughout the battlefield and allow
an early transition to the offense.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 10

PLANNING AND CONDUCTING THE DEFENSE
Defense doctrine describes two general forms ofdefense at the tactical level—area and mobile. Normally, operational-level defense is some combinationof both. The design of an operation that lays out where,
when, and in what sequence to conduct each form ofdefense is operational art. That design is largely conditioned by METT-T and imperatives to attempt togain the initiative early. Doctrine provides commanders great freedom in formulating and conducting theirdefense consistent with mission require-ments. Commanders may elect to defend well forward with strong
covering forces by striking the enemy as he approaches,or they may opt to fight the decisive battle well forward within the main battle area. Nevertheless, they
will strike the enemy wherever they find him. If they
do not have to hold a specified area or position, defending commanders may draw the enemy deep into
their defenses and then strike his flanks and rear. They
may even choose to preempt the enemy with spoilingattacks if conditions favor such tactics.
A simple concept of operations flexible enough tomeet the enemy wherever he chooses to attack is essential to success. Commanders tailor their defensive
concept to their specific situation; they pay particularattention to their mission, operations against the enemy in depth, and the efficient and effective use ofavailable time.

PLANNING THE DEFENSE
Planning the defense begins when commanders receive a mission or perceive a requirement to defend.
The results of the defense should satisfy the intent of
the next two higher commanders and set the terms for
future operations.
Defending commanders must use terrain wisely
and designate a point of main effort. They choose
defensive positions that force the enemy to make costly
attacks or conduct time-consuming maneuvers to avoidthem.
A position that the enemy can readily avoid has
no defensive value unless the enemy can be induced
to attack it. The defense, no less than the offense,

should achieve surprise. As commanders conduct theirestimates of how to meet the requirements of the mission, they consider the factors of METT-T.
MISSION
The first consideration in planning the defense is
the mission. It defines the parameters of the defenseor the force to defeat and logically flows from the concept of operations of the higher headquarters. Assignment of missions to subordinates is one way commanders influence the outcome of the defense. Defending
broad frontages forces commanders to take risks andaccept gaps, while defending shallow sectors or positions reduces flexibility and requires commanders tofight well forward. Narrow frontages and deep sectors increase the elasticity of the defense and thenumber of options available. Commanders also consider subsequent missions.
ENEMY
Commanders consider the enemy’s doctrine,
equipment, recent or past tendencies, intent, and probable courses of action (most likely and most dangerous) in planning the defense. Commanders and units
respect enemy capabilities but are not paralyzed bythem. Defending commanders view themselves andtheir sectors through the enemy commander’s eyes toanticipate whether the enemy will orient on seizure ofterrain or destruction of forces. They analyze the enemy and determine the critical points in time and spacefor enemy

CONTENTS
PLANNING THE DEFENSE ........................ 10-1
Mission ................................................ 10-1
Enemy .................................................. 10-1
Terrain and Weather ........................... 10-2
Troops .................................................. 10-2
Time Available ..................................... 10-3
PREPARING THE DEFENSE ...................... 10-3
CONDUCTING THE DEFENSE .................. 10-4
TERMINATING THE DEFENSE .................. 10-6

10-1

OPERATIONS

and friendly vulnerabilities during the battle by answering a series of questions:- Where and when is the enemy most vulnerable?
- When, where, and how can the defender exploit
those vulnerabilities?
- What are the specific conditions that trigger the
exploitation of those vulnerabilities?
- What is the worst thing the attacker can do to
the defending force?
To determine the enemy’s vulnerabilities and effective countermeasures to their attack, defending commanders conduct a thorough IPB. The IPB enables
commanders and their staffs to anticipate the enemy’s
objectives and courses of action and helps determine
what control measures are needed. Sometimes the IPB
is helped by an enemy who is predictable, rational,
and doctrinal. The IPB, however, is more difficult if
friendly units are fighting irregular forces that haveno doctrine and adapt their methods rapidly when fighting conventional forces.
In a defense against an enemy in echelon, commanders determine the location and response time ofreserves and follow-on forces. Delaying the enemy
follow-on forces may allow defeat in detail. Whenthe defense forces the enemy to increase his tempo ofoperations, the enemy may commit forces earlier thanplanned, thereby disrupting his concept of operations
and creating exploitable gaps between the committed
and subsequent echelons. Accurate and timely targeting of enemy units, facilities, and operating systems
and rapid-to-near-real-time shooter-to-user links are
crucial to defeat an attacking enemy in depth.
The foundation of a defensive plan is locating, containing, and defeating the attacker’s main and supporting efforts. Commanders use every resource available to offset the attacker’s numerical advantage, toidentify dangerous threats, and to mass combat power
against the vulnerabilities of the enemy force. In particular, planners anticipate the enemy’s use of indirect
approaches and his ability to project combat power
into the rear area by long-range fires, infiltration, airmobility, unconventional warfare, and weapons ofmass destruction.
TERRAIN AND WEATHER
The defender must decide where he can best kill
the enemy and plan accordingly. A study of the ter-

10-2

rain that the enemy must traverse to conduct his attack gives valuable information. This study indicatesthe probable positions of assembly areas, logistics dispositions, artillery locations, ground favoring armoredand mechanized attack, and an area most advantageous
for the main attack. Personal reconnaissance is essential. The characteristics of the terrain may exercise adecisive influence on the positioning of the defense.
The defending force exploits any aspect of terrain that
impairs enemy momentum or makes it difficult for theenemy to achieve mass or conduct maneuver.
Defenders engage the attacker at points where theterrain puts him at the greatest disadvantage. Defending commanders use man-made obstacles to improve
the natural impediments, to slow or canalize enemy
movement, and to protect friendly positions and maneuver. Some terrain may be so significant to the defense that its loss would prove decisive. When terrain
is a critical factor in a defense, commanders make it afocal point of their plan.
Weather and visibility affect how defenders organize the terrain. In periods of adverse or limited visibility, commanders plan for the impact on weaponssystems and optical devices. A defensive plan thatsucceeds in clear conditions may be less effective inperiods of bad weather. Contingencies to the basic planshould address necessary modifications to the defense
during periods of reduced visibility. Commanders andstaffs need local tactical weather information as wellas the more general theater-level forecasts.
TROOPS
Commanders consider the composition of theirforce. They also consider teamwork, state of training,and experience of leaders when they assign missions.
The mobility, protection, morale, and training of their
troops determine to some extent how they defend. Differences in mobility, training, and leadership makesome units more suitable for some missions than forothers. In combined operations, for example, particular arrangements may be necessary to accommodate
national pride or interests. In joint operations, specificweapons systems, rates of consumption, and tactical
doctrine might prohibit certain missions. In addition,
the lack of ground combat forces in the initial stagesof forcible-entry operations makes effective synchronization of joint forces critical at that stage. The ability of the joint force to synchronize effects is essential
to protect the lodgment area and force buildup during
this vulnerable stage of operations. The defendershouldFM 100-5

exploit relative strengths such as skill in night combat, infiltration, long-range fires, or air assault that givethe defender an advantage over the attacker.
TIME AVAILABLE
The amount of time to prepare is a crucial factor
in organizing a defense. The defense is far more effective when time is available to conduct reconnaissance and deliberately occupy positions; designate
security and main battle areas; fortify the ground; planfires; install obstacles; coordinate maneuver, fires, andlogistics support; and rehearse. To gain time for organization of the battle area, commanders may order adelay by a covering force or a spoiling attack by groundor air units. Lack of time may compel a commander tomaintain a larger-than-normal reserve force or accept
greater risks than usual. While small units train to
defend with minimal preparation, strong defenses taketime to organize and prepare. Time is a critical element the defender cannot waste.

PREPARING THE DEFENSE
Commanders and battle staffs take advantage of
all the time available in preparing the defense. Just as
in the offense, commanders have subordinates demonstrate their understanding of the commander’s intent and order by restating the commander’s missions
in their own words. This should be done immediately
after the order is issued. Preparations should begin as
early as possible and continue until the battle begins.
As staffs prepare plans, leaders conduct personal reconnaissance. Noncom-missioned officers see to it thatsoldiers and units are fit and prepared for battle byresting soldiers and conducting precombat checks.
There is no substitute for actually seeing and walking
the defensive area. In forcible-entry operations, detailed rehearsals with mockups and simulations cansubstitute for lack of opportunity to see the defensive
area. Parallel planning activities facilitate simultaneous
preparation at all command levels.
Among the most important activities are designation of security and main battle areas; rear areas; reconnaissance of the sector; preparation of routes, positions, and obstacles; and coordination of maneuverwith direct and indirect fire support. Adjustments as aresult of preparation activities are integrated at andaffect each echelon. The higher echelon refines its
orders to achieve better synchronization, while lower
echelons are still in the deliberate planning process.

Senior commanders gather their subordinate commanders and staffs before they issue their orders toreview and adjust the synchronization of their battle
plan. This meeting is normally conducted at prominent terrain overlooking the battle area, with a terrain
model or map. This meeting describes the desired timing and effects of their schemes of maneuver and concepts of fires. In particular, commanders ensure thatspecific resources have been tasked to identify highpayoff targets and the enemy’s main attack, to trackthese when found, and to mass the desired effects at
the right place and time. This mutual discussion permits adjustments to the superior commander’s plan andrefines responsibilities for actions and contingencies
at critical points in the battle. Following this meeting,subordinate commanders complete their plans and havetheir leaders brief, train, and rehearse troops for their
specific tasks. Liaison takes place between adjacentunits and joint and combined forces.
Commanders and battle staffs continue to wargame
their plans and are flexible enough to amend thembased on their analyses. They take advantage of preparation time to develop alternate routes and positions,
to time movements between positions and along routes,
and to rehearse counterattacks. They personally inspect the preparations of their troops in all areas. Theydevelop branches and sequels to the plan.
Preparation for the defense also entails the stocking of forward supply points, liaison with civilian officials, adjustment of air defense coverage, and security of installations in the rear area. If time permits,
units prepare alternate sites for command posts, artillery firing positions, and logistics facilities. Early identification of enemy units gives commanders a betteridea of when the attack will begin and is vital for executing deep operations.
Commanders can strengthen their defense of themost dangerous approach by narrowing the sector of
the unit astride it. A significant obstacle to the front,such as a river, built-up area, swamp, or escarpment,
favors an area defense. Such an obstacle adds to therelative combat power of the defender. Open terrain
or a wide sector favors a mobile defense that orientson the enemy. The primary function of committed
units in a mobile defense is to control the enemy penetration pending a counterattack by a large reserve.
Obstacles support static elements of the defense andslow or canalize the enemy in vital areas.

10-3

OPERATIONS

Commanders determine the mission, composition,and size of the reserve and counterattack forces. Reserves by definition are uncommitted forces. Reserve
forces are not uncommitted if the commander’s concept of defense depends upon their employment as acounterattack force to strike a decisive blow. Counterattacking, blocking, reinforcing defending units, orreacting to rear area threats are all actions a reserve
may be required to perform. Each situation is unique.
The primary mission of the reserve derives directlyfrom the commander’s concept of the defense and,
therefore, the commander who established the requirement to have a reserve must approve its commitment.
Mobile defenses sometimes rely on reserves tostrike the decisive blow. They require a large, mobile,
combined arms reserve. When conditions favoring
counterattack occur, the main effort shifts to the reserve, which then strikes with overwhelming combat
power. Area defenses are more likely to use reservesto block and reinforce at lower tactical levels, leaving
major counterattacks to divisions, corps, and higher
echelons. Brigade- and battalion-level area defenses
may benefit from the use of mobile reserves when sucha force is available and the enemy uncovers his flanks.
The actual size and composition of the reserve dependon the commander’s concept of operation.
In planning a counterattack, commanders carefully
consider the enemy’s options and the likely locationsof his follow-on echelons. Commanders then decide
where to position their reserves, what routes and avenues of approach to use, what fire support is necessary, and what interdiction or deep attack will isolate
the enemy’s forces. Counterattacks seek to avoid enemy strengths. Brigade and battalion counterattacks
seize positions from which to fire on the enemy’s flanks
and rear. Division or corps counter-attacks either strike
isolated enemy maneuver units or pass around theenemy’s forces to strike directly at his reserves, artillery, and other supporting forces.
Reserves may be air or ground maneuver units.
Divisions, brigades, and battalions become reserves
as part of their higher commander’s defense. Whencounterattacking, they conduct hasty or deliberate attacks. Army air assault and air attack forces can respond rapidly as reserves. On suitable terrain, they
can reinforce positions to the front or on a flank. In a
threatened sector, they are positioned in depth and can
respond to tactical emergencies. Air assault forces arealso suitable for swift attack against enemy airborne
units landing in the rear area. Once committed, how-

10-4

ever, they have limited mobility.
Commanders tend to be more stationary in the defense, yet they should anticipate and provide for themeans to command and control on the move in the
defensive area. To minimize the vulnerability of rear
operations, C2 and support facilities in the rear area
are redundant and dispersed. Air defense elements
provide defense in depth by taking positions to cover
air avenues of approach and vital assets. When rear
battle response forces are insufficient, tactical combat
forces prepare to respond rapidly against rear area
threats and prepare to move to their objectives bymultiple routes.

CONDUCTING THE DEFENSE
Forces conduct the defense aggressively. Commanders continuously seek opportunities to take advantage of the enemy’s errors or failures. The objective of the defense is to gain and maintain the initiative rapidly. The integrity of the defense depends on
maneuver and counterattack, as well as on the successful defense of key positions. As the attack begins,
the defender’s first concerns are to identify the enemy’scommitted units, determine his direction of attack, andgain time to react. Security forces, intelligence units,
SOF, and air elements con- ducting deep operations
will be the first sources of this information. During
the battle, commanders track battle damage to know
how much combat power remains as a prerequisite to
exploiting opportunities.
Battle command in the defense differs from theattack. Defensive operations tend to be more closely
synchronized, thus commanders tend to monitor thebattle in more detail. Visualizing the present and future state and setting in motion actions to move from
one to the other are more difficult and can more easily
break up synchronization of the defense. Battle tracking of both enemy and friendly units and frequent assessments, often face-to-face, help with these decisions. Commanders provide themselves with themeans to command while moving about the battlefieldin the defense. The tendency will be to reduce thesize of the staff element moving with the commander.
Commanders also look for opportunities to rest units,
if even for a few hours.
AOs extend far enough forward to give commanders time to react to approaching enemy forces, to assess their options, and to execute operations accordingly.

FM 100-5

Operations in depth begin before the enemy closes withmaneuver forces. They continue against follow-on
forces to isolate them well forward, to guard againstinterference with the commitment of reserves, and toshape the conditions of the next set of engagements.
Operations in depth are an integral part of the defense. Commanders use them to create opportunities
for decisive action. Simultaneous operations in depth
are commanders’ means of ensuring the success of theirdecisive engagements and counterattacks by limiting
the enemy’s options, disrupting his coordination, andaffecting the closure times of his follow-on elements.
In conducting them, commanders view the entire
battlefield with an understanding of the critical tactical decisions they must make and an appreciation of
the current intelligence picture of enemy forces. They
keep the focus of available collection assets on itemsof particular concern.
As enemy formations enter their battle space, commanders monitor their activities and movement andlocate the elements of the enemy force most threatening to their plans. They then track and attack highpayoff targets and disrupt and delay selected enemy
reserves to facilitate specific actions within their overall
defense. For example, a division commander might
act to isolate an enemy regiment by interdicting forcesthat could reinforce or support it during a counterattack.
Commanders position and employ fire and maneuver to control or repel enemy penetrations. They
employ reserves to block penetrations, to destroy penetrating enemy formations, and to regain the initiative. The force responsible for the most critical sector
normally receives priority in the initial allocation ofartillery, engineer, and close air support. It is usually
the initial main effort.
Commanders slow the enemy’s movement in someareas or separate their formations to deny the enemy
the ability to mass or establish a tempo that will makedefense impossible. Defending commanders normally
have to economize or take risks in some parts of theirsector to concentrate forces and fires in the areas ofgreatest danger. They may employ long-range surveillance to assist in monitoring economy-of-force
sectors. However, they weigh such employment against
the need to direct sufficient assets toward enemy elements that could directly influence the battle. Covering forces and ground or air maneuver units can delay
in less threatened areas to gain time for actions against

committed enemy units.
In an area defense, committed brigades counterattack whenever conditions are favorable. Brigade
commanders use their reserves in cooperation withstatic elements of their defenses—battle positions andstrong-points—to break the enemy’s momentum andreduce his numerical advantage. As the attack develops and the enemy reveals his dispositions, reserves
and fires strike at objectives in depth to break up thecoordination of the attack.
Using mobile defenses, commanders anticipate enemy penetration into the defended area and use obstacles and defended positions to shape and control
such penetrations. They also use local counterattacks
either to influence the enemy into entering the planned
penetration area or to deceive him as to the nature of
the defense. As in area defenses, static elements of amobile defense contain the enemy in a designated area.
In a mobile defense, the counterattack is strong, welltimed, and well-supported. Preferably, counter-attacking forces strike against the enemy’s flanks and rearrather than the front of his forces.
During the defense, commanders shift their maineffort to contain the enemy’s attack until they can takethe initiative themselves. This requires the adjustment
of sectors, repeated commitment and reconstitution ofreserves, and modification of the original plan. To
deny the enemy passage through a vital area, commanders may order a force to remain in a strong position on key terrain. They also might leave a unit inposition behind the enemy or give it a mission thatentails a high risk of entrapment. Defending units may
be unintentionally cut off from friendly forces. Whenever an unintentional encirclement occurs, the encircled commander who under-stands his mission andhis higher commander’s intent can continue to contribute to the mission of his higher commander.
An encircled force acts rapidly to preserve itself.
The senior commander assumes control of all encircled
elements and assesses the all-around defensive posture of the force. He decides whether the next higher
commander wants the force to break out or to defend
its position. He reorganizes and consolidates expeditiously. If the force is free to break out, it should do sobefore the enemy has time to block escape routes.
Breaking out might mean movement of the entire encircled force, where one part is attacking and the other

10-5

OPERATIONS

defending. The entire formation moves throughplanned escape routes created by the attacking force.
If the force cannot break out, the senior commander
continues to defend while planning for and assistingin a link-up with a relieving force.
Reserves preserve commanders’ flexibility in the
defense. They provide the source of combat powerthat commanders can commit at the decisive moment.
Commanders may use reserves to counterattack theenemy’s main effort to expedite his defeat, or they may
elect to exploit enemy vulnerabilities, such as exposed
flanks or support units and unprotected forces in depth.
Reserves also provide a hedge against uncertainty.
Reserves may reinforce forward defensive operations,block penetrating enemy forces, conduct counterattacks, or react to a rear area threat.
Timing is critical to counterattacks. Commanders anticipate the circumstances that require committing the reserves. At that moment, they seek to wrest
the initiative from the attacker. They commit theirreserves with an accurate understanding of movementand deployment times. Committed too soon, reserves
may not have the desired effect or may not be available later for a more dangerous contingency. Committed too late, they may be ineffective. Once commanders commit their reserves, they should immediately begin regenerating another reserve from uncommitted forces or from forces in less threatened sectors.
During battle, protection of rear areas is necessary to ensure the defender’s freedom of maneuverand continuity of operations. Because fighting in therear area can divert combat power from the main effort, commanders carefully weigh the need for suchdiversions against the possible consequences and prepare to take calculated risks in rear areas. To makesuch decisions wisely, commanders require accurate
information to avoid late or inadequate responses andto guard against overreacting to exaggerated reports.
Threats to the rear area arise throughout the battle
and require the repositioning of forces and facilities.
When possible, defending commanders contain enemy

10-6

forces in their rear areas, using a combination of passive and active defensive measures. While commanders can never lose focus on their primary objectives,
they assess risks throughout their battle space and commit combat power where necessary to preserve theirability to accomplish the mission.
Commanders protect their forces at all times. They
achieve the effects of protection through skillful combinations of offense and defense, maneuver and firepower, and active and passive measures. As they conduct operations, they receive protective benefits fromdeep and close operations as they disrupt the attacker’s
tempo and blind the enemy reconnaissance efforts.
Defenders also employ passive measures such as camouflage, terrain masking, and OPSEC to frustrate theenemy’s ability to find them. Commanders should remain aware that their forces are at risk. They should
adjust their activities to maintain the ability to protect
their forces from attack at vulnerable points.
Weapons of mass destruction present defenders
with great risks (see Chapter 6). These weapons cancreate gaps, destroy or disable units, and obstruct thedefender’s maneuver. Commanders anticipate the effects of such weapons in their defensive plans. They
provide for dispersed positions for forces in depth,
coordinating the last-minute concentration of units on
positions with multiple routes of approach and withdrawal. They also direct appropriate training andimplement protective measures.

TERMINATING THE DEFENSEAn attacking enemy, through its own maneuvers,
losses, errors, exhaustion, skillful friendly defense, orother causes, may be in such an unfavorable position
that the initiative passes to the defender. The defenderthen has a prospect of success in conducting a decisive counterattack to reach a tactical decision and transition to the offensive. Without a compelling reason to
defend, such as those conditions described herein, thedefender attacks.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 11

RETROGRADE OPERATIONS
A retrograde operation is a maneuver to the rearor away from the enemy. It is part of a larger schemeof maneuver to regain the initiative and defeat the enemy. Its purpose is to improve the current situation or
prevent a worse situation from occurring. Its objectives are to gain time, to preserve forces, to avoid combat under undesirable conditions, or to maneuver theenemy into an unfavorable position. Retrograde operations may facilitate repositioning forces, shortening LOCs, or permitting unit withdrawals for employment elsewhere.

manders and operational planners on the status, capabilities, and limitations of the logistics support for retrograde operations.

PURPOSE OF
RETROGRADE OPERATIONSTYPES OFRETROGRADE OPERATIONS

Commanders use retrograde operations to harass,exhaust, resist, delay, or damage an enemy. While
retrograde operations are difficult, delays and withdrawals are particularly risky. Due to their rearward
orientation, retrograde operations tend to cause increased levels of psychological stress in soldiers. They
tend to see movement away from the enemy as a harbinger of defeat. Unless held in check, such concerns
can lead to rout and panic. Success in retrograde operations requires strong leadership, exemplary organization, and disciplined execution. A disorganized
retrograde operation in the presence of a strong enemy invites disaster.

The three types of retrograde operations are delays,
withdrawals, and retirements. In delays, units yield
ground to gain time while retaining flexibility and freedom of action to inflict the maximum damage on theenemy. Withdrawing units, whether all or part of acommitted force, voluntarily disengage from the enemy to preserve the force or release it for a new mission. In each type of a retrograde, a force not in contact with the enemy moves to the rear—normally by atactical road march. In all retrograde operations, firm
control of friendly maneuver elements is a prerequisite for success.

Units in retrograde must avoid decisive engagement. Subordinate elements endeavor to deny the enemy critical intelligence on the movement of the main
force. Intelligence on the enemy is constantly updated
to avoid surprise. Deception and delaying actions are
combined to prevent the enemy from closing instrength. The actions of friendly troops are swift but
never precipitous. Because of their effects on otherunits, retrograde operations require the prior approvalof the next higher command. Retirements, on the other
hand, are conducted when units are not in contact andare usually not risky.

The ability to conduct a timely withdrawal is especially dependent upon sufficient transport. Logisticians assist in formulating courses of action, adjustingsupport operations to conform to the commander’s
decisions. Logistics unit commanders and staff officers play a key role in assisting and preparing the force
for retrograde operations.

CONTENTSPURPOSE OF RETROGRADEOPERATIONS ....................................... 11-1
TYPES OF RETROGRADEOPERATIONS ....................................... 11-1
Delays ................................................... 11-2
Considering the Factors of METT-T 11-2
Deploying, Dispersing, andEmploying Forces ........................ 11-3
Organizing and Conducting
the Delay ...................................... 11-3
Ending the Delay .............................. 11-3
Withdrawals ......................................... 11-3
Retirements .......................................... 11-6

As do other operations, retrograde operations rely
on logistics support. Logistics planners advise com-

11-1

OPERATIONS

Commanders directing retrograde operations planand coordinate complementary operations to enhance
the probability of success. These operations shouldattempt to reduce the enemy’s strength, concentrate
forces in another area, prepare stronger defenses, or
maneuver the enemy into areas where he is vulnerable
to counterattacks. As in other operations, depth is important. Enemy movement is impeded in depth;
countermobility, interdiction, and long-range fires areintegrated to slow his advance.
Commanders combine different forms of retrograde into simultaneous or sequential actions. For instance, the withdrawal of one unit may precede theretirement of another. Another unit’s delaying action
may cover both operations. Synchronizing these operations requires detailed planning, close and continuous coordination, and precise execution.
DELAYS
Units conduct delays when forces are insufficient
to attack or defend or when the design of the operation dictates maneuvering the enemy into an area forsubsequent counterattack. Delays gain time forfriendly forces to reestablish the defense, to cover adefending or withdrawing unit, to protect a friendly
unit’s flank, and to participate in an economy-of-force
effort. Delays also slow or break up enemy momentum or do not allow it to begin.
Considering the Factors of METT-T
Commanders preparing to delay consider the factors of METT-T in their estimate of the situation.
Mission. The mission states the higher
commander’s delay requirements, outlines the conceptof operations, and specifies the duration and terrain
limitations. If the commander’s intent is to employ
the delaying force in subsequent operations, he mustspecify the critical parameters of the delay¡duration,
terrain to retain or deny, and the nature of the subsequent operation.
Enemy. The strength, location, tactics, mobility,
and capabilities of the enemy have a direct impact on
how the commander plans for and organizes a delay.
Some important considerations are the enemy’s likely
courses of action and his vulnerabilities to friendly
counterattack, interdiction, nonlethal technology, aerial
attack, and obstacles. Commanders also examine theenemy’s capabilities to conduct air attacks on the delaying force, to insert forces behind friendly units, and11-2

to employ weapons of mass destruction.
Terrain and Weather. Terrain determines the extent of the commanders’ options for designing delays.
Open, unobstructed terrain makes delays more difficult. While such terrain favors the use of armored,mechanized, and aviation units by the delaying force,it requires major engineer effort. The delaying force
may be subject to air attack and long-range, observed
fires.
Close or broken terrain slows enemy movement
but also makes maintaining contact with the enemy
more difficult. In wooded, swampy, or rugged terrain, infantry forces are ideal units for a delay. The
primary effect of weather on the delay is to enhanceor degrade cross-country movement, aviation support,
and obstacle construction. Limited visibility requires
greater troop unit numbers to cover a given sector andaffects the way troops maneuver and fight.
Troops. The troops available to the delaying commanders will determine their operational design. As arule, a delaying force should be at least as mobile as
the enemy. Because delaying commanders attempt to
avoid decisive combat, their forces should be capableof constructing significant obstacles and delivering
accurate, long-range fires. The organization and training of cavalry units make them uniquely suited to conduct a delay and cover other delaying forces.
When infantry units move by air to positions in
depth, they provide great flexibility to a delaying unit,
although their limited mobility makes disengagement
complex. Delaying forces rely heavily on artillery,attack helicopters, CAS, and engineers. The longer
these forces are required to delay, the more support
they will need. MI units assist by tracking the dispositions of the enemy and impeding enemy operations
by interrupting communications.
A delay can be most effective when deception confuses the enemy as to the true dispositions and intentions of the delaying force. Deception, therefore, canbe a force multiplier in conducting delaying actions.
Freedom of movement is essential to a successful delay. Therefore, when the force cannot achieve air supremacy, the positioning of air defense assets around
critical points is important.
Time Available. Time to prepare and the duration of the delay are the commanders’ final preliminaryFM 100-5

considerations. They use available time effectively toprovide subordinates with time to plan and prepare
their own operations. The duration of the delay determines the tactics they use and the risks they must accept.

ers try to avoid decisive engagement. Commanders
must frequently pass units through each other forward,
rear, or laterally in order to keep units fresh, throw theenemy off balance, and preserve the integrity of theforce.

Deploying, Dispersing, andEmploying Forces
In conducting a delay, commanders deploy their
maneuver forces forward and disperse their CS andCSS units farther to the rear to reduce their vulnerability. Artillery fire control, generally centralized in
the defense, should be in position to support all delaying units. When feasible, commanders designate maneuver reserves and use them to disengage committed
units and retard the enemy’s advance by blocking or
counterattacking his vulnerable forces.

Commanders plan and prepare positions in depth
to interrupt enemy movement. Orderly repositioningof the delaying force depends on preparation of friendly
positions in depth. While engineer efforts center on
countermobility throughout the delay, they also improve the delaying force’s mobility and construct protected positions. Throughout the delay, engineer efforts remain flexible and orient on the enemy force.

Organizing and Conducting the Delay
Delays can involve echelons up to entire corps ordivisions. Corps may conduct delays as part of an
operational withdrawal. Divisions may conduct delays as part of a corps defense or in accomplishing
their missions as a corps advance, flank, or rear guard.
If the delay is of short duration, units may fight for asingle set of positions or delay using alternate or successive positions.
Normally, unit commanders organize their delays
in parallel sectors of considerable depth, using everreforming combinations of friendly combat power. The
correct combination of attack, defense, and delay fromalternate or successive positions is essential to suchoperations. Considerations that affect those choices arenormally METT-T. The aim is to prevent enemy momentum, inflict maximum destruction, and preserve
friendly unit integrity while thinking of subsequent
operations to maintain the initiative. For instance, acommander delays initially from alternate positions
along his most dangerous approach, while delaying
from successive positions in less threatened areas. Simultaneously, commanders establish defensive positions in depth in particularly critical areas to impede
the enemy. During the delay, commanders may shift
from one technique to another as the operation develops and the posture of the enemy force changes.
By contesting the enemy’s retention of the initiative, the delaying force avoids a passive pattern thatfavors the attacker. Commanders seize the initiativewhenever possible. Assaulting an advancing enemy
throws him off balance, disorganizes his forces, prolongs the delay, and deceives him as to the intentionsof the delaying force. However, delaying command-

At all levels, commanders integrate natural obstacles into their delay plans and cover them with direct and indirect fires. The efficient use of combat
power throughout the depth and duration of the delayis crucial since delays often accompany economy-offorce operations. Due to the fluid nature of the delay,
the fastest means of massing fires on the enemy areindirect artillery and aerially delivered mines. Indirect mortar and artillery fires protect defensive positions, cover obstacles, and provide maneuver forces
with obscurants and illumination. See Figures 11-1 and
11-2.
Ending the Delay
The delay ends when enemy forces halt their attack or when the delaying force completes its mission
and passes through another force. If attrition or lackof logistical support halts the enemy force, the delaying force commander can either maintain contact, withdraw for another mission, or use the opportunity to
strike a counterblow and regain the initiative. A counterblow larger than a limited counterattack usually requires support from the higher commander, perhaps
including commitment of his reserve. For example, if
the division commander perceives that the enemy hasreached a culminating point during a division-level
delay, the time may be right to commit the reserve or
ask for the corps reserve. Taking advantage of suchopportunities requires a clear understanding of the intent of the next two higher commanders.
WITHDRAWALS
Commanders conduct withdrawals to extract subordinate units from combat, adjust defensive positions,or relocate the entire force. Whether it is a local or
general withdrawal, forces voluntarily disengage fromthe enemy and move rearward. Normally, withdrawals are free from enemy pressure

11-3

OPERATIONS

Figure 11-1. Delay from Successive Positions

and do not require the assistance of other friendly units.
Since the force is the most vulnerable if the enemy
attacks, commanders plan for a withdrawal under pressure first. Then they develop plans for a withdrawal
without pressure.
Withdrawals are inherently dangerous. Whatever
their size, withdrawing forces prepare as thoroughly
as time allows and defend themselves if the enemy
interrupts the operation. In a general withdrawal by adivision or corps, commanders organize a covering
force and a main body. The covering force prevents
effective pursuit or interference with the main body’s
withdrawal; the main body forms behind the covering
force and moves to the rear.
In all withdrawals, commanders attempt to deceive
the enemy. The plan includes deception for the covering force and main body, using multiple routes, additional transportation, route improvement, and coordinated traffic control and movement planning.
Normally, air and ground reserves are available tosupport a general withdrawal. Since withdrawing
forces are extremely vulnerable to enemy detection
and interdiction, the presence of effective indirect and11-4

missile counterfires, strong air defenses, and air superiority in the AO is desirable. Conducting demonstrations in adjacent areas can also divert the enemy’s focus on the withdrawing forces.
Whenever possible, withdrawals take place at night
or in adverse weather to help negate enemy detection.
Commanders anticipating withdrawals avoid signaling their intentions by obvious relocation of CS andCSS facilities, premature obstacle installation, or route
destruction. Jamming enemy C2 nodes slows theenemy’s reaction once the withdrawal is underway.
The foundation of withdrawal plans and orders is thecommander’s intent and scheme of maneuver. The
plan also prescribes combat organization, primary andalternate withdrawal routes, and the movement schedules of the withdrawing units.
In the conduct of a withdrawal, commanders anticipate enemy interference by fires, direct pressure,and envelopment. Withdrawing under enemy pressure, they fight a delay, permitting the main body’s
withdrawal. Main body units reinforce the covering
force as necessary and will themselves delay or defend if theFM 100-5

Figure 11-2. Delay from Alternate Positions

covering force fails to slow the enemy. All available
fires, electronic warfare assets, and obstacles support
the withdrawal of these closely engaged forces. Deep
operations may be useful in relieving pressure on units
in contact with the enemy. Commanders must tightly
control rearward movement and maintain synchronization throughout the force.
If the withdrawal begins without enemy pressure,the covering force may remain in position to prolong
the deception. If the enemy does not attack during thewithdrawal, covering forces and rear guards remain
between the enemy and the main body. The main bodymoves as rapidly as possible rearward. After the main
body withdraws a safe distance, the covering force canmove to intermediate or final positions. Every withdrawing force element must be capable of defending
itself, at least temporarily, against ground attack.
Reports of enemy activity in the rear area are amatter of great urgency. When the enemy blocks
movement to the rear, commanders either shift to alternate routes to bypass the interdicted area or attack
through the roadblock. When simultaneous withdrawalof all forces is not practicable, commanders deter-mine the sequence of withdrawal. Withdrawing themost heavily engaged units from the greatest actual or
potential pressure area may result in enemy attempts
to encircle or destroy the remaining units. Withdrawing the least heavily engaged units first may find commanders unable to withdraw those most heavily engaged or most dangerously threatened. Commanders
decide which course of action best preserves the force
while accomplishing the mission.
When corps or divisions withdraw, their reserves
remain well forward to assist other units by fire or
ground attacks. While units withdraw under pressure,reserves launch spoiling attacks to disorganize anddelay the enemy. Reserves can extricate encircled orheavily engaged forces.
Defending forces may provide the withdrawing
unit with fire support, EW support, air defense, andlogistical assistance. More importantly, they assume
sector responsibility once the withdrawing force passes
through them. When a defending force is in position,
the withdrawing unit coordinates support as early as
possible. The unit conducts the withdrawal in the usual
way until the withdrawing force passes behind the

11-5

OPERATIONS

assisting force. Once in the defended area, the withdrawing force either joins the defense or continues tothe rear in a retirement.
RETIREMENTS
Retirements are rearward movements conductedby units not in contact. Large tactical units can execute a retirement. Typically, another unit’s security
forces cover their movement as they conduct a tactical road movement. Nonetheless, they cannot assume
absolute protection from a resolute enemy. Retiring
units must organize to fight, but they fight only in selfdefense. Mobile enemy forces, unconventional forces,
air strikes, air assaults, or long-range fires may interdict the retiring unit. Commanders plan such actions.
Prearranged rear guards, artillery and aviation coverage, engineer obstacles, and command arrangements
are essential to a successful retirement.

11-6

The terrain objective toward which the retiring
force moves should support the mission of the command and the purpose of the movement. Its selection
should favor the future action of the command should
combat occur during the retirement.
Security and speed are important considerations
when conducting a retirement. Retiring units move atnight when possible. They conduct daylight movement only if their mission requires or if the enemy isincapable of interfering. When the enemy controls
the air or can otherwise interdict friendly movement
in depth, a retiring force moves by infiltration. Commanders conducting any retrograde operation mustemphasize OPSEC during the entire movement.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 12

LOGISTICS
Logistics is the process of planning and executing
the sustainment of forces in support of military operations. It includes the design, development, acquisition, storage, movement, equipping, distribution, andevacuation functions of supply, field services, maintenance, health service support, personnel, and facilities. Accordingly, it is an overarching function that
occurs across the range of military operations. At thetactical level it focuses on the traditional CSS functions of arming, fixing, fueling, manning, moving, andsustaining the soldier and his equipment. Logistics
cannot win a war, but its absence or inadequacy cancause defeat.
Geographical conditions, space and time dimensions, and a determined enemy work to make logistics
operations difficult. Branches and sequels of campaigns should stress logistics plans made in earlier
phases. Logistics operations are designed and protected
so they continue to sustain forces throughout conflict,
adapting as conditions change.
Logistics support for a force-projection army has
unique characteristics. It takes on dimensions far moving different from moving units and supplies from theUnited States to an already-established theater. The
Army relies on joint—and sometimes combined—support to project forces, which must be planned in detailprior to the onset of operations. Failure to anticipate
needs properly and to provide security for LOCs, supplies, facilities, and infrastructures undermines the
success of combat operations.
Operations tend not to begin all at once from astanding start. They develop by bits and pieces. Initial positioning of the force in theater often influences
the outcome of war. Contingency operations initiallylimit support to essentials, relying on logistics estimates and strategic airlift for rapid resupply.

supplies. Force-projection operations require comprehensive logistics support from initial planning at thestrategic level to effective support for the soldier inthe foxhole.

CONTENTS
THE UNDERPINNINGS OF LOGISTICS .... 12-2
Strategic Logistics .............................. 12-2
Operational Logistics ......................... 12-2
Tactical Logistics ................................ 12-3
LOGISTICS CHARACTERISTICS .............. 12-3
Anticipation ......................................... 12-3
Integration ........................................... 12-4
Continuity ............................................ 12-4
Responsiveness ................................. 12-4
Improvisation ...................................... 12-5
LOGISTICS PLANNINGCONSIDERATIONS ............................. 12-5
Logistics Preparations of the Theater 12-5
Force Composition ............................. 12-5
Logistics Priorities ............................. 12-6
Joint Logistics .................................... 12-6
Combined Logistics ........................... 12-6
Host Nation Support ........................... 12-6
Supporting Operations
Other than War ................................. 12-7
LOGISTICS OPERATIONS ......................... 12-7
The CONUS Base ................................ 12-7
The Communications Zone ................ 12-7
Split-Based Operations ...................... 12-8
Lines of Communications .................. 12-9
Establishing a Theater
Logistics Base ................................. 12-9
Expanding the Theater
Logistics Base ............................... 12-10
Reconstitution Operations .............. 12-10
TACTICAL LOGISTICS FUNCTIONS ........ 12-11
Manning .............................................. 12-11
Arming ................................................ 12-11
Fueling ................................................ 12-11
Fixing .................................................. 12-11
Moving ............................................... 12-12
Sustaining Soldiers andtheir Systems ................................ 12-12

Commanders should assess the resources and capabilities that are available in the theater and tailor follow-on forces accordingly. Surface transportation
moves outsized equipment, mounted units, and bulk

12-1

OPERATIONSHistorical Perspective
The logistics support for Operations Desert Shield and Desert Storm demonstrates the impact of developing a theater plan for supporting deployed forces. The replacement operations management systemprocessed and deployed 18,000 filler personnel. Of the 139,000 reserve personnel mobilized, 124,500 ofthem were in 1,033 units and 14,900 were from the individual ready reserve. While 40 percent of the
Army’s CSS assets were deployed to the theater, 60 percent of those assets came from the reserve components.
The modern division consumes as much as a World War II field army. During Operation Desert Shield,
the defensive phase of the Gulf War, each division required 345,000 gallons of diesel fuel, 50,000 gallons
of aviation fuel, 213,000 gallons of water, and 208 40-foot tractor-trailers of other supplies each day,ranging from barrier material to ammunition. During Operation Desert Storm, a 100-hour offensive, asingle division consumed 2.4 million gallons of fuel transported on 475 5,000-gallon tankers.

THE UNDERPINNINGS
OF LOGISTICS
A dependable, uninterrupted logistics system helps
commanders seize and maintain the initiative. Conversely, attacking the enemy’s support system can often threaten or weaken its center of gravity. Destruction of the enemy’s support system and protection of
our own are important aspects of campaigns and major operations. Strategic concentration and operational
maneuver and the exploitation of operational or tactical success often hinge on the adequacy of logistics
and the ability of the force to safeguard its critical
LOCs, materiel, and infrastructure. While effective
logistics operations sustain combat effectivenessthroughout the duration of operations, they retain theability to surge in support of decisive operations. As
the scale and complexity of Army operations increase,so does the importance of logistics to the success ofthese operations.
The objective of logistics is to ensure that operations succeed. Logistics arrangements cannot be someager that they do not meet the needs of commanders as they execute their operations, nor can they be so
excessive that they overwhelm the ability of commanders to move, protect, and employ them efficiently. The
logistics system must strike a balance of sufficient support to sustain operations throughout the peaks andvalleys of their duration without burdening commanders with more support than is necessary to succeed.

12-2

Logistics is one of the combat functions that helps
commanders build and sustain combat power (seeChapter 2). It is also a major operating system at eachlevel of war. Combat operations and logistics increasingly merge at higher levels of war. Neither can beconceived without consideration of the other. Strategic and operational logistics support wars, campaigns,
and major operations; tactical logistics supports battles
and engagements.
STRATEGIC LOGISTICS
At the strategic level of war, logistics is largely
the purview of the CONUS industrial and civilian sector. National political and military-strategic leaders,
as well as civilian and military suppliers and contractors, effectively combine efforts to provision the force.
Strategic logistics deals with mobilization, acquisition,
projecting forces, strategic mobility, and the strategic
concentration of logistics in the theater base and
COMMZ. It links a nation’s economic base (people,
resources, and industry) to its military operations in atheater. Strategic and operational logistics interface inthe theater of war.
OPERATIONAL LOGISTICS
Operational logistics focuses on force reception,
infrastructure develop-ment, distribution, and the management of materiel, movements, personnel, and healthservices. Contractors and civilians provide support
from within as well as from outside the theaterFM 100-5of operations. In theater, contractors and DOD civilians assigned to a logistics support element perform
specified support functions. The combatant commander provides strategic guidance and priorities for
operations while the service component commanders
identify strategic and operational requirements to thenational industrial logistics base. Deployment and integration of forces and logistics in the theater are
based on the combatant commander’s theater-strategic design in his campaign plan. Centralized management and distribution of supplies and materiel at thestrategic level facilitate decentralized execution of logistics at the operational and tactical levels.
Operational logistics encompasses those support
activities required to sustain campaigns and major operations. It enables success at the tactical level of war.
Logistics significantly impacts on the ARFOR
commander’s decision process. METT-T analysis
determines logistics time and distance factors, throughput, and LOCs. Assured logistics communications
supporting high data-transmission rates with the national industrial base provide total asset visibility ofcritical items. In-transit visibility enables the commander to know the location of resources in transit
and to allocate them based on their projected arrival.
TACTICAL LOGISTICS
Tactical logistics, which includes construction engineering activities, sustains the tactical commander’sability to fight battles and engagements.
Successful tactical logistics provides the right support
at the right time and place to units in the CZ. The
focus at the tactical level is on manning and arming
tactical units, fixing and fueling their equipment, moving soldiers, equipment, and supplies, and sustaining
soldiers and their systems. Tactical commanders thoroughly integrate the concept of logistical support with
their concept of operations during tactical planning.
Mobile, responsive capabilities are essential for preparation and execution of tactical logistics.

LOGISTICS CHARACTERISTICS
Successful logistics must be both effective and efficient. Logistics operations are not successful unlessthey provide effective support. Scarce resources require logistics operations to be efficient. Effectiveness,
however, cannot be handicapped by efficiency. These
two aspects of logistics are balanced to provide thefoundation for successful logistics operations.
Five characteristics facilitate effective, efficient lo-

gistics operations. Foremost among these characteristics is anticipation. Commanders and logisticians anticipate requirements. They integrate logistics concepts and operations with strategic, operational, andtactical plans. Logistics operations and systems must
be responsive to the commander, providing continuous support to forward-deployed forces. Finally, logisticians improvise to expedite actions when needed.
These five characteristics—anticipation, integration,
continuity, responsiveness, and improvisation—enable
operational success. They apply to war and operations other than war.
ANTICIPATION
Accurate anticipation of requirements can enhanceboth the agility of the force and its ability to seize andretain the initiative and synchronize activities in depth.
Though no one can predict the exact course of events,
future logistics demands must be estimated as accurately as possible. Anticipation means identifying,accumulating, and maintaining the assets and information necessary to support operations at the righttimes and places. Anticipation also means developing logistics capabilities that are versatile and mobile
enough to accommodate likely operational or tacticalevents. Strategic and operational commanders andlogisticians visualize the entire course of a major operation or campaign while planning in detail for thecurrent phase.
Logistics planners should anticipate requirements
in order to push the right support forward; this minimizes the need for improvisation in the theater. Anticipation requires constant coordination between theoperations and logistics staffs.
Base facilities, priorities of support, LOCs, andtroop movements in the theater support the main lines
of operation. Successful logistics plans anticipate shifts
in demand based on the changing nature of operations.
Examples include operations that shift from high-ammunition to high-petroleum consumption or the transition from combat operations to operations other thanwar.
Anticipation may mean pre-positioning criticalsupplies, end items, and replacement crews behindeach corps sector at the beginning of high-tempo operations. This precludes the impracticality of crossleveling between corps at the start of combat operations.

12-3

OPERATIONSINTEGRATION
Tactical and operational success depend on fully
integrated concepts of logistics and operations. Integration during planning ensures support of operations
during execution. Logistics capabilities often affectthe feasibility of a concept of operations. Based on
the theater strategic and operational concept, logisticians develop a logistics concept that gives commanders the greatest possible freedom of action and enhances the agility and versatility of an operation. Supporting unit commanders are bold and innovative intheir support operations and contribute to surprise byhelping the supported force do more than the enemy
believes possible. Even deception plans should incorporate logistics activities.
Since Army forces usually operate as part of joint
and combined forces, integrating support operations
may yield efficiencies not otherwise achievable. The
Army seeks opportunities for such integration throughout the planning and execution of operations by determining who can best provide support. The Army continues to promote standardization and interoperabilityof its forces and equipment with other services andallies.
CONTINUITY
Any interruption in logistics operations diminishes
the combat power of a force. During operations, committed forces require continuous supply and service
support to sustain their fighting strength and agility.
Continuity of support is the lifeblood of combat operations at all levels. For example, a tactical plan should
provide for logistics support to friendly units that may
be isolated by enemy action. This can be done by
ensuring that CSS capabilities accompany isolated ordetached units or by specifically planning resupply,
health service support, and personnel replacement
operations.
While both combat operations and logistics canvary in intensity, combat operations may enter periods of relative inactivity; logistics operations do not.
Commanders use every opportunity to increase sustaining capabilities. When the pace of combat activity diminishes, CSS units replenish their capabilities
while continuing support to combat units.
Continuity requires that the logistics effort never
become hostage to a single source or mode of support.
It means adapting to changing missions and priorities
quickly and adjusting to temporary or permanent losses

12-4

of key seaports and airports and LOCs. Forward-positioned bases and alternate facilities enhance continuity of support. These options may require additional
construction or a reduction in current consumption.
Force-projection operations require balancing the costof these options against the risk of interrupting continuity of support.
RESPONSIVENESS
The logistics system must react rapidly in crises.
Moreover, seldom will requirements for units and supplies be known. Logistics commanders and staffs must
adapt units to requirements, often on short notice. Tailoring organizations will be the rule. Often units will
operate with troop lists different from normal garrisonand home station training situations. Provisional units
might need to be formed. Logistics units, like combat
and CS units, will frequently be task-organized forforce-projection requirements that will be difficult toforecast with complete accuracy. Training CSS andbase development engineering units to respond on short
notice and surge their support for brief periods develops quick reaction to increased demands. Such quickreaction efforts may temporarily disrupt long-range
logistics planning but are often required to win.
At the operational level, the logistics system meets
similar extraordinary demands on an even greater scale.
Efforts to reestablish a ruptured defense or exploit atactical success may require relocation of logistics
bases, repositioning of forward health service support,
major redirection of LOCs, reallocation of transportation and construction means, or short-notice transfer
of replacement personnel or units from one part of thetheater to another. The mental and physical ability tocope with such requirements and the discipline to refocus in a crisis is built into the logistics system byeffective organization, careful planning, solid training, and strong leadership. Supply discipline includes
adhering to movement tables, declaring and distributing excess materials, and observing senior commanders’ logistics priorities. Supply discipline contributes
to a responsive logistics system.
Responsive logistics, especially when time or otherresources are constrained, relies greatly on worldwide,assured communications and automation networks.
These capabilities assist in integrating the full spectrum of logistics functions into a single system. This
may eliminate unnecessary accounting, bookkeeping,and information processing during combat operations.

FM 100-5

IMPROVISATION
Improvisation is the talent to make, invent, arrange,
or fabricate what is needed out of what is at hand. Successful logistics operations adapt to changing situations. The American soldier is a master at this. Improvised methods and supply sources can maintainlogistics continuity when standard procedures fail.
Commanders and planners continually review
planning factors and consumption rates, maintain intransit asset visibility, and revise logistics planning estimates. Creative commanders and smart logisticianslearn to anticipate the unexpected and adjust accordingly. Enemy action, interruption of sealift or airlift,and natural disasters can disrupt plans and require
improvisation. Logistical improvisation will often
spell the difference between success and failure of
combat operations.
The need to improvise is even necessary in bestcase scenarios. As ground operations enjoyed great
success in Operation Desert Storm, Army units had todeal with an unexpectedly large number of enemy prisoners of war (EPW). Coalition forces collected 60,000
EPWs during the 100 hours of combat and thousands
more following the cease-fire. Since the engineer units
that would normally construct new EPW facilities werestill committed to other operations, the 800th MP Brigade (EPW) constructed the additional EPW camps
they were to operate to accomplish their mission.
In fast-breaking situations, commanders are prepared to press tactical or civilian vehicles into service
as supply transporters, to conduct battle damage assessment (BDA), to cannibalize equipment for parts,
or to establish emergency supply points. Less dramatic circumstances¡such as unexpected maintenance
failures in a particular type of equipment, loss of support equipment, destruction of vital infrastructure,
shortage of a particular blood type, or unanticipatedpeaks in work load¡may also require improvised solutions. While improvisation is not a substitute for anticipation, it is a necessary complement.

LOGISTICS
PLANNING CONSIDERATIONS
Planning for logistics at all levels involves several critical decisions concerning the interface of combat, CS, and CSS activities. Support of major operations, battles, and engagements requires organizationof capabilities and resources into an overall logistics
concept. Logistics planning and operations must beversatile; they must complement combat plans andoperations and enhance the ability of the supported
unit to accomplish its mission. Balanced logistics
means enough support to do the mission but not somuch that it overwhelms the system. Although logistics factors constrain combat operations, the supported
commander’s concept of operations, priorities, andallocations dictate the actions of the supporting logistician.
Logistics planners seek innovative ways to minimize strategic-lift requirements. Strategic lift is a
scarce resource. Some of the ways that help reducethe demands on strategic-lift requirements include
echeloning capabilities and CSS units, establishing
split-based operations, precon-figuring the packaging
of material, and using civilian contractor, allied, andhost nation capabilities.
LOGISTICS PREPARATION
OF THE THEATER
Logistics preparation of the theater combinespeacetime planning actions taken by logisticians at allechelons to maximize means (force structure, resources, and strategic lift) of logistically supportingthe commander’s plan. These planning actions include
identifying and preparing the bases of operations; selecting and improving LOCs; projecting and preparing forward logistics bases; and forecasting and building operational stock assets forward and afloat. These
actions focus on identifying the resources currently
available in the theater of war or operations for use byfriendly forces and ensuring access to them.
As time and resources allow, the Army will program actions to improve the infrastructure of the theater, assisting the move toward greater stability andmilitary capability. Logistics preparation of the theater is a tool to optimize the volume of deploying resources and personnel, as well as the number of logistics units that compete for strategic lift.
FORCE COMPOSITION
The active and reserve components’ force composition, as well as the ratio of combat, CS, and CSS
troops, influences the time needed to create a logistics
base in the theater and prepare it for operations. For
example, force-projection operations may begin as
contingency operations, consisting primarily of active
component combat forces. Reserve component forces
may assist in the deployment, providing CS and CSS.
Planners also consider that assured availability of

12-5

OPERATIONS

civilian and contractor support will be necessary forvirtually all deployment and logistics operations. The
theater support structure may be augmented from TDA
organizations such as an AMC logistics support organization.
In operations other than war, the reserve components may furnish the primary forces for certain typesof missions. Since a large portion of the Army’s CSS
units are in the reserve components, the preparednessof those units and the time necessary to mobilize anddeploy them will be significant planning factors. Specialized force structures require specialized support
structures, often drawn from the reserve components.
Theater entry considerations require a thoroughreview of the mobilization and deployment plans toensure the best mix of units and integration of arrival
times. This ensures logistics support for combat forces
as they arrive in theater. A force-projection army needs
the capability to develop the logistics base concurrently
with building combat power. As combat power builds,
the logistics base must be dynamic and expand to meetthe needs of the combat force.
LOGISTICS PRIORITIESCommanders conserve resources by establishingpriorities for support. The priorities of all supporting
commanders are governed by the theater commander’sguidance and priorities under his combatant command
authority (COCOM). This is a prerequisite for developing a support plan. Priorities may shift between units
or to different areas. As they do, it is necessary toevaluate the capability of the existing logistics system
to support such a shift.
Exploiting an operational situation, reconstituting,preparing for future battles, or continuing current operations may alter priorities. Any shifting of priorities
may require the relocation of certain supply, medical,
service, maintenance, or personnel units to ensure full
support. During relocation, logistical planners anticipate a temporary reduction in CSS capability but ensure continuous support throughout the relocation.
Such relocations may require diverting transportationand other logistics assets from support of combat units
to move the support base.
JOINT LOGISTICS
Joint integration of logistics is crucial to unity ofeffort. The concept of joint logistics cannot be fully
realized until accountability and acquisition procedures

12-6

are completely integrated. At the strategic levels of
logistics, this integration is already unified and joint.
The theater combatant commander may direct the service components to support the joint force with particular logistics functions, based on the dominant-user
or most-capable-service concepts. For example, theArmy may provide all Class I (subsistence) support,
construction, movement control, mortuary affairs, orwater support. Duplication of support among the services is expensive and wasteful. Support plans must
be versatile enough to realize the efficiencies possible
with joint logistics.
COMBINED LOGISTICS
Combined logistics operations require similar integration. Operations with other nations require as
much standardization as possible between forces toensure interoperability. While this ideal is rarely
achievable, the Army integrates its efforts as much as
possible to that end. The Army cannot rest on thenotion that logistics is a national responsibility. Whilethat is an accepted principle, the Army endeavors to
streamline multinational efforts toward focused combat power. Complementary arrangements work bestwhen each partner contributes national assets as it isable. The coalition or alliance coordinates these efforts. Army forces can benefit from assistance fromtheir allies. During both deployment and entry operations, combined logistics can be crucial. Although othernations’ logistical structures may not have the same
technological capabilities or the same level of sophistication, Army forces must work toward integrating
logistics systems.
HOST NATION SUPPORTIn a forward-presence theater, preestablished arrangements for host nation support can significantly
reduce the requirement for early augmentation of US
logistics assets. Host nation support can maximize
early strategic lift by reducing requirements for moving resources to the theater. Host nation support arrangements may include operation, maintenance, andsecurity of seaports and airports; construction and management of routes, railways, and inland waterways;
provision of some health service support, subsistence
support, laundry and bath support, petroleum pipelines,
and bulk storage or warehouse for other facilities; logistics civil augmentation programs; and operation ofexisting communications networks. Host nation support could also include transportation, civilian labor,
and local security and police forces.

FM 100-5

Whether or not the Army has a host nation support agreement, logistics contracting support (including comptroller and finance personnel) should deploy
early to arrange access to host nation capabilities.
While certainly a logistics multiplier, host nation support cannot be relied on as a sole source for support.
SUPPORTING OPERATIONSOTHER THAN WAR
Supporting operations other than war places special demands on the logistics system. Operation Andrew, in the wake of Hurricane Andrew’s devastationof southern Florida in 1992, is an example of a disaster relief mission where soldiers supported local andstate domestic authorities. Throughout Andrew, soldiers distributed relief supplies, constructed temporary
shelters, and removed debris.
Other typical support operations involve constructing roads, bridges, and other key infrastructure andproviding emergency medical support abroad in support of diplomatic initiatives. Combatant commanders tailor logistics support of these operations basedon theater needs much as they would do in wartime
situations. In some cases, CS or CSS units may be theonly units involved in operations other than war. The
logistical operation may well be the main effort in certain situations. The level of support, however, should
not overwhelm indigenous forces or cause them tobecome solely dependent on Army resources. Armyefforts must be integrated with host nation or local
resources and activities. The wide variety of potential
support requirements demands a flexible logistics
structure tailored to theater missions.

LOGISTICS OPERATIONS
The logistics needs of the force determine the logistics structure. The operational logistics system links
tactical CSS units to strategic logistics support structures. Theater-strategic logistics supports the theater
campaign and links logistics support from the CONUS,
or other theater base, to operational logistics. It includes all activities in the theater base and theater rear
portion of the COMMZ. Operational logistics includes
those support activities required to sustain campaigns
and major operations within a theater. It extends forward from theater port facilities and support bases to
CSS units and facilities organic to major tactical formations. It also extends to the rear from the same
ports or bases to the strategic industrial base in the
United States. Tactical logistics directly supports tac-tical units throughout the theater. Figure 12-1 depicts
the relationship of strategic, operational, and tacticallogistics operations.
Depending on the factors of METT-T, commanders decide when to deploy CSS and construction engineer units with respect to the deployment of combat
forces. Prior to deployment of these units, combatantcommanders consider deploying a logistics planningcell to begin evaluating requirements, assessing hostnation capabilities, and contracting for those items necessary to sustain initial units. Based on METT-T, combatant commanders build logistics forces from thoseresources provided by the services. Combatant commanders also provide limited support for ad hoc multinational coalition forces.
With total asset visibility (TAV), supply managers will know the locations of all supplies throughout
the supply system. TAV allows managers to quickly
locate, distribute, and redistribute equipment and supplies, including ammunition associated with specificweapon systems. Current and certain knowledge ofthe location of supply items allows managers to divertmateriel to priority units and locations.
The heart of any logistics system is the distribution system—the complex of facilities, installations,
methods, and procedures designed to receive, store,
maintain, issue, and move materiel to using activities
and units. LOCs connect the critical points of thissystem. Both logistical and combat operations relyon an effective and efficient distribution system.
THE CONUS BASE
The CONUS base includes the national industrial
base with its national inventory control points, distribution centers, arsenals, plants, manufacturing facilities, and medical and personnel support centers. The
CONUS base is the strategic foundation for the logistics system.
THE COMMUNICATIONS ZONEThe COMMZ extends from the rear of the CZ inthe theater of operations to the CONUS base. The
COMMZ includes the LOCs; the establishments within
the theater logistics bases that provide supply, maintenance, field services, transportation, health services,personnel support, and evacuation; and other agencies
required for the immediate support and sustainmentof the field forces. The theater support structure can

12-7

OPERATIONS

Figure 12-1. Theater Logistics System

be formed around Army organizations and can be augmented by the Army, other government agencies, andcivilian resources.
The national industrial base and bases in other theaters are linked to the theater logistics base throughintertheater LOCs. Theater army commanders assume
responsibility for distribution management at theater
port facilities. The mission of the entire logistics system—from CONUS to the most forward-deployed
CSS forces in the CZ—is to provide support in theright quantities at the right time and place.
Theater logistics capabilities support units locatedin and passing through the COMMZ and absorb requirements that are beyond the capability or capacityof the forward support units. Theater logistics bases
are often located well behind the CZ. Positioning selected theater logistics capabilities forward can help

12-8

disperse critical assets and be more responsive to units
in the CZ.
SPLIT-BASED OPERATIONS
The full integration of supply and transportation
functions into a vertical distribution system is critical.
Enhanced and assured communications allow selectedlogistics management functions to be accomplishedfrom CONUS or from a forward-presence location,
deploying only those functional capabilities absolutely
necessary. This is called split-based operations. Splitbased operations can be used as a means of providing
materiel management support to the force, wherever
it is located. To do this, part of the materiel management center (MMC) remains in CONUS or its peacetime forward-presence location, while force-projection
cells deploy to an AO with the force they support.

FM 100-5

The deployed MMC cells consist of personnel andequipment in modular components that provide a conduit for electronic transmission of logistics data andmessage and voice communications traffic. The rear
MMC continues to support the stay-behind force while
concurrently interfacing with the deployed cells toprovide the required support forward. With assured
communications and automation, the forward-deployed MMC cell is able to interface back to the supporting MMC. Split-based operations apply to all otherlogistics functions. Planners assess the capabilities andassets available in the theater and determine how to
supplement them without unnecessary duplication.
LINES OF COMMUNICATION
LOCs are all the routes (land, water, and air) thatconnect an operating military force with a base of operations and along which supplies and military forces
move. They are different than lines of operation, which
describe the direction from a combat force’s base ofoperations to its objective. Traditionally, limited clearance capacities at ports and airfields and limited inland transportation networks constrain combat operations. Significant logistics coordination takes place atthose key nodes. Land, naval, and air forces of various nations, for example, compete for real estate, ship
berthing and unloading facilities, transportation, labor,
and construction materials. Identifying bottlenecks enroute to or within the theater is the first step in coordinating activities to avoid overloading LOCs or determining how to increase throughput.
Maintaining uninterrupted logistics support
throughout all phases of an operation or campaign isthe central challenge of logistics. Effective and efficient distribution of logistics along LOCs is critical.
Depending on the geography of the theater, the availability of transportation assets, and the threat, ALOCs
and SLOCs may supplement ground LOCs. Strategic
LOCs are linked with a predominantly ground LOC
network at the theater base. Intratheater ALOCs are
required to maintain flexibility and effect emergency
high-priority resupply and replacement actions.
A campaign or major operation should never depend on a single LOC. Moreover, where austere logistics resources limit multiple LOCs, security for air
and ground LOCs is particularly important. Protecting LOCs at minimum cost to committed combat units
includes using geographic features, friendly civil security forces, and uncommitted combat units. It may
be necessary to conduct a major operation to secure

the LOCs required to support later phases of a campaign.
On a fluid battlefield, LOCs may change orientation rapidly. Unexpected threats may require the rapid
redeployment of combat forces to block or counterattack the enemy. Unexpected opportunities may develop which might disappear unless quickly exploited.
Doing so might require a significant reorientation of
the main effort. Ideally, the locations of LOCs allow
shifts in operational direction without major adjustment of the sustaining effort. More frequently, however, shifts in lines of operation require a corresponding change in LOCs. Such a change may also be necessary to compensate for damage to or interruption ofexisting LOCs.
The operational commander understands the relationship between time, LOCs, and forward combat
power. Time spent in deliberate preparation—moving units and stockpiling resources—can result ingreater operational capability in the future. This was
the case in Operations Desert Shield and Desert Storm,
where bases were positioned forward to support future operations. The commander weighs these advantages against current operational requirements. The
operational commander seeks to support each major
operation efficiently and, as the campaign progresses,
to adjust his LOCs and support bases as necessary.
Versatility is built into the logistics system to makethese adjustments with minimum confusion and delay. Forces decrease risk associated with shifting LOCs
by terrain and route reconnaissance, assignment andreconnaissance of alternate transhipment and supply
point areas, construction and maintenance of alternate
facilities and transportation networks, development andrehearsal of rapid relocation procedures, and continuous contingency planning. Logistics operations can
avoid shortfalls by carefully integrating intratheater
airlift and using host nation support and tactical support assets during the actual relocation of facilities andtraffic. Logistics planners estimate the time required
to make those adjustments and begin the relocation
process early.
ESTABLISHING A
THEATER LOGISTICS BASE
Combat and supporting logistics activities rely on
an underlying infrastructure system. The Army willoften be required to provide engineering and base development support to joint and combined operations.

12-9

OPERATIONS

The throughput capacity of airports and seaports constrains units and materiel flowing into a theater. Engineer resources can expand this capacity. Theater logistics bases are characterized by facilities for storage
and transfer of ammunition and bulk petroleum, maintenance of sensitive equipment, power generation anddistribution, and protection of vital materiel. Roads
and bridges should be sufficient to move traffic to theforward combat areas. Logistics preparation of thetheater includes determining maintenance priorities forexisting infrastructure, repairing damaged or destroyed
infrastructure, and constructing facilities to compensate for infrastructure shortfalls. Balancing requirements for combat engineers with base development
engineering needs and considering host nation engineering capabilities along with those of other services
are also part of the planning process. During initial
base establishment, split-based logistics operations areoften a necessity.
The depth, simultaneity, and tempo of operations
challenge planners to forecast and respond to the needsof forward-deployed units. Even in a developed theater, operational and logistical planners continually reassess the location of their principal and supplementary bases of support. The choice of where to establish the initial lodgment or support base could influence the course of the entire campaign. Lodgments
should allow easy access to strategic sealift and airlift, offer adequate space for storage, facilitatetranshipment of supplies, and be accessible to multiple LOCs. Lodgments are thus often established near
key seaport or airport facilities. Logistics-over-theshore (LOTS) operations may augment undevelopedor damaged facilities or provide ports where none exist. The vulnerability of ports to long-range, highly
destructive enemy weaponry will increase the importance of the ability to conduct LOTS operations fromanchorages.
Seldom will logistics base locations contain theideal mixture of desired characteristics. Commanders
make difficult choices as they organize a theater ofoperations. They weigh the risks and benefits of particular logistics base sites, seeking a structure that is
flexible, supports the campaign design, and meets theneeds of the fighting force.
EXPANDING THE THEATERLOGISTICS BASE
As the force in a theater increases, the commander
ensures an appropriate balance of combat, CS, and CSS
units throughout expansion. Plans to build up forces

12-10

in a theater reflect any necessary acclimatization, reequipping, or in-theater training, as well as establishing and enhancing life support infrastructure. The
support capacity of the logistics base must accommodate the flow of combat forces.
With the arrival of each unit in the theater, logistics planners revise support plans, assign missions to
newly arrived CSS units, adjust the missions of CSS
units already in support, and cross-level supplies andpersonnel. With the integration of each new unit, commanders reevaluate and adjust their logistics priorities. Each time the force expands or contracts, planners review facilities and logistics requirements toensure they are adequate to accomplish the mission.
Using information provided in the logistics estimate, the logistics system responds to meet the increased demands for supplies and services caused by
the expanding force. Both logistics and operational
planners prepare to meet the increased competition forspace on the battlefield. Units preparing for future
missions require adequate terrain to train and prepare
for combat. Commanders carefully balance sustaining the force with retaining the initiative, protecting
the force, and preparing for future operations.
RECONSTITUTION OPERATIONSAt the strategic level, reconstitution consists of
those functions and activities required to restore the
Army’s capability to respond to any mission acrossthe full range of possible operations. Strategic reconstitution refers to the industrial and mobilization baseof the nation. The Army’s strategic reconstitution depends on the integration of national efforts to restore
its capability to mobilize, deploy, and conduct future
operations.
At the tactical level, reconstitution consists of thereorganization or regeneration of people and equipment to restore combat capability. Reorganization isrestoring combat effectiveness by cross-leveling assets within a unit or by forming a composite (smaller)
unit. For example, an attrited battalion could be reorganized into two full-strength companies. Reorganization provides a means to maintain a level of continuous combat effectiveness. Regeneration is the rebuilding of a unit in which the mission capability has
been reduced or degraded. Normally, the headquarters two levels higher is responsible for regeneration.
It is accomplished through replacement of personnel
and equipment, reestablishment of effective C2, andconduct of essential training. During regeneration,
consideration should beFM 100-5

given to maintaining the integrity of the remaining
effective squads, teams, or crews. Taking this action
preserves the cohesion, trust, and confidence of a unit
to the maximum extent possible. Regenerated units
need training before being reintroduced into combat.

TACTICALLOGISTICS FUNCTIONSCSS units, supported by engineer units, accomplish tactical logistics functions. Tactical logistics units
normally operate from tactical rear operations areas.
Commanders choose rear operations areas as part ofthe battlefield framework, with close and deep areas
appropriate to accomplish the mission at least cost.
Commanders, however, may choose to separate theirtactical rear operations in time and distance to anoncontiguous or adjacent area. Such separation might
be temporary or permanent. Commanders make thesechoices as a result of their METT-T analysis.
Logistics operations at the strategic and operational
levels make the execution of logistics at the tacticallevel possible. Tactical logistics functions are manning, arming, fueling, fixing, moving the force, andsustaining soldiers and their systems.
MANNING
The systems of personnel readiness management,
replacement management, and casualty management
meet the Army personnel requirements from mobilization and deployment through redeployment and demobilization. The Army personnel readiness systemprovides a flexible tool for selecting and assigningsoldiers with the correct skills to meet the requirements
before, during, and after combat. The replacement
management system moves soldiers and civilians
through the CONUS replacement centers to unit commanders in the theater of operations. The replacement
system responds to commanders through the personnel-readiness management system. Casualty management helps the personnel-readiness manager replacelosses incurred during battle.
ARMING
During periods of intense combat, arming the force
is extensive and time-sensitive. It begins with peacetime planning and covers all phases of force-projection operations. Arming the force requires detailed

planning and coordination among the combat users andthe ammunition and transportation logisticians at alllevels. Modern warfare consumes large amounts of
ammunition. Much of the Army’s ordnance depends
on high-quality electronic and optical technologies for
precision and effectiveness. Logistics provides the total package of components, technical maintenance, andskilled soldiers to keep weapons systems firing. The
key to arming soldiers in the field is planning for a
flexible logistics distribution system capable of surging for the main effort. Given the large variety of
ammunition and weapons in use and the fluid natureof battle, arming soldiers has become an even greater
challenge.
FUELING
While the high performance air and ground vehicles of the Army furnish great potential mobility forboth heavy and light forces, they also consume large
quantities of fuel. Wheeled vehicles use less fuel thantracked vehicles and heavy equipment but still makegreat cumulative demands on the logistics system.
Providing clear priorities for fueling, accurately estimating fuel consumption, and economizing assets
whenever possible contribute to ensuring adequate
support of operations. Logisticians operate a high-volume refueling system to support routine consumption
rates; they also provide a surge capability. In peakconsumption periods, victory may depend on the ability of the logistics system to increase the flow of fuel.
Whether combat, CS, or CSS, all units require uninterrupted fueling to function effectively.
FIXING
Maximizing equipment availability is a necessity
in supporting a force-projection army. Sound maintenance practices in all units, forward positioning ofmaintenance capabilities, quickly accessible repair
parts, and well-understood priorities for recovery andrepair may spell the difference between success andfailure. Repairing equipment far forward is key. A
tailored maintenance capability will deploy, move with,and redeploy with supported units. Modular support
teams will provide additional capabilities. Battle damage assessment and repair (BDAR) provides the capability to quickly repair and return equipment to combat or expedite recovery and evacuation to the closest

12-11

OPERATIONS

maintenance facility with required capabilities. The
maintenance focus is on supporting combat operations.
MOVING
Soldiers, equipment, and supplies must move rapidly and in sufficient quantities to support combat operations. Tactical actions require timely concentration of units and materiel and often demand short-notice movement of large forces and major shifts in direction of movement. Automated systems provide intransit visibility. At the tactical level, units, supplies,
and important facilities move as battles progress toensure responsive support of committed units as large
as corps. While moving, CSS units must protect themselves and provide logistical support to combat units.
Planning, controlling, and executing transportation
operations require detailed preparation and extensive
training of CSS staffs and units. The complicating
effects of terrain, weather, and enemy interdiction demand well-planned engineer support and great flexibility of transportation planners and operators.
SUSTAINING SOLDIERS
AND THEIR SYSTEMSThe five elements to sustaining soldiers and theirsystems are personnel services, health services, field
services, quality of life, and general supply support.
Personnel Service Support
Personnel service support is the management andexecution of personnel services; resource management;
finance services; chaplaincy activities; command information services; and legal service support. Soldiers
are reassured by concerned, positive leadership and apersonnel system that ensures care for them while they
perform their missions.
Health Service Support
The HSS system provides flexibile, versatile, andfully modernized HSS units to support the rapid deployment of a CONUS-based, force-projection army.
The medical force will assure a medical presence withthe soldier and, at the same time, provide state-of-theart medical and surgical treatment and evacuation, limited only by the operational environment. This support will ensure that battlefield casualties are treatedand evacuated quickly.
The HSS system is a continuum of health care from

12-12

the forward line of own troops through the CONUS
sustaining base. It is a system designed to provide
continuous medical management of patients throughout the differing levels of care and evacuation. The
medical challenge is to provide HSS simultaneously
to the CONUS base and to establish an HSS system
within the theater that provides requisite care and support to soldiers, including progressive treatment andevacuation. An additional requirement exists to provide HSS to redeployment and demobilization operations at the conclusion of military operations. Furthermore, HSS requirements will surface in support of operations other than war. Typical operations include
disaster relief, nation assistance, support to domestic
civil authorities, and peacekeeping activities.
HSS is based on far-forward surgical and medical
treatment to sustain the health of the force and treat
life-threatening injuries; standardized medical units
using a modular medical support system throughout
the division, corps, and COMMZ areas; standardized
air and ground medical evacuation units, using air
evacuation as the primary means of medical evacuation; flexible and responsive hospitals designed andstructured with medical modules to allow for strategic
deployment; and enhanced ancillary and functional
support systems using advanced state-of-the-art technology.
Field Service Support
Field services consist of food preparation, water
purification, bakery, clothing and light textile repair,laundry and shower, parachute packing, air item maintenance, rigging supplies and equipment for airdrop,
and mortuary affairs. Technological advances have
improved the quality of field service support to thesoldier from tactical showers to improved food service support from modular field kitchens. Provisionof these basics is essential for the maintenance of soldier health, morale, and welfare.
Quality of Life
Ensuring quality of life is a command responsibility. Quality of life and family considerations affectevery soldier’s readiness and willingness to fight.
Effective personnel services, health services, and field
services ease immediate soldier concerns. The soldier who fights best is the one who is reassured that
his loved

FM 100-5

ones are adequately cared for at the home station, especially when units deploy from forward-presence locations. The family supports the soldier best when it
is assured that the soldier is appropriately cared for.
Accurate and timely delivery of mail enhances thequality of life of the soldier in the field. Command
information provided to family members must be as
timely and accurate as possible, especially in an ageof instant communications where a soldier’s friend may
be sharing news about a loved one in almost real time.
A direct relationship exists between adequate, wellthought-out soldier and family quality of life programs,
soldier morale, and combat effectiveness.

General Supply Support
General supply support encompasses the provision of clothing, water, barrier material, and major end
items in support of the force. These classes of supply
include all the systems that support the soldier. The
quality and acceptability of rations, clothing, and sundry packages are critical in sustaining the morale ofsoldiers, enhancing their ability to perform effectively.

12-13

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 13

OPERATIONS OTHER THAN WAR
The Army’s primary focus is to fight and win thenation’s wars. However, Army forces and soldiers
operate around the world in an environment that may
not involve combat. Chapter 2 describes fundamentals that apply to all Army operations. This chapter
describes the principles and tenets associated with
Army operations other than war.

THE ENVIRONMENTIn preparing to fight the nation’s wars, the Armydevelops the leadership, organizations, equipment, discipline, and skills for a variety of operations otherthan war. Doctrine for war complements that for operations other than war. Though modified to accommodate different situations, some of the same principles apply to both environments.
Properly applied to the situation at hand, these principles balance the Army’s response to challenges andconfrontations in situations other than war. They ensure that the efforts of Army forces are effective andproportional to the task at hand.
Army forces have participated in operations otherthan war in support of national interests throughout its
history. They have protected citizens at the edge ofthe frontiers of an expanding America; built roads,
bridges, and canals; assisted nations abroad; and served
our nation in a variety of other missions.
Thus, operations other than war are not new to the
Army. Their pace, frequency, and variety, however,
have quickened in the last three decades. Today, theArmy is often required, in its role as a strategic force,to protect and further the interests of the United States
at home and abroad in a variety of ways other thanwar.
Army forces face complex and sensitive situations
in a variety of operations. These range from support
to US, state, and local governments, disaster relief,
nation assistance, and drug interdiction to peacekeeping, support for insurgencies and counterinsurgencies,
noncombatant evacuation, and peace enforcement.

Operations other than war often are of long duration and undergo a number of shifts in direction during their course. Immediate solutions to difficult problems may not be obvious or may jeopardize long-term
objectives. Peacekeeping, for example, demands thatthe peacekeeping force maintain strict neutrality. Oneor more of the belligerents may attempt to provoke a
response from peacekeeping forces that could undermine long-term peacekeeping efforts. Certain militaryresponses to civil disturbance may solve the immediate crisis but subvert the legitimacy of local authorities and cause further civil unrest. Humanitarian relief
and

CONTENTS
THE ENVIRONMENT .................................. 13-0
THE PRINCIPLES ....................................... 13-3
Objective .............................................. 13-4
Unity of Effort ...................................... 13-4
Ligitimacy ............................................ 13-4
Perserverance ..................................... 13-4
Restraint .............................................. 13-4
Security ................................................ 13-4
THE ACTIVITIES ......................................... 13-5
Noncombatant Evacuation
Operations ....................................... 13-5
Arms Control ....................................... 13-5
Support to Domestic
Civil Authorities ............................... 13-5
Humanitarian Assistance andDisaster Relief ................................. 13-5
Security Assistance ............................ 13-5
Nation Assistance ............................... 13-6
Support to Counterdrug Operaions .. 13-6
Combatting Terrorism ........................ 13-7
Peacekeeping Operaions ................... 13-6
Peace Enforcement ............................ 13-7
Show of Force ..................................... 13-7
Support for Insurgencies andCounterinsurgencies ...................... 13-8
Attacks and Raids ............................... 13-8

13-0

FM 100-5

nation assistance should not promote dependency on
aid from outside sources. Quick, efficient action by
US forces that resolves an immediate issue without
considering the long-term consequences and goals may
promote instability. In operations other than war, victory comes more subtly than in war. Disciplined forces,
measured responses, and patience are essential to successful outcomes.
Operations other than war may precede and/or follow war or occur simultaneously with war in the sametheater. They may be conducted in conjunction withwartime operations to complement the achievementof strategic objectives. They may support a combatant commander’s forward-presence operations or a US
ambassador’s country plan. They may occur in the
United States. They are designed to promote regional
stability, maintain or achieve democratic end states,
retain US influence and access abroad, provide humane assistance to distressed areas, protect US interests, and assist US civil authorities. The NCA employs Army forces to such ends in support of US National Military Strategy. Such employment serves topreserve and promote American democratic values
peacefully, minimizing the need for combat operations
by defusing crises and nurturing peaceful resolutionof contentious issues.
The Army conducts such operations as part of a
joint team and often in conjunction with other US andforeign government agencies. Operations other thanwar are intrinsic to a combatant commander’s peacetime theater strategy, an ambassador’s country plan,or civil assistance at home. Army soldiers serve daily
in this capacity: engineers help host nations build roads
and improve infrastructures; MPs assist in the restoration of civil order; medics provide inoculations andadvice for preventing disease; mobile training teams
enhance local militaries’ expertise in securing theirnations’ interests. Operations in this environment canpresent a special leadership challenge since the activities of relatively small units can have operational—
and even strategic¡impact. The entire Army—active,
reserve, and civilian components—is involved dailyin operations other than war.
The United States seeks to further regional stability and peace through the effective integration of allelements of national power. The Department of State
will often be the lead agency and the ambassador the
key individual in this process. Other agencies such as
the Drug Enforcement Admini-stration, Central Intelligence Agency, Defense Intelligence Agency, Agency
for International Development, Department of Justice,Environmental Protection Agency, Department ofAgriculture, and Department of Commerce, among
others, contribute to these activities.
Combatant commanders integrate activities into theater - and country -specific plans in order to achieve
regional or national objectives. As in wartime operations, they define desired objectives that would

Historical Persepctive
Hurricane Andrew swept ashore near Miami, Florida, during the early morning hours of 23 August 1992.
Its 140 mile-an-hour winds and torrential rains left a wide swath of destruction and killed several people.
Entire suburbs were in ruin and hundreds of thousands of people were without shelter, power, and drinking water.
More than 17,000 active component soldiers and nearly 7,000 from the USAR and National Guard —along with other uniformed servicemen and women - supported state and local authorities, the American
Red Cross, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in disaster relief operations. The
Army Corps of Engineers, as well as other Army units and soldiers, provided food, shelter, and medical
assistance; cleared debris; moved furniture; provided construction materials; and helped elderly citizens. Constant coordination with civilian authorities enabled commanders to provide responsive andappropriate support during this emergency.

13-1

OPERATIONS

signify victory. These may be open-ended objectives
such as the continued prevention of hostilities in peacekeeping operations, or they may be specific such as
the reopening of public schools on a target date following a national disaster.
Theater assessments that incorporate informationand intelligence from a variety of sources form thebasis for theater planning. Peacetime operations rely
heavily on cultural orientations and regional expertise. A diverse group of forces—military units, international and national relief groups, police and fire departments, local governmental agencies, and others—
integrate their efforts and cooperate to achieve specific objectives. Other military and nonmilitary headquarters develop supporting plans, allocate resources,
and provide services to assist committed forces. The
entire effort is brought together in an overarching campaign plan that synchronizes each agency’s effort withothers to achieve the desired end state.
Operations other than war will not always bepeaceful actions. Determined opponents may resort tofighting or other aggressive acts in an attempt to defeat our purposes and promote theirs. While all military forces have an intrinsic right of self-defense, theuse of overwhelming force may complicate the pro-Historicalcess toward the Army’s stated objectives. As a result,operational commanders may find themselves operating under restrictive ROE.
The operations other than war environment is acomplex one that will require disciplined, versatile
Army forces to respond to different situations, including transitioning rapidly from operations other than
war to wartime operations. Counterdrug operations,for example, may move through various activities, beginning with education and training and eventually including interdiction and direct action. Drug dealers,in turn, may resort to propaganda and legal protection
activities and outright armed combat that employs significant firepower. While the dividing line between
the two may not always be clear, commanders seeking to retain the initiative should plan for combat operations as a branch or sequel to the overall campaign
plan.
In the turbulent period immediately following theend of combat operations, a number of units will be
required to transition to operations other than war.
Pending the reestablishment of a civilian infrastructure, military forces may be in the best position to conduct refugee control, to reestablish civil order and public services, and to provide health assistance and otherpostconflict activities. While military forces will

Perspective

In late November 1989, conditions in El Salvador intensified when the Farabundo Marti National Liberation Front (FMLN), a communist front organization, launched a major offensive. It involved countrywide attacks against the El Salvadorian Armed Forces (ESAF). The FMLN used newly acquired SA-7
surface-to-air missiles against ESAF aircraft. This early FMLN success impacted immediately on the
ESAF. The balance and momentum could have shifted in favor of the FMLN.
USSOUTHCOM responded rapidly to restore ESAF initiative by coordinating an interagency response
helpful to the military balance. ESAF received additional small arms and ammunition. The continuted
resolve of the ESAF was due in part to this responsive US support. This type of support continued throughthe following summer, allowing the ESAF to maintain a high tempo of operations. This period of sustained, hard-hitting operations kept the FMLN on the defensive, while reacquiring lost territory. It also
facilitated the ability of the government of El Salvador in peace negotiations. The signing of a peace
treaty between the FMLN and the government on 16 January 1992 was the end result.

13-2

FM 100-5

initially be heavily involved in providing these services, as civil government is reestablished and the military threat wanes, civilian agencies will be expected
to assume these activities.

modification as described below. The Army must
supplement these three with principles more suited to
the noncombat operations that comprise most operations other than war. While these principles are not
immutable, they serve as guides for action.

The Army’s presence and its ability to operate incrisis environments and under extreme conditions may
give it the de facto lead in operations normally governed by other agencies. In this environment Army
forces must work competently, while properly subordinating military forces to the agency in charge. Planning and conducting postconflict activities requires avariety of perspectives, expertise, cooperation, andassistance from governmental agencies, other services,
and alliance or coalition partners.

The relative application of each principle will varydepending on the specific operation. The principle ofperseverance, for example, will impact more duringlong-term nation assistance and counterdrug operations
than during a short-term noncombatant evacuation mission. Commanders must balance these principles
against the specific requirements of their mission andthe nature of the operation.

THE PRINCIPLESOBJECTIVE
Direct every military operation toward a clearly
defined, decisive, and attainable objective.

Army warfighting doctrine has long been basedon well-established principles of war that have withstood the tests of time and experience and remain
embedded in our doctrine. Operations other than war
also have principles that guide our actions. For those
operations other than war that involve our forces in
direct combat, the principles of war apply. Some, suchas the principles of objective and security, apply equally
to noncombat operations. Unity of command requires

This principle of war applies also to operations
other than war. Each separate operation must be integrated with every other to contribute to the ultimate
strategic aim. Leaders of disparate units, military andotherwise, must understand the strategic aims, set appropriate objectives, and ensure that they contributeto unity of effort with other agencies.

Historical Perspective
On 5 April 1991, President Bush announced the beginning of a relief operation in the area of northern
Iraq. The US responded immediately. By 7 April, US aircraft from Europe dropped relief supplies overthe Iraqi border. More than 6,000 soldiers from units which had just participated in Operation Desert
Storm eventually redepolyed to Turkey and northern Iraq in support of Operation Provide Comfort.
During the next four months, Army forces demonstrated agility, versatifity, and deployability during operations other than war. Missions included providing supplies to refugee camps, construction, medical
assistance, refugee control, PSYOP, and CA. Operation Provide Comfort was a joint and combined
operation execurted with no formal agreements between participating agencies and countries. It exhibited the unity of effort essential to operations of this nature.

13-3

OPERATIONSUNITY OF EFFORT
Seek unity of effort toward every objective.

RESTRAINT
Apply appropriate military capability prudently.

The principle of unity of command in war also
applies to operations other than war, yet can be adapted
to meet special challenges. Our military command
structure is suited to achieve unity of command andeffort in war. However, in operations other than war,
this may be more difficult to attain. In such operations, other government agencies will often have thelead. Commanders may answer to a civilian chief,such as an ambassador, or may themselves employ the
resources of a civilian agency. Command arrangements
may often be only loosely defined, causing commanders to seek an atmosphere of cooperation rather thancommand authority to achieve objectives by unity ofeffort. Military commanders consider how their actions contribute to initiatives that are also political,
economic, and psychological in nature.

The actions of soldiers and units are framed by
the disciplined application of force, including specificROE. In operations other than war, these ROE will be
more restrictive, detailed, and sensitive to politicalconcerns than in war. Moreover, these rules maychange frequently. Restraints on weaponry, tactics,
and levels of violence characterize the environment.
The use of excessive force could adversely affect efforts to gain legitimacy and impede the attainment ofboth short-and long-term goals. Transmission of andassured understanding of ROE throughout the totalityof units requires follow-through, rehearsals with situations to check understanding and compliance, andcontinuing brief-backs. Soldiers who thoroughly understand ROE are better prepared to act with initiativeand defend themselves and members of their unit.

LEGITIMACY
Sustain the willing acceptance by the people of
the right of the government to govern or of a group or
agency to make and carry out decisions.

SECURITY
Never permit hostile factions to acquire an unexpected advantage.

Committed forces must sustain the legitimacy ofthe operation and of the host government. Legitimacy
derives from the perception that constituted authority
is both genuine and effective and employs appropriate
means for reasonable purposes. If committed forces
solve an immediate problem within a nation or region
but detract from the legitimacy of the government in
so doing, they may have acted detrimentally against
long-term, strategic aims.
PERSEVERANCE
Prepare for the measured, protracted applicationof military capability in support of strategic aims.
Operations other than war may be of short duration or protracted. Peacetime operations may require
years to achieve the desired effects. Underlying causesof confrontation and conflict rarely have a clear beginning or a decisive resolution. Commanders mustassess quick contingency response options against theircontribution to long-term, strategic objectives. This
does not preclude decisive military action but does
require careful, informed analysis to choose the righttime and place for such action. Commanders balance
their desire to attain objectives quickly with a sensitivity for the long-term strategic aims and the restraints
placed on operations.

13-4

The presence of US forces in nations around theworld may provoke a wide range of responses by factions, groups, or forces of an unfriendly nation. Regardless of the mission, commanders must protect theirforces at all times. They must be ready to counter
activity that could bring harm to their units or jeopardize their mission. They should never be lulled into
believing that the nonhostile intent of their mission
does not put their forces at risk. Inherent in this responsibility is the need to be capable of rapid transition from a peaceful to a combat posture, should theneed arise. Commanders should never be misled about
the risks to their forces. The intrinsic right of self-defense always applies.

THE ACTIVITIESOperations other than war include, but are not limited to, the following. Note that not all of these activities require the use of force.
NONCOMBATANTEVACUATION OPERATIONS
Noncombatant evacuation operations (NEOs) relocate threatened civilian noncombatants from locations in a foreign country or host nation. These operations may involve US citizens whose lives are in danger but could include selected host nation citizens or
thirdFM 100-5

country nationals. NEOs occur in a peaceful, orderly
fashion or may require force. Army forces may conduct NEOs under the combatant commander in theenvironments of conflict or war.
ARMS CONTROL
Arms control focuses on promoting strategic military stability. It encompasses any plan, arrangement,or process controlling the numbers, types, and performance characteristics of weapons systems. This extends not only to weapons themselves but also to C2,logistics support, and intelligence-gathering mechanisms. Selected Army units provide assistance inmonitoring the proliferation of weapons and technology, in verifying the status of arms control agreements,
and in demilitarizing munitions and hardware.
SUPPORT TO DOMESTICCIVIL AUTHORITIESWhen appropriate governmental authority directs
the armed forces to assist in domestic emergencies
within CONUS, the Army has primary responsibility.
Army units support disaster relief, humanitarian assistance, and similar operations.
Federal law also authorizes the domestic use of
military force to suppress domestic violence or insurrection. The Constitution and federal law, however,restrict its use in this manner. Under the provisions of
the Posse Comitatus Act, neither the active component nor the US Army Reserve may execute the law inthe place of duly appointed law-enforcement means
without specific presidential or congressional approvaland direction. However, the Posse Comitatus Act does
not apply to National Guard Title 32 soldiers until federalized. See FM 100-19.
HUMANITARIAN ASSISTANCE
AND DISASTER RELIEF
Humanitarianassistance
operations
use DOD personnel, equipment, and supplies to promote human welfare, to reduce pain and suffering, toprevent loss of life or destruction of property from theaftermath of natural or man-made disasters. In somecircumstances, humanitarian assistance may include
medical, dental, and veterinary care to rural areas of acountry; construction of rudimentary surface transportation systems; well-drilling and construction of basic
sanitation facilities; and rudimentary construction andrepair of public facilities.

Disaster relief operations fall within the overall
context of humanitarian assistance. They are conductedin emergency situations to prevent loss of life and property. Such operations may be in the form of immediate and automatic response by US military commanders or in response to domestic or foreign governments
or international agencies. Army elements involved ininternational disaster relief operations are often responsible for supporting the implementation of assistanceprograms developed by the Office of Foreign Disaster
Assistance within the Department of State. The coordination of federal response to domestic disaster relief efforts are generally under the direction of FEMA,
although immediate response is permitted to prevent
loss of life and property. The Army’s global reach, its
ability to deploy rapidly, and its capability to operate
in the most austere environments make it ideally suitedfor these missions.
The Army can provide logistics support to movesupplies to remote areas, extract or evacuate victims,
establish emergency communications, conduct direct
medical support operations, and render emergency
repairs to vital facilities. The Army can also provide
manpower for civil relief, or it can assist civil authorities with public safety.
SECURITY ASSISTANCE
Security assistance consists of the groups of programs authorized by the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961
(amended), the Arms Export Act of 1976 (amended),and other related statutes. Through security assistanceprograms, the United States provides defense materiel, military training, and defense-related services by
grant, loan, credit, or cash sales to further its national
policies and objectives. A predominant interface of
the US Army with host nations occurs through the
Security Assistance Training Program (SATP). This
program has two primary subcomponents—the International Military Education and Training Program(IMETP) and the Foreign Military Sales Program(FMSP).
The IMETP is designed to enhance the proficiency,
professional performance, and readiness of foreign
armed forces. The US conducts international education and training in CONUS as well as in the host nation. This typically takes the form of formal courses,
orientation tours, and on-the-job training.
The FMSP allows designated governments to purchase military equipment, services, and training from

13-5

OPERATIONSHistorical Perspective
A humanitarian assistance operation conducted by a US Army CA unit in the Republic of Cameroon in
Africa provided relief to a nation devastated by disease. In 1989, the US Embassy and the Ministry of
Public Health in Cameroon proposed a campaign to inoculate citizens against meningitis, a disease tha
ravages that tropical country each year during the dry season. The embassy defense attached office(DAO) contacted USEUCOM and plans were drawn to support a humanitarian assistnace exercise inconjunction with CA support. In February 1991, a medical team from the 353d Civil Affairs Command,
working in conjunction with the host nation, inoculated more than 58,000 people against menigitis andtreated an additional 1,700 people for other ailments. This exercise not only accomplished its humanitarian goals but also provided an opportunity for the unit to train and use its language skills. At the sametime, it enhanced the image of the United States with a grateful country.

the US. The sale of defense items may require training on the operation and maintenance of military equipment. Mobile training teams, resident instruction in
US Army schools, and similar methods are used to
conduct this training. The FMSP differs from the
IMETP in that the recipient pays for equipment, services, and training.

SUPPORT TO COUNTERDRUG
OPERATIONS
Military efforts principally support law enforcement agencies, the counterdrug efforts of other US
agencies, the states, and cooperating foreign governments to interdict the flow of illegal drugs at the source,in transit, and during distribution.

Occasionally situations require accelerated security assistance when allied or friendly nations face animminent threat. During these surges of increased assistance, operations focus on logistical support but may
require more forceful measures.

Support to host nations includes assistance to theirforces to destroy drug production facilities; collaboration with host nation armed forces to prevent exportof illegal drugs; and nation assistance to help develop
economic alternatives to production, exportation, anddistribution of drugs. Support to interdiction efforts
centers on monitoring and detecting illegal drugs intransit as well as integrating C3I systems. US forces
may well assist host nation forces at war while they
are in an operations-other-than-war posture.

NATION ASSISTANCE
Nation assistance supports a host nation’s efforts
to promote development, ideally through the use of
host nation resources. In United Nations terms, nation assistance equates to peace-building operations.
The interagency orchestration of all the elements ofnational power is essential for success. It supports theambassador’s country plan and the CINC’s regional
plans. The goals of nation assistance are to promote
long-term stability, to develop sound and responsive
democratic institutions, to develop supportive infrastructures, to promote strong free-market economies,
and to provide an environment that allows for orderly
political change and economic progress. These goals
can only be accomplished through education and thetransfer of essential skills to the host nation.

13-6

Support for domestic counterdrug operations includes military planning and training assistance for domestic law enforcement agencies, National Guard participation, equipment loans and transfers, use of military facilities, and other assistance as requested andauthorized. This support may expand as national policy
and legal prohibitions evolve.
COMBATTING TERRORISM
The Department of State is the lead US agency incombatting terrorism overseas or on the high seas; theDepartment of Justice (the Federal Bureau ofFM 100-5

Investigation) has this responsibility within the US.
The Department of Transportation (Federal Aviation
Administration) combats terrorism related to aircraftin flight within the territories of the US. The Department of Defense supports each of these agencies inthese activities.
Combatting terrorism has two major components—antiterrorism and counterterrorism. During
peacetime, the Army combats terrorism primarily
through antiterrorism, which is those passive defensive measures taken to minimize vulnerability to terrorism. Antiterrorism is a form of force protection
and, thus, the responsibility of Army commanders at
alllevels.
Antiterrorism
complements
counterterrorism, which is the full range of offensive
measures taken to prevent, deter, and respond to terrorism. Army elements, such as SOF, assist in this interagency effort by applying specialized capabilities
to preclude, preempt, and resolve terrorist incidents
abroad. Counterterrorism occurs in conflict and war;
antiterrorism occurs across the range of military operations.
PEACEKEEPING OPERATIONS
Peacekeeping operations support diplomatic efforts to maintain peace in areas of potential conflict.
They stabilize conflict between two belligerent nations
and, as such, require the consent of all parties involvedin the dispute. The US may participate in peacekeeping operations unilaterally or when requested by theUN, with a regional affiliation of nations, or with otherunaffiliated countries. US personnel may function as
impartial observers, as part of an international peacekeeping force, or in a supervisory and assistance role.
Peacekeeping often involves ambiguous situations
requiring the peacekeeping force to deal with extreme
tension and violence without becoming a participant.
These operations follow diplomatic negotiations that
establish the mandate for the peacekeeping force. The
mandate describes the scope of the peacekeeping operation. Typically, it determines the size and type offorce each participating nation will contribute. It also
specifies the terms or conditions the host nation intends to impose on the presence of the force or mission, and it specifies a clear statement of the functions
the peacekeeping force is to perform.
The peacekeeping force deters violent acts by its
physical presence at violence-prone locations. It collects information through means such as observation
posts, patrols, and aerial reconnaissance.

PEACE ENFORCEMENT
Peace enforcement operations are military intervention operations in support of diplomatic efforts torestore peace or to establish the conditions for a peacekeeping force between hostile factions that may not
be consenting to intervention and may be engaged incombat activities. Peace enforcement implies the useof force or its threat to coerce hostile factions to ceaseand desist from violent actions. Units conducting peace
enforcement, therefore, cannot maintain their objective neutrality in every instance. They must be prepared to apply elements of combat power to restore
order, to separate warring factions, and to return theenvironment to conditions more conducive to civil
order and discipline.
SHOW OF FORCE
A show of force is a mission carried out to demonstrate US resolve in which US forces deploy to defuse a situation that may be detrimental to US interests or national objectives. Shows of force lend credibility to the nation’s commitments, increase regional
influence, and demonstrate resolve. These operations
can influence other governments or politico-militaryorganizations to respect US interests and internationallaw. They can take the form of combined training
exercises, rehearsals, forward deployment of militaryforces, or introduction and buildup of military forces
in a region. The appearance of a credible military force
can underscore national policy interests and commitment, improve host nation military readiness and morale, and provide an insight into US values.
SUPPORT FOR INSURGENCIESAND COUNTERINSURGENCIESAt the direction of the NCA, US military forces
assist either insurgent movements or host nation governments opposing an insurgency. In both instances,the military instrument of US national power predominantly supports political, economic, and informational
objectives.
The US uses its military resources to provide support to a host nation’s counterinsurgency operationsin the context of foreign internal defense (FID) throughlogistical and training support. FID is the participation by civilian and military agencies in any of theaction programs another government takes to free andprotect its society from subversion, lawlessness, andinsurgency. The US ambassador, through the country
team, provides the focal point for interagency coordination

13-7

OPERATIONS

and supervision of FID. Military support to FID isprovided through the unified CINC.
The US supports selected insurgencies opposing
oppressive regimes that work against US interests. The
feasibility of effective support and the compatibilityof US and insurgent interests are major considerations.
Because support for insurgencies is often covert, SOF
is frequently involved. Due to their extensive unconventional warfare training, SOF are well-suited to provide this support. General-purpose forces may also
be called upon when the situation requires their particular specialties or when the scope of operations is
so vast that conventional forces are required.
ATTACKS AND RAIDSThe Army conducts attacks and raids to create situations that permit seizing and maintaining political andmilitary initiative. Normally, the US executes attacks
and raids to achieve specific objectives other than gainingorholdingterrain.
Attacksby

13-8

conventional ground, air, or special operations forces,
acting independently or in concert, are used to damage or destroy high-value targets or to demonstrate
US capability and resolve to achieve a favorable result. Raids are usually small-scale operations involving swift penetration of hostile territory to secure information, temporarily seize an objective, or destroy
a target. Raids are followed by a rapid, preplanned
withdrawal. These operations also occur in war. As
in all operations, to conduct successful attacks andraids, commanders must conduct successful reconnaissance, consider the factors of METT-T, conduct deliberate planning, rehearse, and follow up with swift,
violent execution.
The Army organizes, trains, and equips to fightand win the nation’s wars. This remains its primary
mission. The leadership, organization, equipment, discipline, and skills gained in training for war are alsoof use to the government in operations other than war.

FM 100-5

CHAPTER 14

THE ENVIRONMENT OF COMBAT
Warfare presents a challenging environment to any
military organization and its soldiers. In a force-projection army, soldiers and units must remain trained
and ready for rapid deployment anywhere in the world.
The environment will often be harsh. Extreme temperatures, rugged terrain, fear, uncertainty, confusion,
exertion, and fatigue will take their toll. Poorly trained
soldiers and units succumb to the hostilities of the environment, withdraw inside themselves, and permanently surrender the initiative. Conversely, soldiersand units that are prepared to cope with a tough environment take a giant step toward victory.
The environment of combat combines human andphysical dimensions. Soldiers, the first dimension, arethe centerpiece of the Army’s doctrine and warfighting
ability. Their training, initiative, resilience, and understanding of the demands put on them are key tosuccess on the battlefield.
Their physiological and psychological limitations
make them the most vulnerable part of the warfighting
system. Their character-¡as individuals and as members of their units¡makes them the most valuable. Their
spirit and perseverance, their will to win, their dedication to the cause and their devotion to fellow soldiersand their unit are distinctly human elements that canmake the difference between victory and defeat.
The second dimension of this environment is
physical. In accordance with the US National Military Strategy, US Army forces must be prepared tofight and win on short notice anywhere in the world,from blistering deserts to frigid wastelands, in rain
forests, tundra, mountains, jungles and swamps, urban sprawl, and all types of terrain in between. Combat operations occur day and night, for weeks ormonths on end, among friendly or hostile populations,and in areas infested with blight, disease, and epidemics.
Mastering environmental dimensions is vital tosurvival on the battlefield. Operational and tacticalcommanders lead their organizations to overcome andtake advantage of dimensions. Only then can they hopeto achieve decisive results at minimum cost to soldiers and materiel. Understanding the total environment and its potential impact on combat is essential tosuccessful planning and execution.

THE HUMAN DIMENSION
Soldiers are central to Army doctrine. They are
the foundation of the Army’s will to win. Their spirit,
initiative, intelligence, discipline, courage, and competence comprise the basic building blocks of a victorious Army. The combination of quality soldiers withprofessional, caring, and competent leaders in versatile, cohesive units presents an indomitable force on
the battlefield.
Leaders have special challenges and responsibilities in regard to soldiers. They successfully lead themthrough danger, mold and protect their spirit, and channel their energies toward mission accomplishment.
Leaders consider the physiological, psychological, andethical challenges soldiers will face, providing them
the proper training and leadership that give them thewill to fight. They build units and teams that have thecourage to overcome odds to accomplish the mission
and the determination to press on to victory.
The geopolitical and social realities of the modern world often obscure the reasons for following aparticular course of action to achieve national goals.
Leaders

CONTENTS
THE HUMAN DIMENSION .......................... 14-1
The Physiological Perspective .......... 14-2
The Psychological Perspective ......... 14-2
The Ethical Perspective ..................... 14-2
THE PHYSICAL DIMENSION ..................... 14-3
Geography ........................................... 14-3
Terrain .................................................. 14-4
Weather ................................................ 14-4
Infrastructure ...................................... 14-5

14-1

OPERATIONS

must ensure they and their soldiers clearly understand
why their nation is engaged in a particular course ofaction and how it is essential for protecting America’s
vital national interests. When soldiers understand why
American forces have been committed, they follow
their leaders and risk their lives to accomplish the mission despite all odds.
THE PHYSIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE
Physically unfit or unhealthy soldiers do not withstand the rigors of combat well. Hardened soldiers,
kept healthy and reasonably rested, can persevere under harsh conditions. Commanders ensure their soldiers’ fitness and enhance their self-confidence throughtough, realistic training, provision of proper uniforms
and equipment, disciplined hygiene and health practices, enforced rest plans, and intelligent assignmentof operational missions.
Soldiers are capable of withstanding a great dealof physical exertion, but they must be cared for. Commanders may find it necessary to drive their soldiers
hard, but they must not abuse them.
THE PSYCHOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE
The harsh environment of combat is likely to havea greater effect on the soldier’s mind than on his body.
Since the mind directly affects the soldier’s will to win,it must be prepared to accept the stress of combat.
Combatants no longer deploy or defend in theranks, files, and echelons of the nineteenth and earlytwentieth centuries. Distance from fellow soldiers canheighten fear and a sense of abandonment on the modern battlefield. The threat of chemical and biologicalweapons compounds psychological challenges becauseof the debilitating protective measures that have to betaken to conduct operations and survive. Lonelinessand fear on the battlefield increase the fog of war. They
can be overcome by effective training, unit cohesion,and a sense of leadership so imbued in the membersof a unit that each soldier, in turn, is prepared to step
forward and give direction toward mission accomplishment.
In battle it can also be overcome by unit chatter,soldiers talking to each other and constantly reinforcing other members of the team. New or replacement
soldiers must be quickly made to feel part of the teamand not isolated. Mutual trust, confidence, self-respect,
and a strong sense of teamwork are elements that build
a cohesive combat unit. FM 22-102 outlines methods

14-2

to create an effective, combat-ready soldier team.
Psychiatric casualties decrease when morale, unit
cohesion, leadership, and training are strong. The
leader is the key. He must develop realistic, toughtraining programs that promote individual confidence
and unit capabilities. At the same time, he must inspire in his soldiers the confidence that he will do everything in his power to protect them as the unit drives
toward its objective. Leaders must understand theconditions that can lead to battlefield stress and deal
with them quickly and effectively. A well-led, disciplined, and mentally conditioned soldier can overcome
extremes of hardship and uncertainty.
THE ETHICAL PERSPECTIVE
The nation expects its Army to adhere to the highest standards of professional conduct and to reflect
the ideals of American values. The American people
demand a high-quality Army that honors the core values of the Constitution it is sworn to uphold—a strong
respect for the rule of law, human dignity, and individual rights.
Despite the difficult environments in which Army
forces operate, soldiers are expected to obey the lawsof land warfare, to protect civilians and other noncombatants, to limit collateral damage, to respect private
property, and to treat EPWs with dignity. Amid therigors of combat, the integrity of every soldier—fromthe highest to the lowest ranks—is of paramount importance. Since lives hinge on accurate reporting, there
can be no room for half-truths or falsehoods. Soldiers
must be counted on to do what is right even when no
one is watching.
Leaders have a special responsibility to subordinates. They must never risk their soldiers’ lives needlessly. They return their soldiers’ trust with the greatest care for their well-being, while aggressively pursuing the accomplishment of the mission. Leaders treat
subordinates with respect; never do they seek self-gainat the expense of their soldiers or their subordinate
commanders. Leaders imbue soldiers with a sense ofhonor, share their hardships, and acknowledge theiraccomplishments. Leaders set the example by ethicalbehavior and a selflessness that puts duty above all
personal concerns.
The human dimension of war will be decisive inthe campaigns and battles of the future, just as in thepast. In this difficult environment, soldiers must havefaith

FM 100-5

in their leaders and fellow soldiers. Trust is the basic
bond of leadership. Good leaders occupy a positionof special trust and confidence in the eyes of their soldiers. A motivated soldier in the hands of a competent leader, loyal to and supported by his fellow soldiers, can accomplish the most difficult of missions.
Wars are fought and won by soldiers, not machines.
The human dimension of war will be decisive in the
campaigns and battles of the future, just as in the past.
Soldiers are the heart and soul of the Army. Leadersmold them, discipline their efforts, supply them resources, and give them direction. But, in the end, it issoldiers who do the job. Ultimately, soldiers makethe difference.

THE PHYSICAL DIMENSION
The four major physical elements of the environment of operations are geography, terrain, weather,and infrastructure. These greatly affect Army operations within the physical dimension. They form an
important component of the planning tool—METT-T.
The combinations of effects of the physical elements
are infinite. Good commanders have an eye for ground,
understand the effects of weather, and can turn a toughenvironment to advantage. They use the IPB process
to help them understand the environmental conditionsof the physical dimensions on military operations.
Factors of the physical dimension normally affectthe time required to accomplish a mission. For example, the time necessary to move a large, armoredforce over dry, open terrain may increase dramaticallyafter a day of heavy rain. Factors such as drainage,
soil composition, and vehicle characteristics affectmovement. Infrastructure availability may increaseor decrease time required for operations. A well-established road net may greatly aid movement toward
or away from the enemy but limit lateral movement if
the roads are built on berms. The physical environment may include operations in an NBC environment,
as well as night and limited visibility conditions. These
dimensions must be considered in operations planning.
The net effect may be a decrease in the commander’sability to maneuver against the enemy.
GEOGRAPHY
Commanders may operate over many different terrain
types within a single geographic area. The Army must
be able to operate in any geographic area. Each area
presents a unique set of physical characteristics andrequires a unique set of operational and tactical guide-lines. A human factor is also associated with geography. Populations in an area of conflict may directly
affect the commander’s operations. The will of thepeople, their urbanization and industrial efforts, theiragricultural underpinnings, their social and cultural
predilections, their political leanings, and, from a tactical perspective, their physical movement during conflict, may all impact.
Mountain Operations
Light forces and aviation units can operate more
effectively than heavy forces in mountainous regions
because their movement is less limited by the terrain.
Effective communications and air operations are important factors in obtaining the advantage in mountainous regions. FM 90-6 discusses mountain combat.
Jungle Operations
The features of jungles and swamps combine torestrict movement, observation, fields of fire, signal
systems, battlefield surveillance, and target acquisition. The use of advanced technology navigation devices helps overcome these challenges. Air operations
are very important in the jungle environment. They
facilitate troop movement and provide a degree of firepower not otherwise available due to the shortened
fields of fire and thick vegetation. FM 90-5 discusses
jungle warfare.
Desert Operations
All types of forces can operate in desert environments. Armored, mechanized, and aviation forces areespecially suitable. The lack of prominent terrain features complicates land navigation and requires the useof dead reckoning and advanced technology navigation devices. This environment has a debilitating effect on soldiers who are not properly trained and acclimated. It induces mental fatigue, impaired perception, and possible depression that can overwhelm unprepared soldiers. The impact on machines can beeven more severe unless commanders establish appropriate maintenance programs. FM 90-3 discusses combat in desert areas.
Cold Weather Operations
The weather conditions in extremely cold areas
make operations for friendly and enemy forces difficult. Special training is required to acclimate soldiers. Leaders must ensure that troops and their equipment are protected from the physical effects of extremely

14-3

OPERATIONS

low temperatures. FM 90-11 discusses cold weather
operations.
Urban Operations
Urban operations present unique and complex
challenges to Army forces. Urban operations can occur in any of the geographical environments. They
can constrain technological advantages; they impact
on battle tempo; they force units to fight in small, decentralized elements; they also create difficult moral
dilemmas due to the proximity of large numbers ofcivilians. Commanders must enforce discipline in theiroperations to minimize unnecessary collateral damage and civilian casualties. FM 90-10 discusses fighting on urbanized terrain.
TERRAIN
Terrain is not neutral—it either helps or hinders
each of the opposed forces. Commanders must develop an eye for terrain; they must recognize its limitations and possibilities for protecting friendly forces
and putting the enemy at a disadvantage. Successfulcommanders understand terrain and how it affects operations. They are able to grasp the potential capabilities and limitations of the space in which they operate.
At each level of war commanders view and evaluate terrain differently. At the tactical level, commanders are concerned with close-in terrain such as hills,
rivers, mountains, swamps and marshes, streams, andvalleys. Their perspectives influence the conditions forengagements and battles.
At the operational level, the commander’s analysis broadens to major road systems and movement corridors that can accommodate large friendly and enemy maneuver forces. The operational-level commander is also concerned with air corridors for bothfriendly and enemy air and aviation operations.
He considers the opportunities for the movementof large units and the posturing of the force, where hemust disperse, and where he should concentrate hisforces. He understands where intelligence assets willserve him best and where and when he will begin tooperate in a less clear environment.
At the strategic level, analysis of the terrain encompasses both tactical and operational considerations,but it broadens to include the considerations associated with the value of occupying or controlling large

14-4

amounts of territory (at its larger expansion, terrain
begins to define geography). The strategic-level commander considers the constraints and opportunities
affecting deployment and supporting the force overthe duration of the campaign. He considers the assetsthat are available to him within his assigned geographic
space and how they help or limit his operations.
Commanders consider terrain from not only theirperspective but also from the enemy’s perspective.
They conduct detailed personal reconnaissance wherever possible. Sources of terrain intelligence include,
but are not limited to, military and civilian topographic
studies, civilian officials and area residents, EPW, andair, space, and ground reconnaissance units. Commanders ensure that terrain information gets down to
the level where it can assist in operations planning,
WEATHER
Weather conditions affect soldier performance, thecapabilities of equipment to perform at the optimum
level, and the ability of forces to maneuver on the
ground and in the air. Commanders pay attention to
local tactical weather in the ground environment as it
may differ from broader weather patterns in the AO.
They also understand the effects of weather patterns
on future operations and the enemy. The commander
who can best measure and take advantage of weather
and terrain conditions has a decided advantage over
his opponent. By understanding the effects of weather,seeing the opportunities it offers, and anticipating when
they will come into play, the commander can set theterms for battle to maximize his performance and takeadvantage of limits on enemy forces. Weather forecasts must be tailored to the specific operational andtactical environment to assist commanders and staffs
to determine effects on the operation. Moreover, different weather conditions impact parts of the organization and weapons systems differently.
Weather and terrain information systems provide
commanders and their planning staffs with known andforecasted conditions in the air and on the ground.
These enable them to plan for conditions before abattle, helping the commander to choose the time,manner, and place of engagement. For example, in
adverse weather the effectiveness of long-range, precision-strike weapons with electro-optical sensors andlaser-guided systems becomes severely limited. In suchcases, employment of conventional systems would be
more effective. Technological developments, such as

FM 100-5

direct, satellite-linked forecasting and observing systems that provide advance knowledge of environmental conditions on the battlefield, can serve as a force
multiplier.
Training, physical conditioning, and discipline at
the small-unit level remains the most effective way tooffset adverse effects of the weather. Training in poor
weather conditions builds confidence and teaches soldiers and commanders how to adjust to weather extremes. This training should supplement map andweather analysis. Good training can mitigate the effects of weather so that the unit’s combat power increases relative to the enemy’s. The commander’s
primary tool for analyzing the effects of terrain andweather is the IPB.
INFRASTRUCTURE
Infrastructure consists of the facilities, equipment,
and framework needed for the functioning of a system, city, or region. The area’s infrastructure impacts
on the commander’s planning for entering and operating within a theater. Commanders consider not only
the physical structures but also the cultural, religious,and ethnic customs in the region that affect their use.
In considering infrastructure, commanders must analyze its impact upon operations; its impact upon theenemy; how its condition promotes or hinders
postconflict activities; and the extent of indigenous
public support.
At the strategic level, commanders assess the availability of seaports, airfields, power networks, road andrail networks, communications networks, and natural
fuel reserves. The availability of warehousing, water,
and food sources is crucial to plan-ning. At the operational level, the presence or absenceof an underlying infrastructure framework affects operational tempo. Local transportation networks, forexample, can contribute greatly to force movement,
maneuver, and logistics. If a combat force has longlines of resupply and cannot rely on existing infrastructures within a country, robust operations are limited. Regeneration of forces is also more difficult inan area of limited infrastructure. Similar considerations apply at the tactical level.
In Operation Just Cause, the proximity and utilityof key airfields to both friendly and enemy forces influenced planning for the early hours of fighting. In
Operation Desert Shield, the great expanses of terrain,austere landscapes, and limited road nets affected operational and logistics planning. In Operation Restore
Hope, Army units had to build an infrastructure sincelittle was present in the host country. Extending theuninterrupted flow of units and supplies from the welldeveloped seaports influenced the tactical, operational,
and strategic levels. As these recent operations demonstrate, consideration of infrastructure is crucial toboth rapid contingency operations and those of longer
duration.
While the physical environment of combat often
presents harsh conditions to soldiers, they cannot only
persevere but can predominate over the environment
and the enemy. A well-led, force-projection army,
prepared to go anywhere in the world on short notice,
remains trained and ready at all times to meet whatever conditions present themselves in the environmentof combat.

14-5

FM 100-5

GLOSSARY

AC
active component
ACR
armored cavalry regimentADA
air defense artillery
AFSOF
Air Force special operations forces
agility
the ability of friendly forces to act faster than theenemyAI
air interdiction
alliance
the result of formal agreements between two or
more nations for broad, long-term objectives
AMC
United States Army Materiel Command
AMOPES
Army Mobilization and Operations Planning andExecution System
anticipation
the ability to avoid surprise as operations unfold;mental and physical adjustments as a result of monitoring operations and determining future actions
antiterrorism
defensive measures to reduce the vulnerability of
individuals and property to terrorism
AO
area of operation
AOR
area of responsibility
ARCENT
Army component to Central Commandarea defense
denying the enemy access to designated terrain
for a specific time to retain ground using a combination of defensive positions and small, mobile reservesarea of operations
geographical area assigned to an Army commander
by a higher commander—an AO has lateral and rearboundaries which usually define it within a larger joint
geographical area
ARFOR
Army forces headquarters
Army force
that force provided by the Army service component to the joint force commander for the conduct of
joint operations
Army service component commander
the commander of the Army component in support of a theater commander, combatant commander,or joiont force commander. The ASCC is responsible
for preparing, maintaining, training, equipping, administering, and supporting Army forces assigned to unified and specified commands. The ASCC normallyadvises the combatant or subordinate unified commander on the proper employment of the forces of the
Army component. The ASCC is normally not a partof the joint force staff.
ARSOF
Army special operations forces
ASCC
Army service component commander; Army service component command
ASI
all-source intelligenceassured communications
the certainty of priority electronic transmission capability when needed throughout the strategic, operational, and tactical areas of operations
audacity
bold action in concert with calculation of risk
AWACSairborne warning and control systembattlea series of related tactical engagements

Glossary-0

FM 100-5

battle command
the art of battle decision making, leading, and motivating soldiers and their organizations into action toaccomplish missions. Includes visualizing current stateand future state, then formulating concepts of operations to get from one to the other at least cost. Also
includes assigning missions; prioritizing and allocating resources; selecting the critical time and place toact; and knowing how and when to make adjustments
during the fight.
battle damage assessment
the process of determining the essential tacticalreconstitution requirements for an attrited unit; theprocess of determining the combat effectiveness of theenemy after engagement by friendly force
battlefield frameworkan area of geographical and operational responsibility established by the commander; it provides a way
to visualize how he will employ his forces; it helps
him relate his forces to one another and to the enemy
in time, space, and purpose
battlefield operating systems
the major functions performed by the force on thebattlefield to successfully execute Army operations(battles and engagements) in order to accomplish military objectives directed by the operational commander;
they include maneuver, fire support, air defense, command and control, intelligence, mobility and survivability, and combat service support
battle spacecomponents determined by the maximum capabilities of a unit to acquire and dominate the enemy;
includes areas beyond the AO; it varies over time according to how the commander positions his assets.
BDA
battle damage assessment
BDAR
battle damage assessment and repair
BOS
battlefield operating systems
brancha contingency plan (an option built into the basicplan) for changing the disposition, orientation, or direction of movement of the force
C2

C3I
command, control, communications, and intelligence
C3IC
coalition, coordination communications, and integration centerCAcivil affairs
campaign
a series of related military operations designed toachieve one or more strategic objectives within a given
time and space
CENTAG
Central Army Group (NATO)center of gravity
the hub of all power and movement upon which
everything depends; that characteristic, capability, or
location from which enemy and friendly forces derive
their freedom of action, physical strength, or the will
to fight
CINC
commander-in-chief
CJCS
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff
CJTF
commander, joint task force
close operations
offensive or defensive operations where forces are
in immediate contact with the enemy
coalitionan ad hoc agreement between two or more nations
for a common action
COCOM
combatant command
combat service support
the focus of logistics at the tactical level of war;
the synchronization of essential functions, activities,
and tasks necessary to sustain soldiers and their weapon
systems in an area of operations; includes but is not
limited to that support rendered by service support
troops to arm, fuel, fix, move, man, and sustain soldiers and their equipment
combatant commander
a commander of one of the unified or specified
commands established by the President

command and control
C3CM
command, control, and communications countermeasures

Glossary-1

OPERATIONS

combatting terrorism
actions, including antiterrorism (defensive measures taken to reduce vulnerability to terrorist acts)
and counterterrorism (offensive measures taken to prevent, deter, and respond to terrorism), taken to oppose
terrorism throughout the entire threat spectrum
combined arms
application of several arms, such as infantry, armor, artillery, and aviation
combined operation
an operation conducted by forces of two or moreallied nations acting together for the accomplishmentof a single missioncommander’s intent
a concise expression of the purpose of an operation, a description of the desired end state, and theway in which the posture of that goal facilitates transition to future operations
communications zone
the rear part of the theater of war or theater ofoperations that contains the lines of communications,theater logistics bases, forward operating bases, andother agencies required for the immediate support andmaintenance of the field forces; extends back to the
CONUS base
COMMZ
communications zone
concept of logistics support
a verbal or graphic statement, in broad outline, of
a commander’s assumptions or intent in regard to thelogistics support to be provided to an operation or campaign; always developed concurrently and closely integrated with a companion concept of operations
conflict
the period characterized by confrontation and theneed to engage in hostilities other than to secure strategic objectives
conflict termination
the process and period during which military forcestransition from active combat operations to postconflict
activities and from postconflict activities to redeployment
constraint
limitations placed on the command by a higher
command. Constraints restrict freedom of action forplanning a mission by stating what must be done.
CONUS
continental United States

Glossary-2

counterattack
an attack with a reserve or lightly committed forward element that is launched after the enemy begins
its attack, after the commander has identified theenemy’s effort, or when a resolute defense creates anassailable enemy flankcounterterrorism
offensive measures taken to prevent, deter, and respond to terrorism
CRC
control and reporting centercrisis response forces
AC and RC CONUS-based units, including forward-presence units, trained and configured to deploy
anywhere in the world, based on the unit’s
deployability postureCS
combat support
CSS
combat service supportculmination
the point in time and space when the attacker’s
combat power no longer exceeds that of the defenderor when the defender no longer has the capability to
defend successfully
CZ
combat zone; that area required by combat forces
for the conduct of operations forward of the army reararea boundaryDA
Department of the Army
DAO
defense attache officedecisive force
applying overwhelming forces to fight and win
quickly with minimum casualties
decisive pointa point, usually geographical in nature, that, whenretained, provides a commander with a marked advantage over his opponent. Decisive points could also
include other physical elements such as enemy formations, command posts, and communications nodes
deep operations
operations designed in depth to secure advantages
in later engagements, protect the current close fight,
and defeat the enemy more rapidly by denying freedom of action and disrupting or destroying the coherence and tempo of its operations

FM 100-5

deliberate
attackfully synchronized operations that employ the effects of every available asset against the enemy’s defense
demobilization
the act of returning the force and materiel to a
premobilization posture or to some other approved
posture; also involves returning the mobilized portionof the industrial base to peacetime conditions
demonstrationa show of force in an area where a decision is notsought, made with the aim of deceiving the enemy as
to the true intentions of the attack
deployment
the relocation of forces to desired areas of operations; the movement of forces within areas of operations
distribution systemthat complex of facilities, installations, methods,
and procedures designed to receive, store, maintain,
distribute, and control the flow of military materiel
between the point of receipt into the military systemand the point of issue to using activities and units
doctrine
fundamental principles by which military forces
guide their actions in support of national objectives.
Doctrine is authoritative but requires judgement in application
DOD
Department of Defense
dominant user concept
the concept whereby the service that is the principal consumer will have the responsibility for supporting all using services
EAC
echelons above corps
EADechelons above division
early reinforcement forces
primarily AC divisions (CONUS- and OCONUSbased) and associated EAD and EAC support elements(both AC and RC); RC round-out and round-up brigades are available to add combat power to AC divisions designated as early reinforcement forceselectronic warfare
military actions including: a. electronic attack—the use of either electromagnetic or directed energy todegrade, neutralize, or destroy an enemy’s combat capability; b. electronic protection—those actions taken
to protect personnel, facilities, and equipment fromany effects of friendly or enemy employment of electronic warfare; c. electronic warfare support thoseactions tasked by an operational commander to searchfor, intercept, identify, and locate sources of radiatedelectromagnetic energy for the purpose of immediate
threat recognition
EMP
electromagnetic pulse
engagement
small, tactical conflicts, usually between opposing maneuver forcesenvelopment
an offensive maneuver in which the main attacking force passes around or over the enemy’s principal
defensive positions to secure objectives in the enemy’s
rear
EPW
enemy prisoner of war
ESAF
El Salvadorian Armed Forces
EW
electronic warfare
exploitation
the attacker’s extension of destruction of the defending force by maintaining offensive pressure
FAAD
forward area air defense
feint
a spoiling attack designed to divert the enemy’s
attention from the main effort
FEMA
Federal Emergency Management Agency
FID
foreign internal defense
field services
logistical soldier sustainment functions such as
food preparation, water purification, bakery, clothing
and light textile repair, laundry and bath, airdrop andparachute rigging, and mortuary affairs
FMfield manual
FMLN
Farabundo Marti National Liberation Front (ElSalvador)
FMSP
Foreign Military Sales Program

Glossary-3

OPERATIONS

follow-on reinforcement units
primarily National Guard divisions, brigades, andassociated EAD and EAC support elements that aretrained and deployed for protracted operations. These
forces include units that replace or augment forwardpresence units that have deployed to other regions for
protracted operations
force projection
the movement of militry forces from CONUS or atheater in response to requirements of war or operations other than war. Force-projection operations extend from mobilization and deployment of forces, toredeployment to CONUS or home theater, to subsequent demobilization
forward-presence units
those US active component forces and reserve
forces assigned or deployed overseas in a specific theater
FORSCOM
United States Forces Command
FRAGPLANfragmentary plan
fratricide
the employment of friendly weapons and munitions with the intent to kill the enemy or destroy his
equipment or facilities, which results in unforeseen andunintentional death or injury to friendly personnel
friction the accumulation of chance errors, unexpecteddifficulties, enemy actions, and confusion of battle
FSSG
First Service Support Group (USMC)
full-dimensional operations
the application of all capabilities available to an
Army commander to accomplish his mission decisively
and at the least cost across the full range of possible
operations
GMR
graduated mobilization response
hasty attack
result of a meeting engagement—launched withthe forces at hand and with minimum preparation todestroy the enemy before he is able to concentrate or
establish a defense
health services
the logistical function of promot-ing, improving,conserving, or restoring the mental or physical wellbeing of military personnel

Glossary-4

HIMAD
high-to-medium altitude air defense
host nation support
civil and/or military assistance rendered by a nation to foreign forces within its territory during peacetime, times of crisis, emergencies, or war; assistanceprovided during war is based upon agreements mutually concluded between nations
humanitarian assistanceassistance provided by DOD forces, as directedby appropriate authority, in the aftermath of natural or
man-made disasters to help reduce conditions that
present a serious threat to life and property; assistanceprovided by US forces is limited in scope and duration and is designed to supplement efforts of civilian
authorities who have primary responsibility for providing such assistance
HUMINT
human intelligence
IMETP
International Military Education and Training Program
infrastructure
all fixed and permanent installations, fabrications,or facilities for the support or control of military forces
initiative
the ability to set or change the terms of battle;
implies an offensive spirit
intelligence
the product resulting from collection, processing,integration, analysis, evaluation, and interpretation ofavailable information concerning foreign countries orareas
intelligence-preparation-of-the-battlefielda systematic and continuous process that describes
the tactical environment and the effects of that environment on operations and what the enemy can accomplish
interdiction
actions to divert, disrupt, delay, or destroy the enemy before it can affect friendly forces
in-transit visibility
the immediate availability of data pertaining to thelocation of materiel in-transit from the provider to therequester
IPB
intelligence-preparation-of-the-battlefield
ITEP
intelligence and tactical exploitation processor

FM 100-5

JFC
joint force commander
JCS
Joint Chiefs of Staff
JFLCC
joint force land component commander
JFSOCCjoint force special operations component commander
JOA
joint operations area
joint task force a force composed of assigned or attached elements of two or more services and constituted by appropriate authority for a specific or limited
purpose or missions of short duration
JOPES
Joint Operations Planning and Execution System
JSCP
Joint Strategic Capabilities Plan
JSOA
joint special operations area
J-STARS
joint surveillance and target attack radar system
JTF
joint task force
JZ
joint zone; an area established for the purpose of
permitting friendly surface, air, and subsurface forces
to operate simultaneouslyLA
Los Angeles
LC

LOC
lines of communication
LOGCAP
Logistics Civil Augmentation Program
logistics
the process of planning and executing the movement and sustainment of forces in the execution of
military operations. Logistics includes the design, development, acquisition, storage, movement, distribution, maintenance, evacuation, and disposition of materiel; the acquisition, preparation, maintenance, equipping, movement, and health service support of personnel; the acquisition or furnishing of services; andthe acquisition, construction, maintenance, operation,and disposition of facilities. Logistics is an overarching
function that must encompass the range of military
operations. At the tactical level, logistics focuses on
the traditional CSS functions of arming, fixing, fueling, manning, moving, and sustaining soldierslogistics bases a principal or supplementary base of
support; a locality containing installations that provide logistics or other support
logistics-over-the-shore
operations the loading and unloading of ships without the benefit of fixed port facilities
logistics preparation of the theateractions taken to optimize the means (force structure, resources, and strategic lift) of logistically supporting the commander’s plan
LOTS
logistics-over-the-shore
LZ
landing zone

line of contact
LDline of departure
liaisonthat contact or intercommunication maintained between elements of military forces to ensure mutual understanding and unity of purpose and action
line of operationa directional orientation that connects the force
with its base of operations and its objectivelines of communication
all the routes (land, water, and air) that connect anoperating military force with a base of operations andalong which supplies and military forces movemajor operation
the coordinated actions of large forces in a single
phase of a campaign. A major operation could containa number of battles or could be a single, critical battle
MARFOR
Marine Corps forcesmateriel management
the supervision of supplies and equipment throughout strategic-, operational-, and tactical-level areas ofoperation
METL
mission-essential task list
METT-T
mission, enemy, troops, terrain and weather, andtime available

Glossary-5

OPERATIONS

MI
military intelligence
MLRS
multiple-launch rocket system
MMC
materiel management center
mobile defense
employing a combination of fire and maneuver,offense, defense, and delay to destroy the enemy anddefeat his attack
mobilization
the process by which the Armed Forces or a portion thereof is brought to a state of readiness for war
or other national emergency; includes activating all orpart of the RC, as well as assembling and organizing
personnel, supplies, and materiel
modular units
units comprised of multiple capabilities; depending on the requirement, modules can be added or subtracted from the unit or force package
movement control
the planning, routing, scheduling, and control of
personnel and freight movements over LOCs
MSR
main supply routenation assistance
diplomatic, economic, informational, and military
cooperation between the US and the government ofanother nation, with the objective of promoting internal development and the growth of sustainable institutions within that nation. This corrects conditions
that cause human suffering and improves the qualityof life of the nation’s people
national industrial basethe private and government production and maintenance capacity that could be used to manufacture
and repair items required by the military services
NATO
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NAVFOR
Naval forcesNBC
nuclear, biological, chemical
NCA
National Command Authorities

Glossary-6

NEO
noncombatant evacuation operations
noncombatant evacuation operations
operations that relocate threatened civilian noncombatants from locations in a foreign country or hostnation. These operations normally involve US citizens whose lives are in danger. They may also include selected host nation natives and third country
nationals
NSW
Naval Special Warfare
obj
objective
OCONUS
outside the continental United States
operational art
the employment of military forces to attain strategic goals through the design, organization, integration,and execution of battles and engagements into campaigns and major operations. In war, operational art
determines when, where, and for what purpose major
forces will fight over time
operations in depth
the totality of the commander’s operations against
the enemy—composed of deep, close, and rear operations which are usually conducted simultaneously in amanner that appears as one continuous operation
against the enemy
operations other than war
military activities during peacetime and conflictthat do not necessarily involve armed clashes between
two organized forces
operational operating systems
the major functions performed by joint and combined operations forces to successfully execute campaigns and major operations in a theater or area of
operations; these systems include movement and maneuver, fires, intelligence, protection, command andcontrol and support
OPCON
operational control
OPSEC
operations security
overwhelming combat power
the ability to bring together, in combination, sufficient force to ensure success and deny the enemy
any chance of escape or effective retaliation

FM 100-5

PDF
Panamanian Defense Force
peace building
postconflict diplomatic and military action to identify and support structures that tend to strengthen andsolidify peace in order to avoid a relapse into combat
peace enforcement
military intervention to forcefully restore peace
between belligerents who may be engaged in combat
peacekeeping
operations using military forces and/or civilian personnel, at the request of the parties to a dispute, tohelp supervise a cease-fire agreement and/or separate
the parties
peacemaking
the diplomatic process or military actions to gain
an end to disputes
peacetime
the period when the United States influences world
events through actions that routinely occur between
nationsPLphase line
POD
port of debarkation
POE
port of embarkation
POL
petroleum, oils, and lubricants
port of debarkation
an aerial or seaport within the theater of operations where the strategic transportation of forces iscompleted; it may not be the force’s final destination
port of embarkation
an air or sea terminal at which troops, units, military-sponsored personnel, unit equipment, and materiel are boarded or loaded
postconflict activities
those operations other than war that are conductedin the period following conflict and the cessation ofactive combat; activities focused on restoring orderand minimizing confusion following the operation, reestablishing the host nation infrastructure, preparing
forces for redeployment, and continuing presence toallow other elements of national power to achieve overall strategic aims

power projection
the ability of the nation to apply all or some of the
instruments of national power—diplomatic, economic,
informational, or military—to respond to crisis, to contribute to deterrence, and to enhance regional stability
principles of war
the enduring bedrock of Army doctrine that provides general guidance for the conduct of war at thestrategic, operational, and tactical levels
PSRC
presidential selected reserve call-up
PSYOP
psychological operations
pursuitan attack with the purpose of annihilating the enemy once his resistance has broken down completely
and he is fleeing the battlefield
PZ
pickup zoneraid
a limited-objective attack into enemy territory forthe specific purpose of gaining and holding groundRC
reserve components
rear operations
operations that assist in providing freedom of action and continuity of operations, logistics, and battlecommand. Their primary purposes are to sustain thecurrent close and deep fights and to posture the force
for further operations
reconstitution
at the strategic level, those functions and activities required to restore the Army’s capability to respond to any mission across the full range of possible
operations. At the operational and tactical levels, reconstitution consists of extraordinary actions that commanders plan and implement to restore units to a desired level of combat effectiveness commensurate withmission requirements and available resources
reconstitution units
forces in addition to those in the active and reserve component base force; these forces are created
to deter an emerging global threat from competing militarily with the United States and, should such deterrence fail, to provide a global warfighting capability.
Reconstitution forces may be composed of regeneration assets, assets, industrial/technology base assets,
and manpower assets

Glossary-7

OPERATIONS

requirements determination
the process of deciding what is essential to support a strategy, campaign, or operation
restraint
limitations placed on the command that prohibit acommand from doing something
retrograde operationa maneuver to the rear or away from the enemy to
improve a situation or prevent a worse situation fromoccurringROE
rules of engagement
RPV
remotely piloted vehicle
RISTA
reconnaissance, intelligence, surveillance, and target acquisition
rules of engagement
directives issued by competent military authoritythat delineate the circumstances and limitations underwhich US forces will initiate and/or continue combat
engagement with other encountered forces
SACEUR
Supreme Allied Commander, Europe
SARF
Saudi Arabia Redistribution Facility
SATP
Security Assistance Training Program
SEAD
suppression of enemy air defenses
SEAL
sea-air-landsecurity assistancegroups of programs authorized by the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, as amended, and the Arms Export Control Act of 1976, as amended, or other related
statutes by which the United States provides defense
articles, military training, and other defense-related services, by grant, loan, credit, or cash sales in furtherance of national policies and objectives
sequelmajor operations that follow an initial major operation. Plans for sequels are based on the possible
outcome—victory, stalemate, or defeat—of the current operation
simultaneous operations
two or more campaigns and complementary operations or activities within those campaigns occurring concurrently within the same theater

Glossary-8

SOF
special operations forces
specified command
a command with a broad, continuing mission under a single commander and normally composed offorces from only one service
spoiling attack
an attack from a defensive posture to disrupt an
expected enemy attack. A spoiling attack attempts tostrike the enemy while he is most vulnerable—during
his preparations for attack in assembly areas and attack positions—or while he is on the move prior tocrossing the line of departure
split-based logistics
dividing logistics management functions so that
only those functions absolutely necessary are deployed,
allowing some management functions to be accomplished from CONUS or another theater
spt
supportstrategic mobility
transportation actions using national assets, bothmilitary and civilian, in support of a force-projection
missionstrategy
the art and science of employing the armed forces
and other elements of national power during peace,
conflict, and war to secure national security objectives
supply discipline
command responsibility to identify and redistribute excess materiel, observe senior commander’s priorities, and ensure subordinates operate within the legal boundaries of the logistics system
supporting attack
an attack designed to hold the enemy in position,
to conceal the location of the main attack, to prevent
him from reinforcing the elements opposing the maineffort, and/or to cause him to commit his reserves prematurely at an indecisive locationsynchronization
the ability to focus resources and activities in timeand space to produce maximum relative combat powerat the decisive point
TACON
tactical control
tactics
the art and science of employing available means
to win battles and engagements

FM 100-5

TAV
total asset visibility
tempo
the rate of military action; controlling or alteringthat rate is a necessary means to initiative; all military
operations alternate between action and pauses as opposing forces battle one another and fight friction tomount and execute operations at the time and place of
their choosing
tenetsa basic truth held by an organization; the fundamental tenets of Army operations doctrine describe
the characteristics of successful operations
TEWT
tactical exercise without troops
TPFDD
time-phased force and deployment data
TPFDL
time-phased force deployment list
total asset visibility
the immediate availability of data pertaining to thelocation of materiel in storage or in transit from theprovider to the requester
total mission awarenessthe ability of commanders at all levels to consider
everything that affects their operation¡applies to operations other than war and war
UAVunmanned aerial vehicle
UK
United Kingdom
UN
United Nations
UNAAF
Unified Action Armed Forces
unity of effort
coordination and cooperation among all forces, notnecessarily part of the same command structure toward a commonly recognized objective
unified command
a command with a broad, continuing mission under a single commander and composed of significant
assigned components of two or more services

US
United States
USCENTCOM
United States Central Command
USCINCCENT
commander-in-chief, United States Central Command
USCINCPAC
commander-in-chief, United States Pacific Command
USCINCSO
commander-in-chief, United States Southern Command
USEUCOM
United States European Command
USFK
United States Forces Korea
USMC
United States Marine Corps
USSOCOM
United States Special Operations Command
USSOUTHCOM
United States Southern Command
USSPACECOM
United States Space Commandversatility
the ability of units to meet diverse challenges, shiftfocus, tailor forces, and move from one role or mission to another rapidly and efficiently
war
a state of open and declared armed hostile conflict between political units such as states or nations;
may be limited or general in nature
weapons of mass destruction
weapons that through use or the threat of use cancause large-scale shifts in objectives, phases, andcourses of action

Glossary-9

FM 100-5

REFERENCES
SOURCES USED
Strategic Publications
National Military Strategy. January 1992.
National Security Strategy. January 1993.
Joint and Multiservice Publications
Joint Publication 0-2. Unified Action Armed Forces. December 1986.
Joint Publication 1. Joint Warfare of the US Armed Forces. November 1991.
Joint Publication 1-02. Department of Defense Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms.
December 1989.
Joint Publication 2-0. Doctrine for Intelligence Support to Joint Operations. (Test Publication)
June 1991.
Joint Publication 2-01. Joint Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Intelligence Support to
Joint Operations. (Initial Draft) August 1992.
Joint Publication 3-0. Doctrine for Joint Operations. (Test Publication) January 1990.
Joint Publication 3-03. Doctrine for Joint Interdiction Operations. (Test Publication)
December 1990.
Joint Publication 3-05. Doctrine for Joint Special Operations. October 1992.
Joint Publication 3-14. Doctrine for Joint Space Operations. (Final Draft) April 1992.
Joint Publications 3-51. SIGINT and EW Support Measures for Joint Operations. June 1991.
Joint Publication 3-53. Joint Psychological Operations Doctrine. February 1987.
Joint Publication 3-57. Doctrine for Joint Civil Affairs. (Test Publication) October 1991.
Joint Publication 4-0. Doctrine for Logistics Support of Joint Operations. 25 September 1992.
Army Publications
FM 1-111. Combat Aviation Brigade. August 1990.
FM 3-4. NBC Protection. 29 May 1992.
FM 3-100. NBC Defense, Chemical Warfare, Smoke, and Flame Operations. 23 May 1991.

FM 6-20. Fire Support in the AirLand Battle. May 1988.
FM 7-30. Infantry, Airborne, and Air Assault Brigade Operations. April 1981.
FM 22-100. Military Leadership. July 1990.

References-0

FM 100-5

FM 22-102. Soldier Team Development. March 1987.
FM 27-10. The Law of Land Warfare. July 1956.
FM 33-1. Psychological Operations. July 1987.
FM 41-10. Civil Affairs Operations. December 1985.
FM 90-3. Desert Operations. August 1977.
FM 90-5. Jungle Operations. June 1982.
FM 90-6. Mountain Operations. June 1980.
FM 90-10. Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT). August 1979.
FM 90-11. Cold Weather Operations. (Coordinating Draft) January 1992.
FM 100-1. The Army. December 1991.
FM 100-7. The Army in Theater Operations. (Final approved draft) March 1993.
FM 100-8. Combined Army Operations. (Initial Draft) January 1992.
FM 100-10. Combat Service Support. February 1988.
FM 100-17. Mobilization, Deployment, Redeployment, Demobilization. 28 October 1992.
FM 100-19. Domestic Support Operations. (Final approved draft) May 1993.
FM 101-5-1. Operational Terms and Symbols. October 1985.

Air Force Publications
Air Force Manual 1-1. Basic Aerospace Doctrine for the United States Air Force. March 1992.
DOCUMENTS NEEDEDDA Form 2028. Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms. February 1974.
READINGS RECOMMENDED
STP 21-II-MQS. Military Qualification Standards II, Manual for Common Tasks for
Lieutenants and Captains. January 1991.
STP 21-III-MQS. Military Qualification Standards III, Leader Development Manual for
Majors and Lieutenant Colonels. (To be published August 1993)

References-1